Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Kearny Financial Corp.

Kearny Financial Corp.

krny · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker krny
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 552
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Kearny Financial Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
(cid:3) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021

Or

(cid:4) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to             

Commission File Number: 001-37399

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

Maryland
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

120 Passaic Avenue, Fairfield, New Jersey
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

30-0870244
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.)

07004
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (973) 244-4500

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value

Trading Symbol(s)
KRNY

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  (cid:3) YES    (cid:4) NO

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  (cid:4) YES    (cid:3) NO

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  (cid:3) YES    (cid:4) NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 
of Regulation S-T (§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit 
such files).  (cid:3) YES    (cid:4) NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or 
an  emerging  growth  company.      See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer”,  “accelerated  filer”,  “smaller  reporting  company”  and  “emerging 
growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

(cid:3)  

(cid:4)

Emerging growth company

     (cid:4)

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

(cid:4)

(cid:4)

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  (cid:4)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that 
prepared or issued its audit report. (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  (cid:4) YES    (cid:3) NO

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant on December 31, 2020 (the last 
business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was $815.8 million.  Solely for purposes of this calculation, shares 
held by directors, executive officers and greater than 10% stockholders are treated as shares held by affiliates.

As of August 20, 2021 there were outstanding 77,004,871 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

1.

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. (Part III)

 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021
INDEX

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

PART I

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Securities

Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

PART III

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

SIGNATURES

Page

2
31
39
39
39
39

40
42
44
56
58
58
58
58

59
59
59
60
60

61
63

i

Item 1. Business

Forward-Looking Statements

PART I

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as 
“estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking 
statements include, but are not limited to:

•

•

•

•

statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to 
significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these 
forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. 
We are under no duty to and do not take any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of the Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. 

The  following  factors,  among  others,  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  anticipated  results  or  other 

expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the COVID-19 pandemic may continue to adversely impact the local and national economy and our business and results of 
operations may continue to be adversely affected;

general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

changes  in  the  level  and  direction  of  loan  delinquencies  and  write-offs  and  changes  in  estimates  of  the  adequacy  of  the 
allowance for credit losses;

our ability to access cost-effective funding;

fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions;

demand for loans and deposits in our market area;

our ability to implement changes in our business strategies;

competition among depository and other financial institutions;

inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields, or reduce the fair value of financial 
instruments or reduce the origination levels in our lending business, or increase the level of defaults, losses and prepayments 
on loans we have made and make whether held in portfolio or sold in the secondary markets;

adverse changes in the securities markets;

changes  in  laws  or  government  regulations  or  policies  affecting  financial  institutions,  including  changes  in  regulatory  fees 
and capital requirements;

changes  in  monetary  or  fiscal  policies  of  the  U.S.  Government,  including  policies  of  the  U.S.  Treasury  and  the  Federal 
Reserve Board;

our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk in the current economic conditions;

our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

our ability to successfully integrate any assets, liabilities, clients, systems and management personnel we have acquired or 
may  acquire  into  our  operations  and  our  ability  to  realize  related  revenue  synergies  and  cost  savings  within  expected  time 
frames and any goodwill charges related thereto;

changes in consumer demand, borrowing and savings habits;

2

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

changes  in  accounting  policies  and  practices,  as  may  be  adopted  by  bank  regulatory  agencies,  the  Financial  Accounting 
Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

our ability to retain key employees;

technological changes;

significant increases in our loan losses; 

cyber-attacks, computer viruses and other technological risks that may breach the security of our websites or other systems to 
obtain unauthorized access to confidential information and destroy data or disable our systems;

technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected; 

the ability of third-party providers to perform their obligations to us; 

the ability of the U.S. Government to manage federal debt limits; 

changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own; and

other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and operational factors affecting our operations, pricing products and 
services described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these 

forward-looking statements.

General

Kearny  Financial  Corp.  (the  “Company,”  or  “Kearny  Financial”),  is  a  Maryland  corporation  that  is  the  holding  company  for 
Kearny Bank (the “Bank” or “Kearny Bank”), a nonmember New Jersey stock savings bank. The Bank converted its charter to that of 
a New Jersey savings bank on June 29, 2017 having previously been a federally chartered stock savings bank.

The Company is a unitary savings and loan holding company, regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Bank 
(“FRB”)  and  conducts  no  significant  business  or  operations  of  its  own.  The  Bank’s  deposits  are  federally  insured  by  the  Deposit 
Insurance Fund as administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Bank is primarily regulated by the 
New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (“NJDBI”) and, as a nonmember bank, the FDIC. References in this Annual Report 
on  Form  10-K  to  the  Company  or  Kearny  Financial  generally  refer  to  the  Company  and  the  Bank,  unless  the  context  indicates 
otherwise. References to “we”, “us”, or “our” refer to the Bank or Company, or both, as the context indicates.  

The Company’s primary business is the ownership and operation of the Bank. The Bank is principally engaged in the business 
of  attracting  deposits  from  the  general  public  in  New  Jersey  and  New  York  and  using  these  deposits,  together  with  other  funds,  to 
originate or purchase loans for its portfolio and for sale into the secondary market. Our loan portfolio is primarily comprised of loans 
collateralized by commercial and residential real estate augmented by secured and unsecured loans to businesses and consumers. We 
also  maintain  a  portfolio  of  investment  securities,  primarily  comprised  of  U.S.  agency  mortgage-backed  securities,  bank-qualified 
municipal obligations, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations and subordinated debt.

We  operate  from  our  administrative  headquarters  in  Fairfield,  New  Jersey  and  other  administrative  locations  throughout  the 
state of New Jersey. As of June 30, 2021, we had 48 branch offices. The Company maintains a website at www.kearnybank.com.  We 
make available through that website, free of charge, copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, 
Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K,  amendments  to  those  reports  and  proxy  materials  as  soon  as  is  reasonably  practicable  after  the 
Company electronically files those materials with, or furnishes them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. You may access 
these  materials  by  following  the  links  under  “Investor  Relations”  under  the  “Financial  Information”  tab  at  the  Company’s  website. 
Information on the Company’s website is not and should not be considered a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

3

Acquisition of MSB Financial Corp. (“MSB”)

On July 10, 2020, the Company completed its acquisition of MSB and its subsidiary, Millington Bank. In accordance with the 
merger agreement, approximately $9.8 million in cash and 5,853,811 shares of Company common stock were distributed to former 
MSB shareholders in exchange for their shares of MSB common stock. As a result of the merger, the Company acquired loans with 
fair values totaling $530.2 million, assumed deposits with fair values totaling $460.2 million and acquired four branch offices located 
in  Somerset  and  Morris  counties.  The  application  of  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  resulted  in  the  recognition  of  bargain 
purchase gain of $3.1 million and a core deposit intangible of $690,000. 

COVID-19 Pandemic

As  the  Company’s  business  is  primarily  conducted  within  the  states  of  New  Jersey  and  New  York,  which  have  each  been 
significantly  impacted  by  COVID-19,  the  operations  of  the  Company  have  been  similarly  impacted.  We  continue  to  monitor 
developments  related  to  COVID-19,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  its  impact  on  our  employees,  clients,  communities  and  results of 
operations.

Employee  Matters.  As  the  COVID-19  pandemic  initially  unfolded,  and  stay-at-home  orders  were  mandated  by  government 
officials, many of our non-branch personnel transitioned to working remotely or in a hybrid-remote environment. Through June 30, 
2021 many of our non-branch personnel have continued to work in a hybrid-remote fashion. Our information technology infrastructure 
has  afforded  us  the  ability  to  work  remotely  with  little  interruption  as  we  continue  to  service  the  needs  of  our  clients.  For  those 
essential  employees  who  are  unable  to  work  from  home,  we  have  provided  personal  protective  equipment  and  have  established 
procedures and guidelines to ensure a safe working environment.

Retail Branches. At the outset of the pandemic we modified our branch hours and access to ensure the safety of our employees 
and  clients.  Where  possible,  branch  lobbies  were  initially  transitioned  to  appointment-only  access,  with  the  majority  of  branch 
operations being conducted via our drive-up windows. As certain branches did not have drive-up capabilities or suitable alternatives, 
we temporarily closed certain locations. In the months following, and in accordance with the protocols recommended by the Centers 
for  Disease  Control  and  Prevention  (“CDC”),  we  have  outfitted  our  branches  with  protective  barriers  and  continued  to  provide  our 
staff with personal protective equipment. As of June 30, 2021, all of our branches were fully operational. 

CARES Act, Paycheck Protection Program and Health Care Enhancement Act (“PPP Enhancement Act”).  On March 27, 
2020,  the  CARES  Act  was  signed  into  law.  Among  the  more  significant  components  of  the  CARES  Act,  as  it  pertains  to  the 
Company,  was  the  creation  of  the  Paycheck  Protection  Program  (“PPP”),  the  modification  of  rules  and  regulations  surrounding 
troubled debt restructured loans (“TDRs”) and modifications to the tax code to allow for the carryback of net operating losses.

The CARES Act authorized the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) to temporarily guarantee loans under a new 7(a) loan 
program called the Paycheck Protection Program. As part of this program the SBA guarantees 100% of the PPP loans made to eligible 
borrowers. As a qualified SBA lender, the Bank is automatically authorized to originate PPP loans. On April 16, 2020, the original 
authorization of $349 billion in funding for the PPP was exhausted. On April 23, 2020, the PPP Enhancement Act was signed into law 
and provided an additional $310 billion in funding for the PPP program. As of June 30, 2021 we had approximately 15 loans with total 
outstanding balances of $10.2 million under the PPP. 

Based  on  Section  4013  of  the  CARES  Act,  the  2021  Consolidated  Appropriations  Act  and  related  regulatory  guidance 
promulgated by federal banking regulators, qualifying loan modifications, including short-term payment deferrals, are not considered 
to be TDRs. Additional information regarding loans modified in accordance with this guidance is provided in the tables below.

2021 Consolidated Appropriations Act. The 2021 Consolidated Appropriations Act was signed into law on December 27, 2020.  
The $900 billion relief package includes legislation that extends certain relief provisions of the CARES Act that were set to expire on 
December 31, 2020. This legislation extends this relief to the earlier of 60 days after the national emergency declared by the President 
is terminated or January 1, 2022.

4

Business Strategy

In recent years we have evolved our business model from that of a traditional thrift into that of a full-service community bank. 
This evolution has been accomplished by growing our commercial loans and deposits, expanding our product and service offerings, 
de-novo  branching  and  the  acquisition  of  other  financial  institutions.  During  this  time,  our  strategy  has  been  largely  focused  on 
profitably deploying capital and enhancing earnings through a variety of balance sheet growth and diversification strategies. The key 
components of our business strategy are as follows:

•

•

•

•

•

•

Maintain Robust Capital and Liquidity Levels 

As  demonstrated  by  the  June  30,  2021  Tier  1  Leverage  ratios  of  the  Company  and  the  Bank  of  11.76%  and  10.23%, 
respectively, we currently maintain, and plan to continue to maintain, capital levels in excess of regulatory minimums and 
internal capital adequacy guidelines.

In  addition  to  our  robust  capital  levels,  we  maintain  significant  sources  of  both  on-  and  off-balance  sheet  liquidity  and 
plan to continue to do so.  At June 30, 2021, our liquid assets included $67.9 million of short-term cash and equivalents 
supplemented by $1.68 billion of investment securities classified as available for sale which can be readily sold or pledged 
as  collateral,  if  necessary.  In  addition,  we  had  the  capacity  to  borrow  additional  funds  totaling  $651.0  million  via 
unsecured  lines  of  credit  and  $2.13  billion  and  $233.1  million,  without  pledging  additional  collateral,  from  the  Federal 
Home Loan Bank of New York and Federal Reserve Bank, respectively.

Grow and Diversify Our Retail Non-Maturity Deposits

We  plan  to  continue  to  focus  on  growing  and  diversifying  our  retail  non-maturity  deposit  base  with  an  emphasis  on 
growth  in  core  non-maturity  deposits  and,  in  particular,  non-interest  bearing  deposits.  During  fiscal  2021,  excluding 
acquired balances, we successfully grew core non-maturity deposits by $712.5 million and anticipate that the balance of 
non-maturity deposits will continue to increase in fiscal 2022.

Grow and Diversify Our Loan Portfolio

We  plan  to  continue  focusing  on  growing  and  diversifying  our  loan  portfolio  with  a  particular  emphasis  on  growth  in 
commercial real estate, commercial business and commercial construction loan segments. Our focus, as it relates to new 
loan originations, will continue to be on high quality loans with strong sponsors and favorable credit metrics.

Leverage Our Residential Mortgage Banking Infrastructure  

We  plan  to  continue  to  leverage  our  mortgage  banking  infrastructure  to  support  the  origination  of  residential  mortgage 
loans  for  sale  into  the  secondary  market  and  to  supplement  our  loan  growth  initiatives.  We  anticipate  that  residential 
mortgage loan origination and sale activity will continue to support long-term growth in our non-interest income, while 
also serving to help manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk through the sale of longer-duration, fixed-rate 
loans into the secondary market. 

Optimize Our Branch Network

At June 30, 2021, we had a total of 48 branches. We plan to selectively evaluate branch network expansion opportunities 
while  continuing  to  place  strategic  emphasis  on  leveraging  the  opportunities  to  increase  market  share  and  expand  the 
depth and breadth of client relationships within our existing branches. 

We  also  plan  to  continue  to  evaluate  and  optimize  the  performance  of  our  existing  branch  network  through  additional 
branch consolidations, where appropriate. Such efforts will take into consideration historical branch profitability, market 
demographic  trajectory,  geographic  proximity  of  consolidating  branches  and  the  expected  impact  on  the  Bank’s  clients 
and communities served.

Improve Our Operating Efficiency 

In recent years the Company’s operating efficiency has improved both organically and via economies of scale gained from 
merger  and  acquisition  activity.  Exclusive  of  potential  future  acquisitions  we  plan  to  continue  to  improve  operating 
efficiency  through  organic  means,  such  as  the  increased  use  of  technology  and  the  continual  evaluation  of  branch 
consolidation opportunities.

5

•

Continue Our Technology Transformation

In  recognition  of  the  ongoing  evolution  of  our  business  towards  digital  channels  we  have  invested  significant  human 
resources and capital towards enhancing both our internal and client-facing technology systems. Our ongoing technology 
transformation will impact nearly every area of the Company including the residential and commercial lending functions, 
retail deposit gathering, risk management and back office operations. We continually strive to enhance our digital banking 
services which allow us to serve our clients’ needs in an omnichannel environment.

Market  Area.  At  June  30,  2021,  our  primary  market  area  consisted  of  the  counties  in  which  we  currently  operate  branches, 
including Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset and Union counties in New Jersey and 
Kings  (Brooklyn)  and  Richmond  (Staten  Island)  counties  in  New  York.  Our  lending  is  concentrated  in  these  markets  and  our 
predominant sources of deposits are the communities in which our offices are located as well as the neighboring communities. Our 
acquisition of Millington Bank on July 10, 2020 enabled us to enhance our New Jersey market area by newly expanding into Somerset 
county while expanding upon our existing presence in Morris county.

Competition. We operate in a highly competitive market area with a large concentration of financial institutions and we face 
substantial competition in attracting deposits and in originating loans. A number of our competitors are significantly larger institutions 
with  greater  financial  and  technological  resources  and  lending  limits.  Our  ability  to  compete  successfully  is  a  significant  factor 
affecting our growth potential and profitability. Our competition for deposits and loans comes primarily from other insured depository 
institutions  located  in  our  primary  market  area.  We  also  face  competition  from  out-of-market  depository  institutions  operating  via 
online  channels  and  from  non-depository  institutions  including  mortgage  banks,  finance  companies,  insurance  companies  and 
brokerage firms.

Lending Activities 

General.  Our  loan  portfolio  is  comprised  of  multi-family  loans,  nonresidential  real  estate  loans,  commercial  business  loans, 
construction loans, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines of credit and consumer loans. In recent 
years our lending strategies have placed increasing emphasis on the origination of commercial loans.

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio in dollar amounts and as a 

percentage of the total portfolio at the dates indicated.

2021

At June 30,
2019
Amount    Percent   Amount    Percent   Amount    Percent   Amount    Percent   Amount     Percent
(Dollars In Thousands)

2020

2018

2017

Commercial loans:
Multi-family
Nonresidential
Commercial business
Construction

One- to four-family residential
 mortgage loans
Consumer loans:

Home equity loans and lines of
 credit
Other consumer loans

$2,039,260    41.79 % $2,059,568    45.36 % $1,946,391    41.14 % $1,758,584    38.50 % $1,412,575     43.57 %
  1,079,444    22.12  
168,951    3.46  
93,804    1.92  

   1,085,064     33.46  
74,471     2.30  
3,815     0.12  

   1,302,961    28.52  
85,825    1.88  
23,271    0.51  

   1,258,869    26.61  
65,763    1.39  
13,907    0.29  

960,853    21.16  
138,788    3.06  
20,961    0.46  

  1,447,721    29.66  

   1,273,022    28.04  

   1,344,044    28.41  

   1,297,453    28.40  

567,323     17.50  

47,871    0.98  
3,259    0.07  

82,920    1.83  
3,991    0.09  

96,165    2.03  
5,814    0.13  

90,761    1.99  
9,060    0.20  

82,822     2.55  
16,383     0.50  

Total loans

  4,880,310   100.00 %   4,540,103   100.00 %   4,730,953   100.00 %   4,567,915   100.00 %   3,242,453    100.00 %

Less:

Allowance for credit losses
Unaccreted (unamortized) yield
 adjustments

Total adjustments

58,165    

28,916    
87,081    

37,327    

41,706    
79,033    

33,274    

52,025    
85,299    

30,865    

66,567    
97,432    

29,286     

(2,808)   
26,478     

Total loans, net

$4,793,229    

 $4,461,070    

 $4,645,654    

 $4,470,483    

 $3,215,975     

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
     
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
The  following  table  sets  forth  the  composition  of  our  real  estate  secured  loans  indicating  the  loan-to-value  (“LTV”),  by  loan 

category, at June 30, 2021:

Commercial mortgage loans:
Multi-family mortgage loans
Nonresidential mortgage loans
Construction loans

Total commercial mortgage loans

One- to four-family residential mortgage

Consumer loans:

Home equity loans

Total real estate secured loans

Balance

June 30, 2021

(In Thousands)

$

$

2,039,260   
1,079,444   
93,804   
3,212,508   

1,447,721   

47,871   

4,708,100   

LTV

64%
54%
61%
61%

59%

47%

60%

Loan Maturity Schedule. The following table sets forth the maturities of our loan portfolio at June 30, 2021. Demand loans, 
loans  having  no  stated  maturity  and  overdrafts  are  shown  as  due  in  one  year  or  less.  Loans  are  stated  in  the  following  table  at 
contractual maturity and actual maturities could differ due to prepayments. 

Amounts due:

Within one year
After one year:
1 to 3 years
3 to 5 years
5 to 10 years
10 to 15 years
Over 15 years

Total due after one year

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage    

Non-
Residential
Mortgage    

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home 
Equity 
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

(In Thousands)

$

63,264   $

54,314    $

77,362    $

44,459    $

3,849    $

333    $

1,106    $ 244,687 

191,516    
341,456    
  1,248,498    
90,236    
104,290    

159,869     
148,991     
506,915     
65,217     
144,138     
  1,975,996     1,025,130     

26,726     
25,339     
32,924     
2,350     
4,250     
91,589     

14,635     
23,682     

37,399     
1,125     
-     
-     

2,144     
3,249     
122,330      12,952     
175,277      15,516     
10,821      1,107,948      13,677     
49,345      1,443,872      47,538     

456     
105     

432,745 
543,947 
43      1,923,662 
348,601 
5     
1,544      1,386,668 
2,153      4,635,623 

Total amount due

$2,039,260   $ 1,079,444    $

168,951    $

93,804    $ 1,447,721    $ 47,871    $

3,259    $4,880,310  

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
       
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
   
      
       
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
       
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
The following table shows the dollar amount of loans as of June 30, 2021 due after June 30, 2022 according to rate type and 

loan category: 

Commercial loans:
Multi-family
Nonresidential
Commercial business
Construction

One- to four-family residential mortgage loans
Consumer loans:

Home equity loans and lines of credit
Other consumer loans

Fixed Rates

Floating or 
Adjustable Rates    
(In Thousands)

Total

$

855,553    $
411,953   
48,569   
7,026   
1,247,938   

1,120,443    $
613,177   
43,020   
42,319   
195,934   

21,460   
847   

26,078   
1,306   

1,975,996 
1,025,130 
91,589 
49,345 
1,443,872 

47,538 
2,153 

Total loans

$

2,593,346    $

2,042,277    $

4,635,623  

Multi-Family and Nonresidential Real Estate Mortgage Loans. At June 30, 2021, multi-family loans totaled $2.04 billion, or 
41.8% of our loan portfolio, while nonresidential loans totaled $1.08 billion, or 22.1% of our loan portfolio. We originate commercial 
mortgage  loans  on  a  variety  of  multi-family  and  nonresidential  property  types,  including  loans  on  mixed-use  properties  which 
combine residential and commercial space. We originated approximately $352.5 million of multi-family and nonresidential real estate 
mortgages during the year ended June 30, 2021, compared to $258.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2020. Supplementing our 
organic originations were loan purchases and participations totaling $21.4 million during the year ended June 30, 2021, compared to 
$55.5  million  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  2020.  Additionally,  in  conjunction  with  our  acquisition  of  MSB  we  acquired  multi-
family and nonresidential real estate mortgage loans with fair values totaling approximately $231.0 million.

We  generally  offer  fixed-rate  and  adjustable-rate  balloon  mortgage  loans  on  multi-family  and  non-residential  properties  with 
final  stated  maturities  ranging  from  five  to  fifteen  years  with  amortization  terms  which  generally  range  from  15  to  30  years.  Our 
commercial mortgage loans are primarily secured by properties located in New Jersey, New York and the surrounding states.

Commercial Business (C&I) Loans. At June 30, 2021, commercial business loans totaled $169.0 million, or 3.5% of our loan 
portfolio.  We  originate  commercial  term  loans  and  lines  of  credit  to  a  variety  of  clients  in  our  market  area.  Included  within  our 
business loan products are loans originated through the SBA in which Kearny Bank participates as a Preferred Lender. We originated 
approximately  $104.6  million  of  commercial  business  loans  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021,  of  which  $4.0  million  were 
originated under the SBA PPP program. By comparison, we originated approximately $108.5 million during the year ended June 30, 
2020, of which $69.7 million were originated under the SBA PPP program. Additionally, in conjunction with our acquisition of MSB 
we acquired C&I loans with fair values totaling approximately $103.9 million. Our non-SBA commercial term loans generally have 
terms of up to 10 years. Our commercial lines of credit have terms of up to one year and are generally floating-rate loans.

During the year ended June 30, 2021, we sold $43.6 million of PPP loans. At June 30, 2021, the balance of commercial business 

loans included PPP loans totaling $10.2 million.

Supplementing our organic origination of commercial business loans was the funding of wholesale commercial business loan 
participations  totaling  $251,000  and  $2.7  million  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  During  fiscal  2018 we 
opted  to  discontinue  the  purchase  of  wholesale  commercial  business  loan  participations  and  thus  all  of  the  wholesale  commercial 
business  loans  funded  during  fiscal  2021  and  2020  were  comprised  of  advances  on  previously  committed  lines  of  credit.  Our 
outstanding balance of wholesale commercial business loan participations totaled $11.9 million and $20.8 million at June 30, 2021 
and 2020, respectively.

Construction  Lending.  At  June  30,  2021,  construction  loans  totaled  $93.8  million,  or  1.9%  of  our  loan  portfolio.  Our 
construction  lending  includes  loans  to  individuals,  builders  or  developers  for  the  construction  or  renovation  of  one-  to  four-family 
residences or for the construction of commercial real estate or multi-family residential buildings. In conjunction with our acquisition 
of MSB we acquired construction loans with fair values totaling approximately $48.2 million.

During the year ended June 30, 2021, construction loan disbursements were $50.4 million compared to $7.2 million during the 
year ended June 30, 2020. Construction loan disbursements, including construction loans acquired from MSB, outpaced repayments 
during fiscal 2021 resulting in the reported net increase in the outstanding balance of this segment of the loan portfolio.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Construction borrowers must hold title to the land free and clear of any liens. Financing for construction loans is limited to 80% 
of the anticipated appraised value of the completed property. Disbursements are made in accordance with inspection reports by our 
approved  appraisal  firms.  Terms  of  financing  are  generally  limited  to  one  year  with  an  interest  rate  tied  to  the  prime  rate  and  may 
include  a  premium  of  one  or  more  points.  In  some  cases,  we  convert  a  construction  loan  to  a  permanent  mortgage  loan  upon 
completion of construction. We have no formal limits as to the number of projects a builder has under construction or development 
and make a case-by-case determination on loans to builders and developers who have multiple projects under development.

One- to Four-Family First Mortgage Loans Held in Portfolio. At June 30, 2021, one- to four-family mortgage loans totaled 
$1.45  billion,  or  29.7%  of  our  loan  portfolio.  Our  portfolio  lending  activities  include  the  origination  of  one-  to  four-family  first 
mortgage loans, of which approximately $1.35 billion, or 93.1%, are secured by properties located within New Jersey and New York 
as of June 30, 2021 with the remaining $99.5 million, or 6.9%, secured by properties in other states.

During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021,  we  originated  $553.2  million  of  one-  to  four-family  first  mortgage  portfolio  loans 
compared to $197.8 million in the year ended June 30, 2020. To supplement portfolio loan originations, we also purchased one- to 
four-family  first  mortgages  totaling  $60.1  million  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021  compared  to  $15.0  million  during  the  year 
ended June 30, 2020. Additionally, in conjunction with our acquisition of MSB, we acquired one- to four-family first mortgage loans 
with fair values totaling approximately $132.5 million.

The  fixed-rate  residential  mortgage  loans  that  we  originate  for  portfolio  generally  meet  the  secondary  mortgage  market 
standards of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). In addition, we offer a first-time homebuyer program 
which provides financial incentives for persons who have not previously owned real estate and are purchasing a one- to four-family 
property in our primary lending area for use as a primary residence. This program is also available outside these areas, but only to 
persons who are existing deposit or loan clients of Kearny Bank and/or members of their immediate families.

One- to Four-Family Mortgage Loans Held for Sale. As a complement to our residential one- to four-family portfolio lending 
activities, we operate a mortgage banking platform which supports the origination of one- to four-family mortgage loans for sale into 
the secondary market. The loans we originate for sale generally meet the secondary mortgage market standards of the Federal Home 
Loan Mortgage Corporation. Such loans are generally originated by, and sourced from, the same resources and markets as those loans 
originated and held in our portfolio.

Our mortgage banking business strategy resulted in the recognition of $5.1 million in gains associated with the sale of $285.4 
million of mortgage loans held for sale during the year ended June 30, 2021. As of that date, an additional $16.5 million of loans were 
held and committed for sale into the secondary market.

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit. At June 30, 2021, home equity loans and lines of credit totaled $47.9 million, or 1.0% 
of our loan portfolio. Our home equity loans are fixed-rate loans for terms of generally up to 20 years. We also offer fixed-rate and 
adjustable-rate home equity lines of credit with terms of up to 20 years. During the year ended June 30, 2021, we originated $15.8 
million of home equity loans and home equity lines of credit compared to $16.4 million in the year ended June 30, 2020. However, 
repayments  of  home  equity  loans  and  lines  of  credit  generally  outpaced  origination  volume  and  acquired  loans  during  fiscal  2021, 
resulting  in  a  net  decrease  in  the  outstanding  balance  of  this  segment  of  the  loan  portfolio.  Additionally,  in  conjunction  with  our 
acquisition  of  MSB  we  acquired  home  equity  loans  and  home  equity  lines  of  credit  with  fair  values  totaling  approximately  $14.1 
million.

Other Consumer Loans. Our consumer loan portfolio includes unsecured overdraft lines of credit and personal loans as well as 
loans secured by savings accounts and certificates of deposit on deposit with the Bank. The balance of consumer loans at June 30, 
2021  primarily  include  $3.0  million  of  loans  fully  secured  by  savings  accounts  or  certificates  of  deposit  held  by  the  Bank  and 
$262,000 of other unsecured consumer loans. We will generally lend up to 90% of the account balance on a loan secured by a savings 
account or certificate of deposit.

Loans to One Borrower. New Jersey law generally limits the amount that a savings bank may lend to a single borrower and 
related entities to 15% of the institution’s capital funds. Accordingly, as of June 30, 2021, our legal loans to one borrower limit was 
approximately $114.3 million. 

Notwithstanding  regulatory  limitations  regarding  loans  to  one  borrower,  the  Bank  has  established  a  more  conservative  set  of 
internal thresholds that further limit our lending exposure to any single borrower or set of borrowers affiliated by common ownership. 

9

At  June  30,  2021,  our  largest  single  borrower  had  an  aggregate  outstanding  loan  balance  of  approximately  $48.5  million 
comprising  one  commercial  mortgage  loan  and  four  multi-family  mortgage  loans.  Our  second  largest  single  borrower  had  an 
aggregate  outstanding  loan  balance  of  approximately  $48.2  million  comprising  six  multi-family  mortgage  loans.  At  June  30,  2021, 
these lending relationships were current and performing in accordance with the terms of their loan agreements.

Loan  Originations,  Purchases,  Sales,  Solicitation  and  Processing.  The  following  table  shows  the  principal  balances  of 

portfolio loans originated, purchased, acquired and repaid during the periods indicated: 

Loan originations: (1)
Commercial loans:
Multi-family
Nonresidential
Commercial business
Construction

One- to four-family residential mortgage loans
Consumer loans:

Home equity loans and lines of credit
Other consumer loans

Total loan originations

Loan purchases:

Commercial loans:
Multi-family
Nonresidential
Commercial business

One- to four-family residential mortgage loans

Total loan purchases

Loans acquired from MSB (2)
Loan sales: (1)

Commercial business
Total loans sold

Loan repayments
Increase (decrease) due to other items

2021

For the Years Ended June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

$

256,223    $
96,238   
104,628   
50,382   
553,194   

15,804   
1,227   
1,077,696   

-   
21,351   
251   
60,105   
81,707   
530,693   

(44,450)  
(44,450)  

193,158    $
65,357   
108,546   
7,192   
197,825   

16,396   
1,312   
589,786   

2,500   
53,043   
2,671   
15,048   
73,262   
-   

(470)  
(470)  

(1,311,576)  
(1,911)  

(849,249)  
2,087   

352,208 
85,077 
21,856 
8,478 
106,883 

33,757 
2,274 
610,533 

35,000 
33,625 
2,732 
95,454 
166,811 
- 

(867)
(867)

(612,622)
11,316 

Net increase in loan portfolio

$

332,159    $

(184,584)   $

175,171  

(1)
(2)

Excludes origination and sales of one- to four-family mortgage loans held for sale.
For information on loans acquired in the MSB acquisition, see Note 3 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Additional information about the Company’s loans is presented in Note 5 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. Senior management recommends, and the Board of Directors approves, our lending 
policies and loan approval limits. The Bank’s Loan Committee consists of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Lending Officer, Chief 
Credit  Officer,  Chief  Risk  Officer,  Director  of  Residential  Lending,  Director  of  Commercial  Real  Estate  Lending,  Director  of 
Commercial & Industrial (C&I) Lending and Special Assets Manager. Loans which exceed certain thresholds, as defined within our 
policies, are submitted to the Bank’s Loan Committee and/or Board of Directors for approval.

10

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Asset Quality 

Collection  Procedures  on  Delinquent  Loans.  We  regularly  monitor  the  payment  status  of  all  loans  within  our  portfolio  and 
promptly initiate collection efforts on past due loans in accordance with applicable policies and procedures. Delinquent borrowers are 
notified when a loan is 30 days past due. If the delinquency continues, subsequent efforts are made to contact the delinquent borrower 
and additional collection notices are sent. All reasonable attempts are made to collect from borrowers prior to referral to an attorney 
for collection. However, when a residential loan is 120 days delinquent and a commercial loan is 90 days delinquent, it is our general 
practice to refer it to an attorney for repossession, foreclosure or other form of collection action, as appropriate. In certain instances, 
we may modify the loan or grant a limited moratorium on loan payments to enable the borrower to reorganize their financial affairs as 
we attempt to work with the borrower to establish a repayment schedule to cure the delinquency.

As to mortgage loans, if a foreclosure action is taken and the loan is not reinstated, paid in full or refinanced, the property is sold 
at judicial sale at which we may be the buyer if there are no adequate offers to satisfy the debt. Any property acquired as the result of 
foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as other real estate owned until it is sold or otherwise disposed of. When 
other real estate owned is acquired, it is recorded at its fair market value less estimated selling costs. The initial write-down of the 
property, if necessary, is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Adjustments to the carrying value of the properties that result from 
subsequent declines in value are charged to operations in the period in which the declines are identified.

Past  Due  Loans.  A  loan’s  past  due  status  is  generally  determined  based  upon  its  principal  and  interest  payment  (“P&I”) 
delinquency status in conjunction with its past maturity status, where applicable. A loan’s P&I delinquency status is based upon the 
number of calendar days between the date of the earliest P&I payment due and the as of measurement date. A loan’s past maturity 
status,  where  applicable,  is  based  upon  the  number  of  calendar  days  between  a  loan’s  contractual  maturity  date  and  the  as  of 
measurement  date.  Based  upon  the  larger  of  these  criteria,  loans  are  categorized  into  the  following  past  due  tiers  for  financial 
statement reporting and disclosure purposes: Current (including 1-29 days past due), 30-59 days past due, 60-89 days past due and 90 
or more days past due.

The following table presents our past due loans by type and by amount as of the dates indicated:

At June 30, 2021
Multi-family
Nonresidential
Commercial business
Construction
One- to four-family residential mortgage loans
Home equity loans and lines of credit
Other consumer loans

Total

At June 30, 2020
Nonresidential
Commercial business
One- to four-family residential mortgage loans
Home equity loans and lines of credit
Other consumer loans

Total

Past Due Loans For

30-59 Days

60-89 Days

90 Days and 
Over

Total

$

$

$

$

-    $
-   
-   
-   
382   
6   
1   
389    $

-    $
-   
3,211   
169   
-   
3,380    $

(In Thousands)
-    $
-   
-   
-   
2,734   
5   
-   
2,739    $

14,478    $

-   
1,038   
13   
5   

15,534    $

16,094    $
32,891   
401   
-   
5,104   
32   
-   

54,522    $

4,661 

  $

349   
4,506   
380   
5   
9,901    $

16,094 
32,891 
401 
- 
8,220 
43 
1 
57,650 

19,139 
349 
8,755 
562 
10 
28,815  

Nonaccrual Loans. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when contractual payments become 90 or more days past 
due or when the Company does not expect to receive all P&I payments owed substantially in accordance with the terms of the loan 
agreement, regardless of past due status. Loans that become 90 days past due, but are well secured and in the process of collection, 
may remain on accrual status. Nonaccrual loans are generally returned to accrual status when all payments due are brought current and 
we expect to receive all remaining P&I payments owed substantially in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. Payments 
received in cash on nonaccrual loans, including both the principal and interest portions of those payments, are generally applied to 
reduce the carrying value of the loan.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchased Credit Deteriorated Loans (“PCD”). Loans acquired in a business combination after July 1, 2020 are recorded in 
accordance with ASC Topic 326, after which acquired loans are separated into two types. PCD loans are acquired loans that, as of the 
acquisition  date,  have  experienced  a  more-than-insignificant  deterioration  in  credit  quality  since  origination.  Non-PCD  loans  are 
acquired loans that have experienced no or insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. To distinguish between the 
two  types  of  acquired  loans,  the  Company  evaluates  risk  characteristics  that  have  been  determined  to  be  indicators  of  deteriorated 
credit quality. The determining criteria may involve loan specific characteristics such as payment status, debt service coverage or other 
changes in creditworthiness since the loan was originated, while others are relevant to recent economic conditions, such as borrowers 
in  industries  impacted  by  the  pandemic.  As  part  of  the  acquisition  of  MSB,  the  Company  acquired  loans,  for  which  there  was,  at 
acquisition, evidence of more than insignificant deterioration of credit quality since origination. The Company acquired PCD loans 
with a par value of $69.4 million and an allowance for credit losses of $3.9 million in its acquisition of MSB. Additional information 
about the Company’s PCD loans is presented in Note 5 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Nonperforming Assets. The following table provides information regarding our nonperforming assets which are comprised of 

nonaccrual loans, accruing loans 90 days or more past due and other real estate owned:

Nonaccrual loans:

Commercial loans:
Multi-family
Nonresidential
Commercial business
Construction

One- to four-family residential mortgage loans
Consumer loans:

Home equity loans and lines of credit

Total nonaccrual loans (1)

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due:

Other consumer loans

Total accruing loans 90 days or more past due

Total nonperforming loans
Other real estate owned
Total nonperforming assets
Total nonperforming loans to total loans
Total nonperforming loans to total assets
Total nonperforming assets to total assets

2021

2020

At June 30,
2019
(Dollars In Thousands)

2018

2017

$

$

  $

18,526 
37,187 
912 
2,228 
19,170 

1,744 
79,767 

  $

2,962 
23,936 
592 
- 
8,359 

842 
36,691 

  $

70 
8,900 
469 
- 
9,943 

  $

116 
5,340 
1,238 
- 
9,192 

866 
20,248 

913 
16,799 

- 
- 
79,767 
178 
79,945 

  $
1.64%   
1.10%   
1.10%   

5 
5 
36,696 
178 
36,874 

  $
0.82%   
0.54%   
0.55%   

22 
22 
20,270 
- 
20,270 

  $
0.43%   
0.31%   
0.31%   

60 
60 
16,859 
725 
17,584 

  $
0.37%   
0.26%   
0.27%   

158 
5,720 
2,634 
255 
8,790 

1,241 
18,798 

74 
74 
18,872 
1,632 
20,504 

0.58%
0.39%
0.43%

(1)

TDRs on accrual status not included above totaled $6.2 million, $8.4 million, $4.3 million, $3.5 million and $2.5 million at June 30, 2021, 
2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Total nonperforming assets increased by $43.0 million to $79.9 million at June 30, 2021 from $36.9 million at June 30, 2020. 
For those same comparative periods, the number of nonperforming loans increased to 113 loans from 70 loans while there was one 
property in other real estate owned at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively. Included in the increase in nonperforming assets 
were  $14.4  million  of  non-performing  loans  acquired  from  MSB,  whose  fair  values  at  acquisition  reflected  various  levels  of 
impairment. Non-performing loans at June 30, 2021 did not include $51.8 million of performing PCD loans acquired from MSB.

At June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019, Kearny Bank had loans with aggregate outstanding balances totaling $17.8 million, $21.5 

million and $15.1 million, respectively, reported as troubled debt restructurings. 

Loan Review System. We maintain a loan review system consisting of several related functions including, but not limited to, 
classification  of  assets,  calculation  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses,  independent  credit  file  review  as  well  as  internal  audit  and 
lending compliance reviews. We utilize both internal and external resources, where appropriate, to perform the various loan review 
functions,  all  of  which  operate  in  accordance  with  a  scope  and  frequency  determined  by  senior  management  and  the  Audit  and 
Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
As  one  component  of  our  loan  review  system  we  engage  a  third-party  firm  which  specializes  in  loan  review  and  analysis 
functions. As part of their review process, our third-party review firm compares their review results with their client base to evaluate 
our risk assessment among our peers. This firm assists senior management and the Board of Directors in identifying potential credit 
weaknesses;  in  reviewing  and  confirming  risk  ratings  or  adverse  classifications  internally  ascribed  to  loans  by  management;  in 
identifying  relevant  trends  that  affect  the  collectability  of  the  portfolio  and  identifying  segments  of  the  portfolio  that  are  potential 
problem  areas;  in  verifying  the  appropriateness  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses;  in  evaluating  the  activities  of  lending  personnel 
including compliance with lending policies and the quality of their loan approval, monitoring and risk assessment; and by providing an 
objective assessment of the overall quality of the loan portfolio. Currently, third-party loan reviews are being conducted quarterly and 
include non-performing loans as well as samples of performing loans of varying types within our portfolio.

In  addition,  our  loan  review  system  includes  functions  performed  by  internal  audit  and  compliance  personnel.  Internal  audit 
resources  perform  credit  review  functions  similar  to  those  of  our  third-party  firm  in  addition  to  assessing  the  adequacy  of,  and 
adherence  to,  internal  credit  policies,  regulatory  guidance  to  policies  and  procedures  and  loan  administration  procedures.  Our 
compliance resources monitor adherence to relevant lending-related and consumer protection-related laws and regulations. 

Classification of Assets. In compliance with the regulatory guidelines, our loan review system includes an evaluation process 
through which certain loans exhibiting adverse credit quality characteristics are classified as Substandard, Doubtful or Loss. An asset 
is classified as Substandard if it is inadequately protected by the paying capacity and net worth of the obligor or the collateral pledged, 
if any. Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility that the insured institution will sustain some loss if the 
deficiencies  are  not  corrected.  Assets  classified  as  Doubtful  have  all  of  the  weaknesses  inherent  in  those  classified  as  Substandard, 
with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable, on 
the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values. Assets, or portions thereof, classified as Loss are considered uncollectible 
or of so little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose us to a sufficient degree of 
risk  to  warrant  an  adverse  classification  but  have  some  credit  deficiencies  or  other  potential  weaknesses  are  designated  as  Special 
Mention  by  management.  Adversely  classified  assets,  together  with  those  rated  as  Special  Mention  are  generally  referred  to  as 
Classified Assets. Non-classified assets are internally rated within one of four Pass categories or as Watch with the latter denoting a 
potential deficiency or concern that warrants increased oversight or tracking by management until remediated.

Additional information about our classification of assets is presented in Note 5 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

The following table discloses our designation of certain loans as special mention or adversely classified during each of the five 

years presented:

Special mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total classified loans

2021

2020

At June 30,
2019
(In Thousands)

2018

2017

$

$

84,981    $
95,394   
516   
180,891    $

9,187    $

5,681    $

592    $

46,069   
1   

27,822   
1   

28,752   
1   

55,257    $

33,504    $

29,345    $

2,594 
29,428 
3 
32,025  

At June 30, 2021, 29 loans were classified as Special Mention and 152 loans were classified as Substandard. As of that same 

date, 45 loans were classified as Doubtful.

Individually Evaluated Loans. On a case-by-case basis, we may conclude that a loan should be evaluated on an individual basis 
based on its disparate risk characteristics. When we determine that a loan no longer shares similar risk characteristics with other loans 
in  the  portfolio,  the  allowance  will  be  determined  on  an  individual  basis  using  the  present  value  of  expected  cash  flows  or,  for 
collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral as of the reporting date, less estimated selling costs, as applicable. If the fair 
value of the collateral is less than the amortized cost basis of the loan, we will charge off the difference between the fair value of the 
collateral, less costs to sell at the reporting date and the amortized cost basis of the loan.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans

On  July  1,  2020,  the  Company  adopted  ASU  2016-13,  “Financial  Instruments  –  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326):  Measurement  of 
Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”, which replaced the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology, referred 
to as the “CECL” methodology. See Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information on the adoption 
of  Topic  326.  Amounts  reported  prior  to  the  adoption  of  ASU  2016-13,  continue  to  be  reported  in  accordance  with  previously 
applicable GAAP.

A  description  of  our  methodology  in  establishing  our  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  set  forth  in  the  section  “Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  -  Critical  Accounting  Policies  -  Allowance  for  Credit 
Losses”.

Additional information about our allowance for credit losses is also presented in Note 6 to the audited consolidated financial 

statements.

Our allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level necessary to cover lifetime expected credit losses in financial assets at 
the  balance  sheet  date.  The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  activity  in  the  allowance  for  credit  losses for  the 
periods indicated:

Allowance balance (at beginning of period)
Charge offs:

Nonresidential
Commercial business
One- to four-family residential mortgage loans
Home equity loans and lines of credit
Other consumer loans
Total charge offs:

Recoveries:

Nonresidential
Commercial business
One- to four-family residential mortgage loans
Home equity loans and lines of credit
Other consumer loans
Total recoveries:

Net charge offs:

(Reversal of) provision for credit losses
Impact of adopting Topic 326
Initial allowance on PCD loans
Allowance balance (at end of period)

Total loans outstanding
Average loans outstanding
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of
  total loans outstanding
Net loan charge-offs as a percent of
  average loans outstanding
Allowance for credit losses to
  non-performing loans

2021

$

37,327 

  $

2020

For the Years Ended June 30,
2019
(Dollars in Thousands)
  $

30,865 

33,274 

  $

2018

29,286 

2017

  $

24,229 

(80)    
(1,446)    
(13)    
(32)    
(41)    
(1,612)    

- 
(50)    
- 
- 
(139)    
(189)    

(54)    
(861)    
(83)    
- 
(285)    
(1,283)    

(45)    
(145)    
(521)    
(18)    
(829)    
(1,558)    

(149)
(221)
(76)
(96)
(849)
(1,391)

- 
17 
4 
- 
9 
30 
(1,582)    
(1,121)    
19,640 
3,901 
$
58,165 
$4,880,310 
$4,866,436 

10 
2 
- 
- 
33 
45 
(144)    
4,197 
- 
- 
  $
37,327 
  $4,540,103 
  $4,568,816 

6 
47 
- 
- 
83 
136 
(1,147)    
3,556 
- 
- 
  $
33,274 
  $4,730,953 
  $4,669,436 

- 
90 
172 
65 
104 
431 
(1,127)    
2,706 
- 
- 
  $
30,865 
  $4,567,915 
  $3,577,598 

- 
727 
256 
16 
68 
1,067 
(324)
5,381 
- 
- 
  $
29,286 
  $ 3,242,453 
  $ 2,955,686 

1.19%   

0.82%   

0.70%   

0.68%   

0.90%

0.03%   

0.00%   

0.02%   

0.03%   

0.01%

72.92%   

101.72%   

164.15%   

183.08%   

155.18%

14

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans. The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for credit 
losses by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total net loans receivable at the dates indicated. The allowance for 
credit losses allocated to each category is the estimated amount considered necessary to cover lifetime expected credit losses inherent 
in  any  particular  category  as  of  the  balance  sheet  date  and  does  not  restrict  the  use  of  the  allowance  to  absorb  losses  in  other 
categories. For periods prior to 2021, the allowance for credit losses represented management’s best estimate of inherent losses that 
had been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans.

2021

2020

At June 30,
2019

2018

2017

Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans

Amount   

  Amount   

Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans

Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans

 Amount   

(Dollars In Thousands)

Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans

 Amount   

Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans

 Amount   

At end of period allocated to:
Commercial loans:
Multi-family
Nonresidential
Commercial business
Construction

One- to four-family residential
 mortgage loans
Consumer loans:

Home equity loans and lines of
 credit
Other consumer loans

$ 28,450      48.91  %  $ 20,916      56.03  %  $ 16,959      50.96  %  $ 14,946      48.42  %  $ 13,941      43.57  %
9,672      29.07   
  16,243      27.93   
7.41   
2,467     
3.59   
0.41   
136     
2.01   

9,939      33.46   
2.30   
1,709     
0.12   
35     

9,787      31.71   
8.27   
2,552     
0.84   
258     

8,763      23.48   
5.16   
1,926     
0.63   
236     

2,086     
1,170     

9,747      16.76   

4,860      13.02   

3,377      10.15   

2,479     

8.03   

2,384      17.50   

433     
36     

0.74   
0.06   

568     
58     

1.52   
0.16   

491     
172     

1.48   
0.52   

430     
413     

1.39   
1.34   

501     
777     

2.55   
0.50   

Total

$ 58,165      100.00  %  $ 37,327      100.00  %  $ 33,274      100.00  %  $ 30,865      100.00  %  $ 29,286      100.00  %

At June 30, 2021, the allowance for credit losses totaled $58.2 million, or 1.19% of total loans, reflecting an increase of $20.9 
million  from  $37.3  million,  or  0.82%  of  total  loans,  at  June  30,  2020.  This  increase  resulted  from  the  adoption  of  CECL,  which 
increased  the  ACL  for  loans  receivable  by  $19.6  million,  the  establishment  of  an  ACL  for  loans  acquired  from  MSB  totaling  $9.0 
million  and  an  increase  in  the  portion  of  the  ACL  attributable  to  loans  individually  evaluated  for  impairment.  This  increase  was 
partially offset by a reduction in ACL attributable to the effects of a decrease in the overall balance of the portion of the loan portfolio 
that was collectively evaluated for impairment and net charge-offs.

Our loan portfolio experienced an annualized net charge-off rate of 0.03% for the year ended June 30, 2021, an increase of three 

basis points from the 0.00% rate for the year ended June 30, 2020.

An overview of the balances and activity within the allowance for credit losses during the prior fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 

can be found in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2020, filed with the SEC on August 28, 2020.

The ACL at June 30, 2021 is maintained at a level that is management’s best estimate of lifetime expected credit losses inherent 
in loans at the balance sheet date. The ACL is subject to estimates and assumptions that are susceptible to significant revisions as more 
information becomes available and as events or conditions effecting individual borrowers and the marketplace as a whole change over 
time. Additions to the allowance for credit losses may be necessary if the future economic environment deteriorates from forecasted 
conditions.  In  addition,  the  banking  regulators,  as  an  integral  part  of  their  examination  process,  periodically  review  our  loan  and 
foreclosed real estate portfolios, related allowance for credit losses and valuation allowance for foreclosed real estate. The regulators 
may  require  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  to  be  increased  based  on  their  review  of  information  available  at  the  time  of  the 
examination, which may negatively affect our earnings.

Additional information about the ACL at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 is presented in Note 6 to the audited consolidated 

financial statements.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
   
       
   
     
       
   
     
       
   
     
       
   
     
       
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
       
   
     
       
   
     
       
   
     
       
   
     
       
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
Investment Securities

At  June  30,  2021,  our  investment  securities  portfolio  totaled  $1.72  billion  and  comprised  23.5%  of  our  total  assets.    By 
comparison,  at  June  30,  2020,  our  securities  portfolio  totaled  $1.42  billion  and  comprised  21.0%  of  our  total  assets.  Additional 
information about the Company’s investment securities at June 30, 2021 is presented in Note 4 to the audited consolidated financial 
statements.

The year-over-year net increase in the securities portfolio totaled approximately $296.7 million which largely reflected security 
purchases  during  the  year  that  were  partially  offset  by  repayments,  sales  and  calls.  The  increase  in  the  portfolio  included  a  $12.5 
million decrease in the fair value of the available for sale securities portfolio to an unrealized gain of $10.0 million at June 30, 2021 
from an unrealized gain of $22.5 million at June 30, 2020.

Our  investment  policy,  which  is  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  is  designed  to  foster  earnings  and  manage  cash  flows 
within  prudent  interest  rate  risk  and  credit  risk  guidelines,  taking  into  consideration  our  liquidity  needs,  asset/liability  management 
goals, and performance objectives. Our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Risk Officer 
and  Treasurer/Chief  Investment  Officer  are  the  senior  management  members  of  our  Capital  Markets  Committee  (“CMC”)  that  are 
designated  by  the  Board  of  Directors  as  the  officers  primarily  responsible  for  securities  portfolio  management  and  all  transactions 
require the approval of at least two of these designated officers.

The  investments  authorized  for  purchase  under  the  investment  policy  approved  by  our  Board  of  Directors  include  U.S. 
government  and  agency  mortgage-backed  securities,  U.S.  government  agency  debentures,  municipal  obligations,  corporate  bonds, 
asset-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations and subordinated debt. On a short-term basis, our investment policy authorizes 
investment  in  securities  purchased  under  agreements  to  resell,  federal  funds,  and  certificates  of  deposits  of  insured  financial 
institutions.

The  carrying  value  of  our  mortgage-backed  securities  totaled  $1.06  billion  at  June  30,  2021  and  comprised  62.0%  of  total 
investments and 14.6% of total assets as of that date. We generally invest in mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government 
agencies  or  government-sponsored  entities.  Mortgage-backed  securities  issued  or  sponsored  by  U.S.  government  agencies  and 
government-sponsored entities are guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest to investors.

The carrying value of our securities representing obligations of state and political subdivisions totaled $60.4 million at June 30, 
2021 and comprised 3.5% of total investments and less than 1.0% of total assets as of that date. Such securities primarily included 
highly-rated,  fixed-rate  bank-qualified  securities  representing  general  obligations  of  municipalities  located  within  the  U.S.  or  the 
obligations of their related entities such as boards of education or school districts. Each of our municipal obligations were consistently 
rated  by  Moody’s  and  S&P  well  above  the  thresholds  that  generally  support  our  investment  grade  assessment  with  such  ratings 
equaling or exceeding A- or higher by S&P and/or A2 or higher by Moody’s, where rated by those agencies. In the absence of, or as a 
complement to, such ratings, we rely upon our own internal analysis of the issuer’s financial condition to validate its investment grade 
assessment.

The  carrying  value  of  our  asset-backed  securities  totaled  $243.0  million  at  June  30,  2021  and  comprised  14.2%  of  total 
investments  and  3.3%  of  total  assets  as  of  that  date.  This  category  of  securities  is  comprised  entirely  of  structured,  floating-rate 
securities representing securitized federal education loans with 97% U.S. government guarantees. Our securities represent the highest 
credit-quality tranches within the overall structures with each being rated AA+ or higher by S&P/or Aa1 or higher by Moody’s, where 
rated by those agencies.

The outstanding balance of our collateralized loan obligations totaled $189.9 million at June 30, 2021 and comprised 11.1% of 
total investments and 2.6% of total assets as of that date. This category of securities is comprised entirely of structured, floating-rate 
securities  representing  securitized  commercial  loans  to  large,  U.S.  corporations.  At  June  30,  2021,  each  of  our  collateralized  loan 
obligations  were  consistently  rated  by  Moody’s  and  S&P  well  above  the  thresholds  that  generally  support  our  investment  grade 
assessment with such ratings equaling AAA by S&P and Aaa or by Moody’s, where rated by those agencies.

The carrying value of our corporate bonds totaled $158.4 million at June 30, 2021 and comprised 9.2% of total investments and 
2.2% of total assets as of that date. This category of securities is comprised of two floating-rate corporate debt obligations issued by 
large  financial  institutions  and  subordinated  debt  representing  profitable,  well-capitalized,  small-  to  mid-sized  community  banks 
located mainly in the mid-Atlantic region of the U.S. At June 30, 2021, corporate bonds issued by large financial institutions were 
consistently rated by Moody’s and S&P well above the thresholds that generally support our investment grade assessment with such 
ratings equaling or exceeding BBB+ or higher by S&P and/or A3 or higher by Moody’s, where rated by those agencies. 

16

Current  accounting  standards  require  that  securities  be  categorized  as  held  to  maturity,  equity  securities  or  available  for  sale, 
based on management’s intent as to the ultimate disposition of each security. These standards allow debt securities to be classified as 
held to maturity and reported in financial statements at amortized cost only if the reporting entity has the positive intent and ability to 
hold these securities to maturity. Securities that might be sold in response to changes in market interest rates, changes in the security’s 
prepayment risk, increases in loan demand, or other similar factors cannot be classified as held to maturity.

We do not currently use or maintain a trading account. Securities not classified as held to maturity are classified as available for 
sale.  These  securities  are  reported  at  fair  value  and  unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  the  securities  are  excluded  from  earnings  and 
reported, net of deferred taxes, as adjustments to accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of equity. As of 
June 30, 2021, our available for sale securities portfolio had a carrying value of $1.68 billion or 97.8% of our total securities with the 
remaining $38.1 million or 2.2% of securities were classified as held to maturity.

Other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies, we did not hold securities of any one issuer 
having an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity at June 30, 2021. All of our securities carry market risk insofar as 
increases in market rates of interest may cause a decrease in their market value. We believe that unrealized losses on securities held at 
June  30,  2021,  are  a  function  of  changes  in  market  interest  rates  and  credit  spreads,  not  changes  in  credit  quality.  Therefore,  no 
allowance for credit losses was recorded at that time.

During the year ended June 30, 2021, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale totaled $98.1 million and resulted in 
gross  gains  of  $1.2  million  and  gross  losses  of  $470,000.  During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2020,  proceeds  from  sales  of  securities 
available  for  sale  totaled  $164.3  million  and  resulted  in  gross  gains  of  $2.4  million  and  gross  losses  of  $145,000.  During  the  year 
ended June 30, 2019, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale totaled $75.4 million and resulted in gross gains of $190,000 
and gross losses of $513,000.  There were no sales of held to maturity securities during the year ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

17

The following table sets forth the carrying value of our securities portfolio at the dates indicated: 

Debt securities available for sale:

U.S. agency securities
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Corporate bonds
Trust preferred securities

Total debt securities available for sale

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale:

Collateralized mortgage obligations
Residential pass-through securities
Commercial pass-through securities

Total mortgage-backed securities available for sale

2021

2020

At June 30,
2019
(In Thousands)

2018

2017

$

-    $

-    $

3,678    $

4,411    $

34,603   
242,989   
189,880   
158,351   
-   
625,823   

54,054   
172,447   
193,788   
143,639   
2,627   
566,555   

26,951   
179,313   
208,611   
122,024   
3,756   
544,333   

26,088   
182,620   
226,066   
147,594   
3,783   
590,562   

13,739   
744,491   
292,811   
  1,051,041   

30,903   
561,954   
226,291   
819,148   

21,390   
44,303   
104,237   
169,930   

24,292   
102,359   
7,872   
134,523   

5,316 
27,740 
162,429 
98,154 
142,318 
8,540 
444,497 

30,536 
130,550 
8,177 
169,263 

Total securities available for sale

  1,676,864   

  1,385,703   

714,263   

725,085   

613,760 

Debt securities held to maturity:

U.S. agency securities
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
Subordinated debt

Total debt securities held to maturity

Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity:

Collateralized mortgage obligations
Residential pass-through securities
Commercial pass-through securities

Total mortgage-backed securities held to maturity

-   
25,824   
-   
25,824   

-   
-   
12,314   
12,314   

-   
32,556   
-   
32,556   

-   
104,086   
63,086   
167,172   

-   
109,483   
46,294   
155,777   

-   
-   
-   
-   

46,381   
166,283   
196,816   
409,480   

56,886   
200,622   
176,445   
433,953   

35,000 
94,713 
15,000 
144,713 

17,854 
178,813 
151,941 
348,608 

Total securities held to maturity

38,138   

32,556   

576,652   

589,730   

493,321 

Total securities

$ 1,715,002    $ 1,418,259    $ 1,290,915    $ 1,314,815    $ 1,107,081 

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
1
2
0
2

,
0
3

e
n
u
J

t

A

r
i
a
F

t
e
k
r
a
M

e
u
l
a
V

d
e
t
h
g
i
e

W

e
g
a
r
e
v
A

d

l
e
i
Y

g
n

i
y
r
r
a
C

e
u
l
a
V

d
e
t
h
g
i
e

W

e
g
a
r
e
v
A

d

l
e
i
Y

g
n
i
y
r
r
a
C

e
u
l
a
V

d
e
t
h
g
i
e

W

e
g
a
r
e
v
A

d
l
e
i
Y

g
n
i
y
r
r
a
C

e
u
l
a
V

d
e
t
h
g
i
e

W

e
g
a
r
e
v
A

d
l
e
i
Y

g
n
i
y
r
r
a
C

e
u
l
a
V

d
e
t
h
g
i
e

W

e
g
a
r
e
v
A

d
l
e
i
Y

g
n
i
y
r
r
a
C

e
u
l
a
V

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
S

l
a
t
o
T

s
r
a
e
Y
n
e
T
n
a
h
T
e
r
o
M

s
r
a
e
Y
n
e
T
o
t

e
v
i
F

s
r
a
e
Y
e
v
i
F
o
t

e
n
O

s
s
e
L
r
o

r
a
e
Y
e
n
O

)
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
T
n
I

s
r
a
l
l
o
D

(

e
l
b
a
t

s
i
h
T

.
1
2
0
2

,
0
3

e
n
u
J

t
a

o
i
l
o
f
t
r
o
p

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

r
u
o

f
o

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
t
a
m
d
n
a

s
d
l
e
i
y

e
g
a
r
e
v
a

d
e
t
h
g
i
e
w

,
s
e
u
l
a
v

g
n
i
y
r
r
a
c

e
h
t

g
n
i
d
r
a
g
e
r

n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n
i

n
i
a
t
r
e
c

h
t
r
o
f

s
t
e
s

e
l
b
a
t

g
n
i
w
o
l
l
o
f

e
h
T

e
h
t

e
v
a
h

y
a
m
s
r
e
u
s
s
i

e
s
u
a
c
e
b

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
t
a
m

l
a
u
t
c
a
r
t
n
o
c
m
o
r
f

r
e
f
f
i
d

y
a
m

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
t
a
m

l
a
u
t
c
A

.
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
e
r
p

f
o

t
c
e
f
f
e

e
h
t

r
o

g
n
i
c
i
r
p
-
e
r

t
c
e
l
f
e
r

t
o
n

s
e
o
d

d
n
a

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
t
a
m

l
a
u
t
c
a
r
t
n
o
c

s
w
o
h
s

.
r
a
e
y

e
n
o

n
i
h
t
i

w
e
l
b
a
l
l
a
c

e
r
a

n
o
i
l
l
i

m
2
.
9
3
$
f
o

e
u
l
a
v

g
n
i
y
r
r
a
c

a

h
t
i

w
s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

,

1
2
0
2

,

0
3

e
n
u
J

t

A

.
s
e
i
t
l
a
n
e
p

t
n
e
m
y
a
p
e
r
p

t
u
o
h
t
i

w

r
o

h
t
i

w
s
n
o
i
t
a
g
i
l
b
o

y
a
p
e
r
p

r
o

l
l
a
c

o
t

t
h
g
i
r

1
3
6
1
6

,

9
8
9
2
4
2

,

0
8
8
9
8
1

,

1
5
3
8
5
1

,

9
3
7
3
1

,

1
9
4
4
4
7

,

3
9
3
5
0
3

,

,

4
7
4
6
1
7
1

,

$

%

$

%

6
2
2

.

1
1
1

.

1
4
1

.

1
3
4

.

7
3
2

.

0
8
1

.

2
0
2

.

5
9
1

.

7
2
4
0
6

,

9
8
9
2
4
2

,

0
8
8
9
8
1

,

1
5
3
8
5
1

,

9
3
7
3
1

,

1
9
4
4
4
7

,

5
2
1
5
0
3

,

,

2
0
0
5
1
7
1

,

$

%

-

$

%

5
1
1

.

6
5
1

.

2
7
3

.

7
4
2

.

9
7
1

.

5
9
1

.

3
7
1

.

-

6
7
9
,
4
3

9
5
0
,
0
1

7
2
7
,
6
9
1

9
1
3
,
2
1

4
3
0
,
2
3
7

9
1
0
,
8
2
2

$

%

4
3
1
,
4
1
2
,
1

$

%

5
4
.
2

2
9
.
0

8
3
.
1

5
3
.
4

-

7
8
.
2

8
9
.
1

6
5
.
2

7
6
8
,
0
2

2
6
2
,
6
4

4
0
9
,
4
5
1

2
9
2
,
8
4
1

-

8
0
5
,
9

1
8
4
,
4
1

4
1
3
,
4
9
3

$

%

-

-

-

4
5
.
1

7
6
.
1

6
2
.
2

2
2
.
2

-

-

-

0
2
4
,
1

9
4
9
,
2

5
2
6
,
2
6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

$

%

2
2
.
2

4
1
3
,
4
3

$

%

2
7
.
1

6
4
2
,
5

$

l
a
c
i
t
i
l
o
p

d
n
a

e
t
a
t
s

f
o

s
n
o
i
t
a
g
i
l
b
O

s
n
o
i
s
i
v
i
d
b
u
s

s
n
o
i
t
a
g
i
l
b
o

n
a
o
l

d
e
z
i
l
a
r
e
t
a
l
l
o
C

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

d
e
k
c
a
b
-
t
e
s
s
A

s
d
n
o
b

e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

:
s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

t
b
e
D

)
1
(

s
n
o
i
t
a
g
i
l
b
o

e
g
a
g
t
r
o
m
d
e
z
i
l
a
r
e
t
a
l
l
o
C

)
1
(

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

h
g
u
o
r
h
t
-
s
s
a
p

l
a
i
t
n
e
d
i
s
e
R

)
1
(

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

h
g
u
o
r
h
t
-
s
s
a
p

l
a
i
c
r
e
m
m
o
C

:
s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

d
e
k
c
a
b
-
e
g
a
g
t
r
o
M

8
0
3
,
1
0
1

$

%

2
7
.
1

6
4
2
,
5

$

s
e
i
t
i
r
u
c
e
s

l
a
t
o
T

.
s
e
s
i
r
p
r
e
t
n
e

d
e
r
o
s
n
o
p
s
-
t
n
e
m
n
r
e
v
o
G

)
1
(

1(cid:28)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sources of Funds

General. Retail deposits are our primary source of funds for lending and other investment purposes. In addition, we derive funds 
from  principal  repayments  of  loan  and  investment  securities.  Loan  and  securities  payments  are  a  relatively  stable  source  of  funds, 
while deposit inflows are significantly influenced by general interest rates and money market conditions. Wholesale funding sources 
including, but not limited to, borrowings from the FHLB of New York (“FHLB”), wholesale deposits and other short term-borrowings 
are also used to supplement the funding for loans and investments.

Deposits.  Our  current  deposit  products  include  interest-bearing  and  non-interest-bearing  checking  accounts,  money  market 
deposit  accounts,  savings  accounts  and  certificates  of  deposit  accounts  ranging  in  terms  from  30  days  to  five  years.  Certificates  of 
deposit with terms ranging from six months to five years are available for individual retirement account plans. Deposit account terms, 
such  as  interest  rate  earned,  applicability  of  certain  fees  and  service  charges  and  funds  accessibility,  will  vary  based  upon  several 
factors including, but not limited to, minimum balance, term to maturity, and transaction frequency and form requirements.

Deposits are obtained primarily from within New Jersey and New York through the Bank’s network of retail branches, business 
relationship officers and digital banking channels. We maintain a robust suite of commercial deposit products designed to appeal to 
small  and  mid-size  businesses,  non-profit  organizations  and  government  entities.  Our  team  of  experienced  and  dedicated  business 
relationship officers serve as the primary points of contact for these commercial clients and act as both new business originators and 
relationship managers.

Key to our consumer deposit strategy is our “Relationship” suite of products which bundles a variety of banking services and 
products  together  for  those  clients  whom  have  a  checking  account  with  direct  deposit  and  electronic  statement  delivery.  Such 
relationship clients are eligible for a variety of benefits, including a premium on certificates of deposit with a term of at least one year. 
We  also  offer  High  Yield  Checking  which  is  primarily  designed  to  attract  core  deposits  in  the  form  of  clients’  primary  checking 
accounts  through  interest  rate  and  fee  reimbursement  incentives  to  qualifying  clients.  The  comparatively  higher  interest  expense 
associated with the High Yield Checking product in relation to our other checking products is partially offset by the transaction fee 
income associated with the account.

The determination of interest rates on retail deposits is based upon a number of factors, including: (1) our need for funds based 
on loan demand, current maturities of deposits and other cash flow needs; (2) a current survey of a selected group of competitors’ rates 
for similar products; (3) our current cost of funds, yield on assets and asset/liability position; and (4) the alternate cost of funds on a 
wholesale  basis.  Interest  rates  are  reviewed  by  senior  management  on  a  regular  basis,  with  deposit  product  and  pricing  updated,  as 
appropriate, during recurring and ad-hoc senior management meetings.

A portion of our deposits are in certificates of deposit whose balances declined to 34.2% of total deposits at June 30, 2021 from 
41.5%  of  total  deposits  at  June  30,  2020.  Our  liquidity  could  be  reduced  if  a  significant  amount  of  certificates  of  deposit  maturing 
within a short period were not renewed. At June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, certificates of deposit maturing within one year were 
$1.51 billion and $1.52 billion, respectively. Historically, a significant portion of the certificates of deposit remain with us after they 
mature.

At June 30, 2021, $1.19 billion or 63.3% of our certificates of deposit were certificates of $100,000 or more compared to $1.01 
billion  or  55.2%  at  June  30,  2020.  The  general  level  of  market  interest  rates  and  money  market  conditions  significantly  influence 
deposit  inflows  and  outflows.  The  effects  of  these  factors  are  particularly  pronounced  on  deposit  accounts  with  larger  balances.  In 
particular,  certificates  of  deposit  with  balances  of  $100,000  or  greater  are  traditionally  viewed  as  being  a  more  volatile  source  of 
funding than comparatively lower balance certificates of deposit or non-maturity transaction accounts. In order to retain certificates of 
deposit with balances of $100,000 or more, we may have to pay a premium rate, resulting in an increase in our cost of funds. To the 
extent that such deposits do not remain with us, they may need to be replaced with wholesale funding. 

Our  sources  of  wholesale  funding  included  brokered  certificates  of  deposit  and  listing  service  certificates  of  deposit  whose 
balances totaled approximately $458.6 million and $20.3 million, or 8.4% and 0.4% of total deposits, respectively, at June 30, 2021. 
We  utilize  brokered  certificates  of  deposit  and  listing  service  certificates  of  deposits  as  alternatives  to  other  forms  of  wholesale 
funding, including borrowings, when interest rates and market conditions favor the use of such deposits. For a portion of our short-
term brokered certificates of deposit we utilized interest rate contracts to effectively extend their duration and to fix their cost.

20

The following table sets forth the distribution of average deposits for the periods indicated and the weighted average nominal 

interest rates for each period on each category of deposits presented: 

2021

Percent
of Total
Deposits  

Weighted
Average
Nominal
Rate

Average
Balance   

For the Years Ended June 30,
2020

Percent
of Total
Deposits  

Weighted
Average
Nominal
Rate

Average
Balance   

(Dollars In Thousands)

2019

Percent
of Total
Deposits  

Weighted
Average
Nominal
Rate

Average
Balance   

Non-interest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing demand
Savings
Certificates of deposit

9.88 %   

$ 518,149   
  1,726,190    32.92  
  1,066,794    20.35  
  1,931,887    36.85  

Total average deposits

$5,243,020   100.00 %   

- %  $ 334,522    

7.89 %   

- %  $ 312,169    

7.68 %   

-  %

0.41  
0.31  
1.10  

    1,041,188     24.56  
831,832     19.62  
    2,032,046     47.93  

   .
0.60 %  $4,239,588    100.00 %   

1.10  
0.81  
2.00  

796,815     19.60  
761,203     18.73  
    2,194,513     53.99  

    1.02   
    0.55   
    1.83   

1.39 %  $4,064,700    100.00 %    1.29  %

The following table sets forth certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated:

Interest Rate
0.00 - 0.99%
1.00 - 1.99%
2.00 - 2.99%
3.00 - 3.99%

Total certificates of deposit

2021

At June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

$

$

$

1,554,774   
172,892   
143,849   
6,231   

$

326,413   
822,846   
663,182   
27,955   

66,109 
604,162 
1,506,221 
27,965 

1,877,746   

$

1,840,396   

$

2,204,457  

The following table shows the amount of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of the 

dates indicated:

CDs over 100,000:

Maturity Period
Within three months
Three through six months
Six through twelve months
Over twelve months

Total certificates of deposit

2021

At June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

$

$

$

700,290   
154,934   
152,971   
181,032   

$

278,157   
262,561   
307,769   
166,508   

300,464 
363,801 
243,061 
410,220 

1,189,227   

$

1,014,995   

$

1,317,546  

21

 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
    
  
   
 
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of certificates of deposit at June 30, 2021:

Within
One Year  

Over One
Year to

Two Years    

Over Two
Years to
Three 
Years

At June 30, 2021
Over
Three
Years to
Four Years    
(In Thousands)

Over Four
Years to
Five Years    

Over Five
Years

Total

$ 1,340,625    $
123,483   
46,653   
-   

162,225    $
19,598   
64,931   
-   

14,306    $
10,960   
15,419   
545   

7,933    $

17,641   
16,339   
-   

29,489    $
986   
315   
-   

196    $ 1,554,774 
172,892 
224   
143,849 
192   
6,231 
5,686   

Interest Rate
0.00 - 0.99%
1.00 - 1.99%
2.00 - 2.99%
3.00 - 3.99%

Total certificates of deposit

$ 1,510,761    $

246,754    $

41,230    $

41,913    $

30,790    $

6,298    $ 1,877,746  

Additional information about the Company’s deposits is presented in Note 10 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Borrowings. The sources of wholesale funding we utilize include borrowings in the form of advances from the FHLB as well as 
other  forms  of  borrowings.  We  generally  use  wholesale  funding  to  manage  our  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk  and  liquidity  risk  in 
conjunction with our overall asset/liability management process.

Advances  from  the  FHLB  are  typically  secured  by  our  FHLB  capital  stock  and  certain  investment  securities  as  well  as 
residential and commercial mortgage loans that we choose to utilize as collateral for such borrowings. Additional information about 
the Company’s FHLB advances is included under Note 11 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Short-term FHLB advances generally have original maturities of less than one year. At June 30, 2021, we had a total $390.0 
million of short-term FHLB advances at a weighted average interest rate of 0.33%.  Such advances represented 90-day FHLB term 
advances that are generally forecasted to be periodically redrawn at maturity for the same term as the original advance. Based on this 
presumption,  we  utilized  interest  rate  contracts  to  effectively  extend  the  duration  of  each  of  these  advances  at  the  time  they  were 
drawn to effectively fix their cost. 

Long-term advances generally include term advances with original maturities of greater than one year. At June 30, 2021, our 
outstanding balance of long-term FHLB advances totaled $277.5 million at a weighted average interest rate of 2.87%. Such advances 
included  $145.0  million  of  callable  advances  at  a  weighted  average  interest  rate  of  3.04%  and  $132.5  million  non-callable,  term 
advances at a weighted average interest rate of 2.68%.

Our FHLB advances mature as follows:

By remaining period to maturity:

Less than one year
One to two years
Two to three years
Three to four years
Four to five years
Greater than five years

Total advances
Fair value adjustments

Total advances, net of
  fair value adjustments

2021

At June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

$

390,000   
145,000   
22,500   
103,500   
6,500   
-   
667,500   
(1,624)  

$

865,000   
27,000   
145,000   
22,500   
103,500   
6,500   
1,169,500   
(2,071)  

873,400 
64,046 
62,700 
155,000 
22,500 
110,000 
1,287,646 
(4,435)

665,876   

$

1,167,429   

$

1,283,211  

$

$

22

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Based upon the market value of investment securities and mortgage loans that are posted as collateral for FHLB advances at 
June 30, 2021, we are eligible to borrow up to an additional $2.13 billion of advances from the FHLB as of that date. We are further 
authorized to post additional collateral in the form of other unencumbered investments securities and eligible mortgage loans that may 
expand our borrowing capacity with the FHLB up to 30% of our total assets. Additional borrowing capacity up to 50% of our total 
assets may be authorized with the approval of the FHLB’s Board of Directors or Executive Committee.

In addition, the Company had the capacity to borrow additional funds totaling $651.0 million via unsecured lines of credit and 
$233.1 million from the Federal Reserve Bank without pledging additional collateral. The balance of borrowings at June 30, 2021 also 
included other overnight borrowings totaling $20.0 million.

Interest Rate Derivatives and Hedging 

We  utilize  derivative  instruments  in  the  form  of  interest  rate  swaps  and  caps  to  hedge  our  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk  in 
conjunction with our overall asset/liability management process. In accordance with accounting requirements, we formally designate 
all of our hedging relationships as either fair value hedges, or cash flow hedges, and documents the strategy for undertaking the hedge 
transactions and its method of assessing ongoing effectiveness.

At  June  30,  2021,  our  derivative  instruments  were  comprised  of  interest  rate  swaps  and  caps  with  a  total  notional  amount  of 
$1.04 billion. These instruments are intended to manage the interest rate exposure relating to certain wholesale funding positions that 
were outstanding at June 30, 2021.

Additional information regarding our use of interest rate derivatives and our hedging activities is presented in Note 1 and Note 

12 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Subsidiary Activity

At  June  30,  2021,  Kearny  Bank  was  the  only  wholly-owned  operating  subsidiary  of  Kearny  Financial  Corp.  As  of  that  date, 
Kearny Bank had one wholly-owned subsidiary, CJB Investment Corp. CJB Investment Corp. is a New Jersey Investment Company 
and remained active through the three-year period ended June 30, 2021.

Human Capital Resources

Kearny  Bank  serves  as  a  true  financial  partner  to  both  consumers  and  businesses  by  subscribing  to  the  belief  that  people, 
performance  and  relationships  are  what  matter  most.  We  serve  our  clients  and  shareholders  through  our  deep-rooted  principles  of 
ethics and integrity, and by giving back to the communities in which we serve. Our workforce reflects and is inclusive of the full array 
of cultures and ethnicities.

Employee Profile. We strive to create a diverse and inclusive culture reflective of our clients and the communities where we 
live  and  work.  As  of  June  30,  2021,  we  employed  584  employees,  approximately  65%  of  whom  are  female.    We  utilize  an  online 
recruitment platform that provides a vehicle to attract a diverse pool of candidates and have established a partnership with a diversity 
recruitment solution to enhance this effort.

Talent  Development  and  Employee  Engagement.  We  invest  in  the  success  and  development  of  our  employees,  celebrating 
career  milestones  and  longevity.  Our  average  length  of  tenure  is  eight  years  as  we  promote  from  within  to  leverage  employees’ 
knowledge of the organization as we continue to grow. We offer many learning and development initiatives, including departmental 
budgets  for  certifications  and  professional  development,  as  well  as  a  robust  tuition  reimbursement  program.  In  a  further  effort  to 
provide employees the opportunity to learn new skill sets, gain insights and receive advice from senior leaders, we recently launched a 
Career  Mentoring  Program.  We  also  developed  a  Senior  Women’s  Leadership  Group,  which  provides  a  forum  for  our  female 
employees to exchange ideas and support initiatives.

Employee Benefits. We offer our employees competitive pay and incentive programs, together with a comprehensive benefits 
package designed to enhance the employee experience. Such benefits include medical, dental, vision and long term disability benefits, 
AD&D  and  group  life  insurance,  AFLAC,  Health  Advocacy  and  Employee  Assistance  programs,  generous  paid  time  off  and  the 
ability to participate in charitable events during work time. In addition, our employees share in our financial success while preparing 
for  their  retirement  via  participation  in  our  401(k)  Plan,  which  includes  a  competitive  company  match,  and  our  Employee  Stock 
Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), which is 100% funded by the Company.

23

Safety,  Health  and  Wellness.  We  are  committed  to  the  safety  and  wellness  of  all  of  our  employees  and  their  families.  We 
provide access to a variety of health and welfare programs, including benefits that support their physical, mental and financial health. 
During the COVID-19 pandemic, we regularly communicated with our employees and took many steps to protect them in accordance 
with  applicable  guidance.  Our  incident  response  team  developed  a  “work  from  home”  plan  for  our  corporate  and  regional  offices, 
while  we  continued  to  support  our  front-line  employees.  Our  facilities  team  installed  barriers  where  appropriate,  provided  personal 
protective equipment and cleaning supplies, and implemented temperature screenings, physical distancing procedures and enhanced 
cleaning in all locations. Branches were either closed or operated in drive-up mode only, as appropriate. We encourage those who are 
sick to stay home, and encourage employees to become vaccinated by rewarding them with paid time off and eligibility to participate 
in raffles.

Supervision and Regulation

Kearny  Bank  and  Kearny  Financial  operate  in  a  highly  regulated  industry.  This  regulation  establishes  a  comprehensive 
framework  of  activities  in  which  a  savings  and  loan  holding  company  and  New  Jersey  savings  bank  may  engage  and  is  intended 
primarily  for  the  protection  of  the  deposit  insurance  fund  and  depositors.  Set  forth  below  is  a  brief  description  of  certain  laws  that 
relate to the regulation of Kearny Bank and Kearny Financial. The description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its 
entirety by reference to applicable laws and regulations.

Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the 
imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution and its holding company, the classification of assets by the institution and 
the  adequacy  of  an  institution’s  allowance  for  loan  losses.  Any  change  in  such  regulation  and  oversight,  whether  in  the  form  of 
regulatory  policy,  regulations,  or  legislation,  including  changes  in  the  regulations  governing  savings  and  loan  holding  companies, 
could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  Kearny  Financial,  Kearny  Bank  and  their  operations.  The  adoption  of  regulations  or  the 
enactment of laws that restrict the operations of Kearny Bank and/or Kearny Financial or impose burdensome requirements upon one 
or both of them could reduce their profitability and could impair the value of Kearny Bank’s franchise, resulting in negative effects on 
the trading price of our common stock.

Regulation of Kearny Bank

Kearny  Bank  was  formerly  a  federal  savings  bank.    On  June  29,  2017,  it  converted  its  charter  to  that  of  a  nonmember  New 

Jersey savings bank.

General.  As  a  nonmember  New  Jersey  savings  bank  with  federally  insured  deposits,  Kearny  Bank  is  subject  to  extensive 
regulation by the NJDBI and the FDIC. The regulatory structure gives the agencies authority’s widespread discretion in connection 
with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies regarding the classification of assets and 
the  level  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.  The  activities  of  New  Jersey  savings  banks  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  including 
restrictions or requirements with respect to loans to one borrower, dividends, permissible investments and lending activities, liquidity, 
transactions  with  affiliates  and  community  reinvestment.  Both  state  and  federal  law  regulate  a  savings  bank’s  relationship  with  its 
depositors and borrowers, especially in such matters as the ownership of savings accounts and the form and content of Kearny Bank’s 
mortgage documents.

Kearny Bank must file reports with the NJDBI and FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition and obtain regulatory 
approvals  prior  to  entering  into  certain  transactions  such  as  establishing  new  branches  and  mergers  with  or  acquisitions  of  other 
depository  institutions.  The  NJDBI  and  FDIC  regularly  examine  Kearny  Bank  and  prepare  reports  to  Kearny  Bank’s  Board  of 
Directors on any deficiencies found in its operations. The agencies have substantial discretion to take enforcement action with respect 
to an institution that fails to comply with applicable regulatory requirements or engages in violations of law or unsafe and unsound 
practices.    Such  actions  can  include,  among  others,  the  issuance  of  a  cease  and  desist  order,  assessment  of  civil  money  penalties, 
removal of officers and directors and the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

Activities and Powers. Kearny Bank derives its lending, investment and other powers primarily from the applicable provisions 
of the New Jersey Banking Act and the related regulations. Under these laws and regulations, New Jersey savings banks, including 
Kearny  Bank,  generally  may  invest  in  real  estate  mortgages;  consumer  and  commercial  loans;  specific  types  of  debt  securities, 
including  certain  corporate  debt  securities  and  obligations  of  federal,  state  and  local  governments  and  agencies;  certain  types  of 
corporate equity securities and other specified assets. 

24

A savings bank may also invest pursuant to a leeway power that permits investments not otherwise permitted by the New Jersey 
Banking  Act.  Leeway  investments  must  comply  with  a  number  of  limitations  on  individual  and  aggregate  amounts  of  investments. 
New Jersey savings banks may also exercise those powers, rights, benefits or privileges authorized for national banks, federal savings 
banks  or  federal  savings  associations,  or  either  directly  or  through  a  subsidiary.  New  Jersey  savings  banks  may  exercise  powers, 
rights, benefits and privileges of out-of-state banks, savings banks and savings associations, or either directly or through a subsidiary, 
provided that prior approval by the NJDBI is required before exercising any such power, right, benefit or privilege. The exercise of 
these lending, investment and activity powers is further limited by federal law and the related regulations. See “—Activity Restrictions 
on State-Chartered Banks” below.

Activity Restrictions on State-Chartered Banks. Federal law and FDIC regulations generally limit the activities as principal and 
equity  investments  of  state-chartered  FDIC  insured  banks  and  their  subsidiaries  to  those  permissible  for  national  banks  and  their 
subsidiaries, except such activities and investments that are specifically exempted by law or regulation, or approved by the FDIC.

Before engaging as principal in a new activity that is not permissible for a national bank, or otherwise permissible under federal 
law or FDIC regulations, an insured bank must seek approval from the FDIC, subject to certain specified exceptions. The FDIC will 
not approve the activity unless the bank meets its minimum capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity does not 
present  a  significant  risk  to  the  FDIC’s  Deposit  Insurance  Fund.  Certain  activities  of  subsidiaries  that  are  engaged  in  activities 
permitted for national banks only through a financial subsidiary are subject to additional requirements.

Federal  Deposit  Insurance.  Kearny  Bank’s  deposits  are  insured  to  applicable  limits  by  the  FDIC.  The  general  maximum 

deposit insurance amount is $250,000 per depositor.

The  FDIC  assesses  insured  depository  institutions  to  maintain  the  Deposit  Insurance  Fund.  Under  the  FDIC’s  risk-based 
assessment  system,  institutions  deemed  less  risky  pay  lower  assessments.  Assessments  for  institutions  of  less  than  $10  billion  of 
assets, such as Kearny Bank, are based on financial measures and supervisory ratings derived from statistical modeling estimating the 
probability of failure of an institution’s failure within three years. That system, effective July 1, 2016, replaced the previous system 
under which institutions were placed into risk categories.

Federal legislation required the FDIC to revise its procedures to base assessments upon each insured institution’s total assets less 
tangible equity instead of deposits. The FDIC finalized a rule, effective April 1, 2011, that set the assessment range at 2.5 to 45 basis 
points  of  total  assets  less  tangible  equity.  In  conjunction  with  the  Deposit  Insurance  Fund’s  reserve  ratio  achieving  1.15%,  the 
assessment  range  was  reduced  for  insured  institutions  of  less  than  $10  billion  of  total  assets  to  1.5  basis  points  to  30  basis  points, 
effective July 1, 2016.

In  June  2020,  the  FDIC  adopted  changes  to  its  assessment  system  intended  to  mitigate  the  effects  on  the  deposit  insurance 
assessment of an institution’s participation in certain governmental-sponsored programs designed to address economic effects arising 
from the COVID-19 pandemic. Such programs include the Paycheck Protection Program and the Money Market Liquidity Facility.

Federal  legislation  increased  the  minimum  target  Deposit  Insurance  Fund  ratio  from  1.15%  of  estimated  insured  deposits  to 
1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC is required to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020.  The 1.35% ratio was 
reached effective September 30, 2018.  However, extraordinary growth in insured deposits during the first two quarters of 2020 caused 
the Deposit Insurance Fund ratio to decline to 1.30% as of June 30, 2020. In September 2020, the FDIC adopted a Restoration Plan to 
restore  the  ratio  to  at  least  1.35%  by  the  September  30,  2028  statutory  deadline.  The  Restoration  Plan  maintained  the  existing 
assessment  rate  schedule  for  now  and  is  based  on  projected  estimates  of  future  losses  and  an  assumed  return  to  normal  deposit 
insurance growth. The FDIC has established a long-range fund ratio of 2.0%.

The  FDIC  has  authority  to  increase  insurance  assessments.  Any  significant  increases  would  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the 

operating expenses and results of operations of Kearny Bank. Management cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.

Insurance  of  deposits  may  be  terminated  by  the  FDIC  upon  a  finding  that  an  institution  has  engaged  in  unsafe  or  unsound 
practices,  is  in  an  unsafe  or  unsound  condition  to  continue  operations  or  has  violated  any  applicable  law,  regulation,  rule,  order  or 
condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our 
deposit insurance.

25

Regulatory Capital Requirements. FDIC regulations require nonmember banks to meet several minimum capital standards: a 
common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0%, a total capital to 
risk-based assets of 8%, and a 4% Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio. The present capital requirements were effective January 
1, 2015 and represent increased standards over the previous requirements. The current requirements implement recommendations of 
the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of federal law.

For purposes of the regulatory capital standards, common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ 
equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 
1  capital  includes  certain  noncumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock  and  related  surplus  and  minority  interests  in  equity  accounts  of 
consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 
capital.  Tier  2  capital  is  comprised  of  capital  instruments  and  related  surplus,  meeting  specified  requirements,  and  may  include 
cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and 
subordinated debt.  

Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets 
and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the treatment of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, up 
to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Calculation of all 
types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations. 

In  determining  the  amount  of  risk-weighted  assets  for  purposes  of  calculating  risk-based  capital  ratios,  all  assets,  including 
certain off-balance sheet assets, are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on the risks believed inherent 
in  the  type  of  asset.  Higher  levels  of  capital  are  required  for  asset  categories  believed  to  present  greater  risk.  For  example,  a  risk 
weight of 0% is assigned to cash and U.S. government securities, a risk weight of 50% is generally assigned to prudently underwritten 
first lien one- to four-family residential mortgages, a risk weight of 100% is assigned to commercial and consumer loans, a risk weight 
of 150% is assigned to certain past due loans and a risk weight of between 0% to 600% is assigned to equity interests depending on 
certain specified factors.

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain 
discretionary  bonus  payments  to  management  if  the  institution  does  not  hold  a  capital  conservation  buffer  consisting  of  2.5%  of 
common  equity  Tier  1  capital  to  risk-weighted  assets  above  the  amount  necessary  to  meet  its  minimum  risk-based  capital 
requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement was phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets 
and increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019. 

In  assessing  an  institution’s  capital  adequacy,  the  FDIC  takes  into  consideration,  not  only  these  numeric  factors,  but  also 
qualitative  factors.  The  FDIC  has  the  authority  to  establish  higher  capital  requirements  for  individual  institutions  where  deemed 
necessary. 

Regulations  issued  by  the  NJDBI  establish  generally  similar  regulatory  capital  standards  for  New  Jersey-chartered  savings 

banks such as Kearny Bank.

Prompt  Corrective  Regulatory  Action.  Federal  law  requires  that  federal  bank  regulatory  authorities  take  prompt  corrective 
action with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital 
categories:  “well  capitalized,”  “adequately  capitalized,”  “undercapitalized,”  “significantly  undercapitalized”  and  “critically 
undercapitalized.”

The  FDIC  has  adopted  regulations  to  implement  the  prompt  corrective  action  legislation.  The  regulations  were  amended  to 
incorporate  the  previously  mentioned  increased  regulatory  capital  standards  that  were  effective  January  1,  2015.  An  institution  is 
deemed to be well capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or 
greater,  a  leverage  ratio  of  5.0%  or  greater  and  a  common  equity  Tier  1  ratio  of  6.5%  or  greater.  An  institution  is  adequately 
capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage 
ratio of 4.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or greater.  

26

An institution is undercapitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 
less than 6.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%. An institution is categorized as 
significantly undercapitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 
4.0%,  a  leverage  ratio  of  less  than  3.0%  or  a  common  equity  Tier  1  ratio  of  less  than  3.0%.  Critically  undercapitalized  status  is 
triggered if an institution has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. 
Qualifying  banks  that  elect  and  comply  with  the  community  bank  leverage  ratio  (as  established  by  the  regulatory  agencies)  are 
considered well-capitalized under the prompt corrective action regulations.

Undercapitalized banks must adhere to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations and are required to 
submit  a  capital  restoration  plan.  A  bank’s  compliance  with  such  a  plan  must  be  guaranteed  by  any  company  that  controls  the 
undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the 
amount necessary to achieve the status adequately capitalized status. If an undercapitalized bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it 
is treated as if it is significantly undercapitalized. Significantly undercapitalized banks must comply with one or more of a number of 
additional  measures  including,  but  not  limited  to,  a  required  sale  of  sufficient  voting  stock  to  become  adequately  capitalized,  a 
requirement to reduce total assets, cessation of taking deposits from correspondent banks, the dismissal of directors or officers and 
restrictions  on  interest  rates  paid  on  deposits,  compensation  of  executive  officers  and  capital  distributions  by  the  parent  holding 
company.  Critically  undercapitalized  institutions  are  subject  to  additional  measures  including,  subject  to  a  narrow  exception,  the 
appointment  of  a  receiver  or  conservator  within  270  days  after  such  status  is  triggered.  These  actions  are  in  addition  to  other 
discretionary supervisory or enforcement actions that the FDIC may take.

Dividend  Limitations.  Federal  regulations  impose  various  restrictions  or  requirements  on  Kearny  Bank  to  pay  dividends  to 
Kearny Financial.  An institution that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, such as Kearny Bank, must file notice 
with the Federal Reserve Board at least thirty days before paying a dividend. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove a notice if: 
(i)  the  savings  institution  would  be  undercapitalized  following  the  capital  distribution;  (ii)  the  proposed  capital  distribution  raises 
safety  and  soundness  concerns;  or  (iii)  the  capital  distribution  would  violate  a  prohibition  contained  in  any  statute,  regulation, 
enforcement action or agreement or condition imposed in connection with an application.

New Jersey law specifies that no dividend may be paid if the dividend would impair the capital stock of the savings bank. In 
addition, no dividend may be paid unless the savings bank would, after payment of the dividend, have a surplus of at least 50% of its 
capital stock (or if the payment of dividend would not reduce surplus).

Transactions with Related Parties. Transactions between a depository institution (and, generally, its subsidiaries) and its related 
parties or affiliates are limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of an institution is any company or 
entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the institution. In a holding company context, the parent holding 
company and any companies that are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the institution. Generally, Section 
23A of the Federal Reserve Act limits the extent to which the institution or its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions with 
any one affiliate to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus and contain an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all 
affiliates  to  an  amount  equal  to  20%  of  such  institution’s  capital  stock  and  surplus.  The  term  “covered  transaction”  includes  an 
extension of credit, purchase of assets, issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit and similar transactions. In addition, loans or other 
extensions of credit by the institution to the affiliate are required to be collateralized in accordance with specified requirements. 

The law also requires that affiliate transactions generally be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same as, or at least 

as favorable to the institution as, those provided to non-affiliates.

Kearny  Bank’s  authority  to  extend  credit  to  its  directors,  executive  officers  and  10%  stockholders,  as  well  as  to  entities 
controlled by such persons, is governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O 
of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, subject to certain exceptions, these provisions generally require that extensions of 
credit to insiders:

•

•

be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent 
than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal 
risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and

not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which 
limits are based, in part, on the amount of Kearny Bank’s regulatory capital.

In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by Kearny Bank’s Board of Directors. Extensions 

of credit to executive officers are subject to additional limits based on the type of extension involved.

27

Community  Reinvestment  Act.  Under  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  (the  “CRA”),  every  insured  depository  institution, 
including Kearny Bank, has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit 
needs  of  its  entire  community,  including  low  and  moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The  CRA  does  not  establish  specific  lending 
requirements  or  programs  for  financial  institutions  nor  does  it  limit  an  institution’s  discretion  to  develop  the  types  of  products  and 
services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA requires the FDIC to assess the depository institution’s 
record  of  meeting  the  credit  needs  of  its  community  and  consider  that  record  in  its  consideration  of  certain  applications  by  the 
institution, such as for a merger or the establishment of a branch office. The FDIC may use an unsatisfactory CRA examination rating 
as the basis for denying such an application.  Kearny Bank received a satisfactory CRA rating from the FDIC in its most recent CRA 
evaluation.

In July 2021, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency announced plans to jointly 
work  to  “strengthen  and  modernize”  the  CRA  regulations  and  the  related  regulatory  framework.    No  timetable  for  a  rulemaking 
process was announced.

Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  System.  Kearny  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  FHLB  of  New  York,  which  is  one  of  eleven  regional 
Federal Home Loan Banks.  Each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. It is funded 
primarily from funds deposited by financial institutions and proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB 
System.  It makes loans to members pursuant to policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB.

As a member, Kearny Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB of New York in specified amounts. The 
FHLB  imposes  various  limitations  on  advances  such  as  limiting  the  amount  of  certain  types  of  real  estate  related  collateral  and 
limiting total advances to a member.

The FHLB of New York may pay periodic dividends to members. These dividends are affected by factors such as the FHLB’s 
operating  results  and  statutory  responsibilities  that  may  be  imposed  such  as  providing  certain  funding  for  affordable  housing  and 
interest  subsidies  on  advances  targeted  for  low-  and  moderate-income  housing  projects.  The  payment  dividends,  or  any  particular 
amount of dividend, cannot be assumed.

Other Laws and Regulations

Interest  and  other  charges  collected  or  contracted  for  by  Kearny  Bank  are  subject  to  state  usury  laws  and  federal  laws 
concerning interest rates.  Kearny Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws (and their implementing regulations) applicable to 
credit transactions, such as the:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring that borrowers for mortgage loans for one- to four-family residential real 
estate receive various disclosures, including good faith estimates of settlement costs, lender servicing and escrow account 
practices, and prohibiting certain practices that increase the cost of settlement services;

Home  Mortgage  Disclosure  Act,  requiring  financial  institutions  to  provide  information  to  enable  the  public  and  public 
officials  to  determine  whether  a  financial  institution  is  fulfilling  its  obligation  to  help  meet  the  housing  needs  of  the 
community it serves;

Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  prohibiting  discrimination  on  the  basis  of  race,  creed  or  other  prohibited  factors  in 
extending credit;

Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and

Truth in Savings Act, prescribing disclosure and advertising requirements with respect to deposit accounts.

The operations of Kearny Bank also are subject to the:

•

Right  to  Financial  Privacy  Act,  which  imposes  a  duty  to  maintain  confidentiality  of  consumer  financial  records  and 
prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

28

•

•

•

•

Electronic  Funds  Transfer  Act,  and  Regulation  E  promulgated  thereunder,  governing  automatic  deposits  to  and 
withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines 
and other electronic banking services;

Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives substitute checks, such as digital check 
images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;

USA  PATRIOT  Act,  which  requires  institutions  operating  to,  among  other  things,  establish  broadened  anti-money 
laundering  compliance  programs,  due  diligence  policies  and  controls  to  ensure  the  detection  and  reporting  of  money 
laundering.  Such  required  compliance  programs  are  intended  to  supplement  existing  compliance  requirements,  also 
applicable to financial institutions, under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations; and

Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act,  which  places  limitations  on  the  sharing  of  consumer  financial  information  by  financial 
institutions  with  unaffiliated  third  parties.  Specifically,  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  requires  all  financial  institutions 
offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy 
policy and provide such customers the opportunity to opt out of the sharing of certain personal financial information with 
unaffiliated third parties.

Regulation of Kearny Financial

General.  Kearny  Financial  is  a  savings  and  loan  holding  company  within  the  meaning  of  federal  law.    Kearny  Financial 
maintained its savings and loan holding company status (rather than becoming a bank holding company), notwithstanding the June 
2017 conversion of Kearny Bank to a New Jersey savings bank charter, through Kearny Bank exercising an election available to it 
under  federal  law.    Kearny  Financial  is  required  to  file  reports  with,  and  is  subject  to  regulation  and  examination  by,  the  Federal 
Reserve Board.  Kearny Financial must also obtain regulatory approval from the Federal Reserve Board before engaging in certain 
transactions, such as mergers with or acquisitions of other depository institutions.  

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has enforcement authority over Kearny Financial and any non-depository subsidiaries. 
That permits the Federal Reserve Board to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to pose a serious risk to Kearny Bank. This 
regulatory structure is intended primarily for protection of Kearny Bank’s depositors and not for the benefit of stockholders of Kearny 
Financial.

The Federal Reserve Board has indicated that, to the greatest extent possible taking into account any unique characteristics of 
savings  and  loan  holding  companies  and  the  requirements  of  federal  law,  its  approach  is  to  apply  to  savings  and  loan  holding 
companies  the  supervisory  principles  applicable  to  the  supervision  of  bank  holding  companies.  The  stated  objective  of  the  Federal 
Reserve Board is to ensure the savings and loan holding company and its non-depository subsidiaries are effectively supervised, can 
serve as a source of strength for and do not threaten the safety and soundness of, the subsidiary depository institution.

Nonbanking  Activities.  As  a  savings  and  loan  holding  company,  Kearny  Financial  is  permitted  to  engage  in  those  activities 
permissible under federal law for financial holding companies (if certain criteria are met and an election is submitted) and for multiple 
savings  and  loan  holding  companies.  A  financial  holding  company  may  engage  in  activities  that  are  financial  in  nature,  including 
underwriting  equity  securities  and  insurance,  as  well  as  activities  that  are  incidental  to  financial  activities  or  complementary  to  a 
financial  activity.  A  multiple  savings  and  loan  holding  company  is  generally  limited  to  activities  permissible  for  bank  holding 
companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act and certain additional activities authorized by federal regulations, 
subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. 

Mergers and Acquisitions. Kearny Financial must generally obtain approval from the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring, 
directly  or  indirectly,  more  than  5%  of  the  voting  stock  of  another  savings  institution  or  savings  and  loan  holding  company  or 
acquiring  such  an  institution  or  holding  company  by  merger,  consolidation,  or  purchase  of  its  assets.  Federal  law  also  prohibits  a 
savings and loan holding company from acquiring more than 5% of a company engaged in activities other than those authorized for 
savings and loan holding companies by federal law or acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not insured by 
the  FDIC.  In  evaluating  an  application  for  Kearny  Financial  to  acquire  control  of  a  savings  institution,  the  Federal  Reserve  Board 
considers factors such as the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of Kearny Financial and the target institution, the 
effect  of  the  acquisition  on  the  risk  to  the  deposit  insurance  fund,  the  convenience  and  the  needs  of  the  community  served  and 
competitive factors. A merger of another depository institution into Kearny Bank requires the prior approval of the NJDBI and FDIC, 
based on similar considerations.

29

Consolidated Capital Requirements. Savings and loan holding companies had historically not been subjected to consolidated 
regulatory capital requirements.  Federal legislation, however, required the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital 
requirements  for  bank  and  savings  and  loan  holding  companies  that  are  no  less  stringent,  both  quantitatively  and  in  terms  of 
components of capital, than those applicable to their subsidiary depository institutions. Instruments such as cumulative preferred stock 
and trust-preferred securities, which were previously includable as Tier 1 capital (within limits) by bank holding companies, were no 
longer  includable  as  Tier  1  capital,  subject  to  certain  grandfathering.  Regulations  implementing  the  legislation  were  effective  in 
January  2015.  Currently,  consolidated  regulatory  capital  requirements  identical  to  those  applicable  to  the  subsidiary  depository 
institutions (including the community bank leverage ratio alternative) apply to savings and loan holding companies with $3 billion or 
more of consolidated assets, including Kearny Financial.  

Source of Strength Doctrine; Dividends. Federal law extended the source of strength doctrine, which has long applied to bank 
holding companies, to savings and loan holding companies. The Federal Reserve Board has promulgated regulations implementing the 
source of strength policy, which requires holding companies to act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by 
providing  capital,  liquidity  and  other  support  in  times  of  financial  distress.  Further,  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  has  issued  a policy 
statement  regarding  the  payment  of  dividends  by  bank  holding  companies  that  it  has  also  applied  to  savings  and  loan  holding 
companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate 
of  earnings  retention  by  the  holding  company  appears  consistent  with  the  organization’s  capital  needs,  asset  quality  and  overall 
financial  condition.  Regulatory  guidance  provides  for  prior  consultation  with  Federal  Reserve  supervisory  staff  as  to  dividends  in 
certain circumstances, such as when the dividend is not covered by earnings for the period for which it is being paid, when net income 
for  the  past  four  quarters,  net  of  dividends  previously  paid  over  that  period,  is  insufficient  to  fully  fund  the  dividend  or  when  the 
prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company is inconsistent with its capital needs and overall financial condition. The 
ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary depository institution becomes undercapitalized.  In 
addition, a subsidiary institution of a savings and loan holding company must file prior notice with the Federal Reserve Board, and 
receive its non-objection, before paying a dividend to the parent savings and loan holding company. Federal Reserve Board guidance 
also  provides  for  regulatory  review  of  certain  stock  redemption  and  repurchase  proposals  by  holding  companies.  These  regulatory 
policies could affect the ability of Kearny Financial to pay dividends, engage in stock redemptions or repurchases or otherwise engage 
in capital distributions.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. In order for Kearny Financial to be regulated by the Federal Reserve Board as a savings and loan 
holding company (rather than as a bank holding company), Kearny Bank must remain a qualified thrift lender under applicable law or 
satisfy  the  domestic  building  and  loan  association  test  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  Under  the  qualified  thrift  lender  test,  an 
institution is generally required to maintain at least 65% of its portfolio assets (total assets less:  (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of 
total assets; (ii) intangible assets, including goodwill; and (iii) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain qualified thrift 
investments (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed and related securities) in at 
least nine months out of each 12 month period. 

Acquisition of Control. Under the federal Change in Bank Control Act, a notice must be submitted to the Federal Reserve Board 
if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire control of a savings and loan holding company. An 
acquisition of control can occur upon the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock of a savings and loan holding company 
or as otherwise defined by the Federal Reserve Board. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, the Federal Reserve Board has 60 days 
from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial condition of the acquirer, 
and future prospects of the proposed acquirer, the competence and integrity of the proposed acquirer and the effects of the acquisition 
on competition. Any company that seeks to acquire “control” of Kearny Financial or Kearny Bank, within the meaning of the Savings 
and Loan Holding Company Act, must file an application, and receive the Federal Reserve Board’s prior approval under that statute. 
The Company would then be subject to regulation as a savings and loan holding company.

The prior approval of the NJDBI would also be necessary for the acquisition of 25% of a class of the Company’s voting stock, 

or “control” as otherwise defined under New Jersey law.

30

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

An investment in our securities is subject to risks inherent in our business and the industry in which we operate. Before making 
an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and all other information included 
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks described below may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating 
results. In addition to these risks and any other risks or uncertainties described in “Item 1. Business—Forward-Looking Statements” 
and  “Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,”  there  may  be  additional 
risks  and  uncertainties  that  are  not  currently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem  to  be  immaterial  that  could  materially  and 
adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. The value or market price of our securities could decline due to 
any of these identified or other risks. Past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical 
trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods.

Economic and Market Area

The COVID-19 pandemic could continue to pose risks to our business, our results of operations and the future prospects of the 
Company.

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  adversely  impacted  certain  industries  and  geographies  in  which  our  clients  operate  and  could 
impact their ability to repay their obligations to us. Given its ongoing and dynamic nature, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the 
COVID-19  pandemic  on  the  business  of  the  Company,  its  clients,  employees  and  third-party  service  providers.  The  extent  of  such 
impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, including if the coronavirus can continue to be controlled and 
abated  and  if  and  how  the  economy  may  remain  open.  Additionally,  the  responses  of  various  governmental  and  nongovernmental 
authorities to curtail business and consumer activities in an effort to mitigate the pandemic may have material long-term effects on the 
Company and its clients which are difficult to quantify in the near-term or long-term. 

As the result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related adverse local and national economic consequences, the Company is 
subject to the following risks, any of which could have a material, adverse effect on the business, financial condition, liquidity, and 
results of operations of the Company:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

risks  to  the  capital  markets  that  may  impact  the  value  or  performance  of  the  Company’s  investment  securities 
portfolio, as well as limit our access to the capital markets and wholesale funding sources;

effects on key employees, including operational or management personnel and those charged with  preparing, monitoring 
and evaluating the companies’ financial reporting and internal controls;

declines in demand for loans and other banking services and products, as well as a decline in the credit quality of our loan 
portfolio, owing to the effects of COVID-19 in the markets served by the Company;

collateral  for  loans,  especially  commercial  real  estate  and  multi-family,  may  decline  in  value,  which  could  cause  credit 
losses to increase;

the net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments; 

the allowance for credit losses may increase if borrowers experience financial difficulties, which will adversely affect net 
income;

if the economy is unable to remain open or do so in an efficient manner, and high levels of unemployment continue for an 
extended  period  of  time,  loan  delinquencies,  problem  assets,  and  foreclosures  may  increase,  resulting  in  increased  loan 
losses and reduced interest income;

in  certain  states  in  which  we  do  business  temporary  bans  on  evictions  and  foreclosures  have  been  enacted  through 
executive  orders,  some  of  which  may  continue  indefinitely,  resulting  in  our  inability  to  take  timely  possession  of  real 
estate assets collateralizing loans, which may increase our loan losses;

31

•

•

•

•

as the result of the decline in the Federal Reserve Board’s target federal funds rate to near 0%, the yield on assets may 
decline to a greater extent than the decline in cost of interest-bearing liabilities, reducing net interest margin and spread 
and reducing net income; 

cyber  security  risks  are  increased  as  the  result  of  an  increase  in  the  number  of  employees  working  remotely  and  an 
increase in the number of our clients banking electronically;

declines  in  demand  resulting  from  adverse  impacts  of  the  disease  on  businesses  deemed  to  be  “non-essential”  by 
governments in the markets served by the Company;  and

increasing or protracted volatility in the price of the Company’s common  stock, which may also impair our goodwill or 
other intangible assets.

A natural disaster could harm our business. 

Natural disasters can disrupt our operations, result in damage to our properties, reduce or destroy the value of the collateral for 
our loans and negatively affect the local economies in which we operate, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations and financial condition. The occurrence of a natural disaster could result in one or more of the following: (i) an increase in 
loan delinquencies; (ii) an increase in problem assets and foreclosures; (iii) a decrease in the demand for our products and services; or 
(iv) a decrease in the value of the collateral for loans, especially real estate, in turn reducing clients’ borrowing power, the value of 
assets associated with problem loans and collateral coverage.

Acts of terrorism and other external events could impact our ability to conduct business. 

Financial  institutions  have  been,  and  continue  to  be,  targets  of  terrorist  threats  aimed  at  compromising  operating  and 
communication systems. Additionally, the metropolitan New York area and northern New Jersey remain central targets for potential 
acts of terrorism. Such events could cause significant damage, impact the stability of our facilities and result in additional expenses, 
impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, reduce the value of collateral securing repayment of our loans, and result in the 
loss of revenue. While we have established and regularly test disaster recovery procedures, the occurrence of any such event could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.

Our inability to achieve profitability on new branches may negatively affect our earnings. 

We  have  expanded  our  presence  throughout  our  market  area  and  we  intend  to  pursue  further  expansion  through  de  novo 
branching  or  the  purchase  of  branches  from  other  financial  institutions.  The  profitability  of  our  expansion  strategy  will  depend  on 
whether  the  income  that  we  generate  from  the  new  branches  will  offset  the  increased  expenses  resulting  from  operating  these 
branches. We expect that it may take a period of time before these branches can become profitable, especially in areas in which we do 
not have an established presence. During this period, the expense of operating these branches may negatively affect our net income.

We  face  intense  competition  from  other  financial  services  and  financial  services  technology  companies,  and  competitive 
pressures could adversely affect our business or financial performance.

The  Company  faces  intense  competition  in  all  of  its  markets  and  geographic  regions.  The  Company  expects  competitive 
pressures to intensify in the future, especially in light of legislative and regulatory initiatives arising out of the recent global economic 
crisis,  technological innovations that alter the barriers to entry,  current economic and market conditions,  and  government  monetary 
and  fiscal  policies.  Competition  with  financial  services  technology  companies,  or  technology  companies  partnering  with  financial 
services companies, may be particularly intense, due to, among other things, differing regulatory environments. Competitive pressures 
may drive the Company to take actions that the Company might otherwise eschew, such as lowering the interest rates or fees on loans 
or raising the interest rates on deposits in order to keep or attract high-quality clients. These pressures also may accelerate actions that 
the  Company  might  otherwise  elect  to  defer,  such  as  substantial  investments  in  technology  or  infrastructure.  The  actions  that  the 
Company takes in response to competition may adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition. These consequences 
could be exacerbated if the Company is not successful in introducing new products and other services, achieving market acceptance of 
its products and other services, developing and maintaining a strong client base, or prudently managing expenses.

32

Asset Quality and Interest Rate

Changes in interest rates or the shape of the yield curve may adversely affect our profitability and financial condition. 

We derive our income mainly from the difference or spread between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-
earning assets and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. In general, the larger the spread, the more 
we  earn.  When  market  rates  of  interest  change,  the  interest  we  receive  on  our  assets  and  the  interest  we  pay  on  our  liabilities  will 
fluctuate. This can cause decreases in our spread and can adversely affect our income. From an interest rate risk perspective, we have 
generally been liability sensitive, which indicates that liabilities re-price faster than assets.

From December 2015 to December 2018, the Federal Reserve Board’s Federal Open Market Committee increased its federal 
funds rate target from a range of 0.00% - 0.25% to a range of 2.25% - 2.50%.  However, beginning July 2019, the Committee began 
lowering the target rate in response to a slowing economy and in March 2020 quickly lowered the target rate back to 0.00 – 0.25% in 
response to the accelerating COVID-19 crisis and the Committee’s objective to inject liquidity into the banking system and stimulate 
the credit markets. Such actions had the immediate effect of steepening the yield curve and then to flatten it as long-term rates fell 
shortly  thereafter.  The  Company’s  cost  of  deposits  and  short-term  borrowings  have  dropped  while  long-term  rates  on  loans  and 
investments have also dropped, but not at the same pace. As a result of the flattening of the yield curve our net interest spread and net 
interest margin are at risk of being reduced due to potential decreases in our yield on interest-earning assets which may outpace the 
decreases in our cost of funds.

Interest rates also affect how much money we lend. For example, when interest rates rise, the cost of borrowing increases and 
loan originations tend to decrease. In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and securities. For example, 
a  reduction  in  interest  rates  generally  results  in  increased  prepayments  of  loans  and  mortgage-backed  securities,  as  borrowers 
refinance  their  debt  in  order  to  reduce  their  borrowing  cost.  This  causes  reinvestment  risk,  because  we  generally  are  not  able  to 
reinvest  prepayments  at  rates  that  are  comparable  to  the  rates  we  earned  on  the  prepaid  loans  or  securities  in  a  declining  rate 
environment. 

Changes in market interest rates also impact the value of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities as well as the 
value of our derivatives portfolios. In particular, the unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and changes in the fair 
value of interest rate derivatives serving as cash flows hedges are reported, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income 
which is a component of stockholders’ equity. Consequently, declines in the fair value of these instruments resulting from changes in 
market interest rates may adversely affect stockholders’ equity.

If our allowance for credit losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings will decrease. 

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our 
borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining 
the  required  amount  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses,  we  evaluate  loans  individually  and  establish  credit  loss  allowances  for 
specifically identified impairments. For loans not individually analyzed, we estimate losses and establish reserves based on reasonable 
and supportable forecasts and adjustments for qualitative factors. If the assumptions used in our calculation methodology are incorrect, 
our allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in further additions to our 
allowance. Our allowance for credit losses was 1.19% of total loans at June 30, 2021 and significant additions to our allowance could 
materially decrease our net income.

 In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require us to increase our provision for 
credit losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs as required by 
these regulatory authorities might have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

A  significant  portion  of  our  assets  consists  of  investment  securities,  which  generally  have  lower  yields  than  loans,  and  we 
classify a significant portion of our investment securities as available for sale, which creates potential volatility in our equity 
and may have an adverse impact on our net income. 

As of June 30, 2021, our securities portfolio totaled $1.72 billion, or 23.5% of our total assets.  Investment securities typically 
have lower yields than loans. For the year ended June 30, 2021, the weighted average yield of our investment securities portfolio was 
2.00%, as compared to 4.08% for our loan portfolio. 

33

Accordingly,  our  net  interest  margin  is  lower  than  it  would  have  been  if  a  higher  proportion  of  our  interest-earning  assets 
consisted of loans. Additionally, at June 30, 2021, $1.68 billion, or 97.8% of our investment securities, are classified as available for 
sale and reported at fair value with unrealized gains or losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income, 
which affects our reported equity. Accordingly, given the significant size of the investment securities portfolio classified as available 
for  sale  and  due  to  possible  mark-to-market  adjustments  of  that  portion  of  the  portfolio  resulting  from  market  conditions,  we  may 
experience  greater  volatility  in  the  value  of  reported  equity.  Moreover,  given  that  we  actively  manage  our  investment  securities 
portfolio classified as available for sale, we may sell securities which could result in a realized loss, thereby reducing our net income.

Our increased commercial lending exposes us to additional risk. 

As  part  of  our  business  strategy  we  intend  to  increase  our  focus  on  commercial  lending.  We  have  increased  our  commercial 
lending  staff  and  continue  to  seek  additional  commercial  lenders  to  help  grow  the  commercial  loan  portfolio.  Our  increased 
commercial lending, however, exposes us to greater risks than one- to four-family residential lending. Unlike single-family, owner-
occupied  residential  mortgage  loans,  which  generally  are  made  on  the  basis  of  the  borrower’s  ability  to  make  repayment  from 
employment  and  other  income  sources,  and  are  secured  by  real  property  whose  value  tends  to  be  more  easily  ascertainable  and 
realizable, the repayment of commercial loans typically is dependent on the successful operation and income stream of the borrower, 
which can be significantly affected by economic conditions, and are secured, if at all, by collateral that is more difficult to value or sell 
or by collateral which may depreciate in value. In addition, commercial loans generally carry larger balances to single borrowers or 
related groups of borrowers than one- to four-family mortgage loans, which increases the financial impact of a borrower’s default.  

The  risk  exposure  from  our  increased  commercial  lending  is  also  a  function  of  the  markets  in  which  we  operate.  Our 
commercial lending activity is generally focused on borrowers domiciled, and real estate located, within the states of New Jersey and 
New York.  Regional risk factors and changes to local laws and regulations, including changes to rent regulations or foreclosure laws, 
may present greater risk than a more geographically diversified portfolio.

Because we intend to continue to increase our commercial business loan originations, our credit risk will increase. 

Historically  we  have  not  had  a  significant  portfolio  of  commercial  business  loans.  We  intend  to  continue  to  increase  our 
originations  of  commercial  business  loans,  including  C&I  and  SBA  loans,  which  generally  have  more  risk  than  both  one-  to  four-
family  residential  and  commercial  mortgage  loans.  Since  repayment  of  commercial  business  loans  may  depend  on  the  successful 
operation of the borrower’s business, repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the 
local economy. Because we plan to continue to increase our originations of these loans, it may be necessary to increase the level of our 
allowance for loan losses because of the increased risk characteristics associated with these types of loans. Any such increase to our 
allowance for loan losses would adversely affect our earnings.

We  have  a  significant  concentration  in  commercial  real  estate  loans.  If  our  regulators  were  to  curtail  our  commercial  real 
estate  lending  activities,  our  earnings,  dividend  paying  capacity  and/or  ability  to  repurchase  shares  could  be  adversely 
affected.

In 2006, the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System 
issued  joint  guidance  entitled  “Concentrations  in  Commercial  Real  Estate  Lending,  Sound  Risk  Management  Practices”  (the 
“Guidance”).  The  Guidance  provides  that  a  bank’s  commercial  real  estate  lending  exposure  may  receive  increased  supervisory 
scrutiny when total non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans, including loans secured by multi-family property, non-owner 
occupied  commercial  real  estate  and  construction  loans,  represent  300%  or  more  of  an  institution’s  total  risk-based  capital  and  the 
outstanding balance of the commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the preceding 36 months. Our 
level  of  non-owner  occupied  commercial  real  estate  equaled  405%  of  Bank  total  risk-based  capital  at  June  30,  2021  and  our 
commercial real estate loan portfolio increased by 4% during the preceding 36 months.

34

Income  from  secondary  mortgage  market  operations  is  volatile,  and  we  may  incur  losses  with  respect  to  our  secondary 
mortgage market operations that could negatively affect our earnings. 

A component of our business strategy is to sell a portion of residential mortgage loans originated into the secondary market, 
earning  non-interest  income  in  the  form  of  gains  on  sale.  For  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021,  sale  gains  attributable  to  the  sale  of 
residential  mortgage  loans  totaled  $5.1  million  or  approximately  20.8%  of  our  non-interest  income.  When  interest  rates  rise,  the 
demand  for  mortgage  loans  tends  to  fall  and  may  reduce  the  number  of  loans  we  can  originate  for  sale.  Weak  or  deteriorating 
economic conditions also tend to reduce loan demand. If the residential mortgage loan demand decreases or we are unable to sell such 
loans for an adequate profit, then our non-interest income will likely decline which would adversely affect our earnings.

We may be required to record impairment charges with respect to our investment securities portfolio. 

We review our securities portfolio at the end of each quarter to determine whether the fair value is below the current carrying 
value. When the fair value of any of our investment securities has declined below its carrying value, we are required to assess whether 
we intend to sell, or it is more than likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost 
basis. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, we would be required to record an impairment charge.

We  elected  the  practical  expedient  of  zero  loss  estimates  for  securities  issued  by  U.S.  government  entities  and  agencies.  A 
possible future downgrade of the sovereign credit ratings of the U.S. government and a decline in the perceived creditworthiness of 
U.S.  government-related  obligations  could  adversely  impact  the  value  of  our  investment  securities  portfolio.  We  cannot  predict  if, 
when or how any changes to the credit ratings or perceived creditworthiness of these organizations will affect economic conditions. A 
downgrade of the sovereign credit ratings of the U.S. government or the credit ratings of related institutions, agencies or instruments 
would  significantly  exacerbate  the  other  risks  to  which  we  are  subject  and  any  related  adverse  effects  on  the  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations.

At June 30, 2021, we had investment securities with fair values of approximately $1.72 billion on which we had approximately 
$10.1 million in gross unrealized losses and $21.6 million of gross unrealized gains. The valuation and liquidity of our securities could 
be  adversely  impacted  by  reduced  market  liquidity,  increased  normal  bid-asked  spreads  and  increased  uncertainty  of  market 
participants, which could reduce the market value of our securities, including those with no apparent credit exposure. The valuation of 
our securities requires judgment and as market conditions change security values may also change. Significant negative changes to 
valuations could result in impairments in the value of the Corporation’s securities portfolio, which could have an adverse effect on the 
Corporation’s financial condition or results of operations.

Our  investments  in  corporate  and  municipal  debt  securities,  trust  preferred  and  subordinated  debt  securities  and 
collateralized loan obligations expose us to additional credit risks. 

The composition and allocation of our investment portfolio has historically emphasized U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities 
and  U.S.  agency  debentures.  While  such  assets  remain  a  significant  component  of  our  investment  portfolio  at  June  30,  2021,  prior 
enhancements to our investment policies, strategies and infrastructure have enabled us to diversify the composition and allocation of 
our  securities  portfolio.  Such  diversification  has  included  investing  in  corporate  debt  and  municipal  obligations,  subordinated  debt 
securities  issued  by  financial  institutions  and  collateralized  loan  obligations.  With  the  exception  of  collateralized  loan  obligations, 
these securities are generally backed only by the credit of their issuers while investments in collateralized loan obligations generally 
rely  on  the  structural  characteristics  of  an  individual  tranche  within  a  larger  investment  vehicle  to  protect  the  investor  from  credit 
losses arising from borrowers defaulting on the underlying securitized loans. 

While we have invested primarily in investment grade securities, these securities are not backed by the federal government and 
expose us to a greater degree of credit risk than U.S. agency securities. Any decline in the credit quality of these securities exposes us 
to the risk that the market value of the securities could decrease which may require us to write down their value and could lead to a 
possible default in payment.

35

Source of Funds

Our reliance on wholesale funding could adversely affect our liquidity and operating results.

Among other sources of funds, we rely on wholesale funding, including short- and long-term borrowings, brokered deposits and 
non-brokered deposits acquired through listing services, to provide funds with which to make loans, purchase investment securities 
and  provide  for  other  liquidity  needs.  On  June  30,  2021,  wholesale  funding  totaled  $1.16  billion,  or  approximately  16.0%  of  total 
assets.

Generally  wholesale  funding  may  not  be  as  stable  as  funding  acquired  through  traditional  retail  channels.    In  the  future,  this 
funding may not be readily replaced as it matures, or we may have to pay a higher rate of interest to maintain it. Not being able to 
maintain or replace those funds as they mature would adversely affect our liquidity. Paying higher interest rates to maintain or replace 
funding would adversely affect our net interest margin and operating results.

Regulatory Matters

We  operate  in  a  highly  regulated  environment  and  may  be  adversely  affected  by  changes  in  federal  and  state  laws  and 
regulations.

The financial services industry is extensively regulated. Federal and state banking regulations are designed primarily to protect 
the  deposit  insurance  funds  and  consumers,  not  to  benefit  a  company’s  shareholders.  These  regulations  may  sometimes  impose 
significant  limitations  on  operations.  The  significant  federal  and  state  banking  regulations  that  affect  us  are  described  under  the 
heading “Item 1. Business—Regulation.” These regulations, along with the currently existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance, 
and  monetary  laws,  regulations,  rules,  standards,  policies,  and  interpretations  control  the  methods  by  which  financial  institutions 
conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. New proposals 
for legislation continue to be introduced in the U.S. Congress that could further alter the regulation of the bank and non-bank financial 
services industries and the manner in which companies within the industry conduct business. 

In  addition,  federal  and  state  regulatory  agencies  also  frequently  adopt  changes  to  their  regulations  or  change  the  manner  in 
which existing regulations are applied. Future changes in federal policy and at regulatory agencies may occur over time through policy 
and  personnel  changes,  which  could  lead  to  changes  involving  the  level  of  oversight  and  focus  on  the  financial  services  industry. 
These changes may require us to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes to operations 
to comply and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The recent change in the Federal Administration could result in changes to tax laws and regulations.

The recent change in Administration could lead to changes in tax laws as well as changes in regulatory requirements. We are 
subject to changes in tax law that could increase our effective tax rates. These law changes may be retroactive to previous periods and 
as a result could negatively affect our current and future financial performance. An increase in our corporate tax rate could have an 
unfavorable  impact  on  our  earnings  and  capital  generation  abilities.  Similarly,  the  Bank’s  clients  could  experience  varying  effects 
from changes in tax laws and such effects, whether positive or negative, may have a corresponding impact on our business and the 
economy  as  a  whole.  In  addition,  changes  to  regulatory  requirements  could  increase  our  costs  of  regulatory  compliance  and  may 
significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the markets for and value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing 
operations, costs and profitability.

Business Issues 

Our acquisitions and the integration of acquired businesses, subject us to various risks and may not result in all of the cost 
savings and benefits anticipated, which could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We  have  in  the  past,  and  may  in  the  future,  seek  to  grow  our  business  by  acquiring  other  businesses.  There  is  risk  that  our 
acquisitions  may  not  have  the  anticipated  positive  results,  including  results  relating  to:  correctly  assessing  the  asset  quality  of  the 
assets being acquired; the total cost and time required to complete the integration successfully; being able to profitably deploy funds 
acquired in an acquisition; or the overall performance of the combined entity.

36

Acquisitions may also result in business disruptions that could cause clients to remove their accounts from us and move their 
business  to  competing  financial  institutions.  It  is  possible  that  the  integration  process  related  to  acquisitions  could  result  in  the 
disruption of our ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that could adversely affect our 
ability  to  maintain  relationships  with  clients  and  employees.  The  loss  of  key  employees  in  connection  with  an  acquisition  could 
adversely  affect  our  ability  to  successfully  conduct  our  business.  Acquisition  and  integration  efforts  could  divert  management 
attention  and  resources,  which  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Additionally,  the 
operation of the acquired branches may adversely affect our existing profitability, and we may not be able to achieve results in the 
future similar to those achieved by the existing banking business or manage growth resulting from the acquisition effectively.

Changes  to  LIBOR  may  adversely  impact  the  value  of,  and  the  return  on,  our  loans,  investment  securities  and  derivatives 
which are indexed to LIBOR.

On July 27, 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it will no longer persuade or 
compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the LIBOR administrator after 2021. The announcement also indicates 
that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. Consequently, at this time, it is not 
possible  to  predict  whether  and  to  what  extent  banks  will  continue  to  provide  LIBOR  submissions  to  the  LIBOR  administrator  or 
whether any additional reforms to LIBOR may be enacted in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. Similarly, it is not possible to predict 
whether LIBOR will continue to be viewed as an acceptable benchmark for certain loans and liabilities including our subordinated 
notes, what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR or the effect of any such changes in views or alternatives on the 
values of the loans and liabilities, whose interest rates are tied to LIBOR. ICE Benchmark Administration (“IBA”), the authorized and 
regulated administrator of LIBOR recently announced it would consult on its plans for the discontinuation of LIBOR. IBA intends to 
end  publication  of  some  LIBOR  tenors  on  December 31,  2021  and  the  remaining  LIBOR  tenors  in  June 2023.  Financial  services 
regulators and industry groups have collaborated to develop alternate reference rate indices or reference rates. The transition to a new 
reference rate requires changes to contracts, risk and pricing models, valuation tools, systems, product design and hedging strategies. 
Uncertainty as to the nature of such potential changes, alternative reference rates, the elimination or replacement of LIBOR, or other 
reforms may adversely affect the value of, and the return on our loans, and our investment securities. 

We  hold  certain  intangible  assets,  including  goodwill,  which  could  become  impaired  in  the  future.  If  these  assets  are 
considered to be either partially or fully impaired in the future, our earnings would decrease. 

At June 30, 2021, we had approximately $214.6 million in intangible assets on our balance sheet comprising $210.9 million of 
goodwill  and  $3.7  million  of  core  deposit  intangibles.  We  are  required  to  periodically  test  our  goodwill  and  identifiable  intangible 
assets  for  impairment.  The  impairment  testing  process  considers  a  variety  of  factors,  including  the  current  market  price  of  our 
common  stock,  the  estimated  net  present  value  of  our  assets  and  liabilities,  and  information  concerning  the  terminal  valuation  of 
similarly situated insured depository institutions. If an impairment determination is made in a future reporting period, our earnings and 
the book value of these intangible assets will be reduced by the amount of the impairment. If an impairment loss is recorded, it will 
have little or no impact on the tangible book value of our common stock or our regulatory capital levels, but recognition of such an 
impairment  loss  could  significantly  restrict  Kearny  Bank’s  ability  to  make  dividend  payments  to  Kearny  Financial  and  therefore 
adversely impact our ability to pay dividends to stockholders.

Because  the  nature  of  the  financial  services  business  involves  a  high  volume  of  transactions,  we  face  significant  operational 
risks. 

We operate in diverse markets and rely on the ability of our employees and systems to process a high number of transactions. 
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons 
outside  the  Company,  the  execution  of  unauthorized  transactions  by  employees,  errors  relating  to  transaction  processing  and 
technology,  breaches  of  the  internal  control  system  and  compliance  requirements,  and  business  continuation  and  disaster  recovery. 
Insurance coverage may not be available for such losses, or where available, such losses may exceed insurance limits. This risk of loss 
also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with 
applicable  regulatory  standards,  adverse  business  decisions  or  their  implementation,  and  client  attrition  due  to  potential  negative 
publicity. In the event of a breakdown in the internal control system, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, we 
could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action, and suffer damage to our reputation.

37

Our risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risk and reducing the potential for significant losses. 

Our  risk  management  framework  is  designed  to  effectively  manage  and  mitigate  risk  while  minimizing  exposure  to  potential 
losses.  We  seek  to  identify,  measure,  monitor,  report  and  control  our  exposure  to  risk,  including  strategic,  market,  liquidity, 
compliance  and  operational  risks.  While  we  use  a  broad  and  diversified  set  of  risk  monitoring  and  mitigation  techniques,  these 
techniques  are  inherently  limited  because  they  cannot  anticipate  the  existence  or  future  development  of  currently  unanticipated  or 
unknown  risks.  Recent  economic  conditions  and  heightened  legislative  and  regulatory  scrutiny  of  the  financial  services  industry, 
among other developments, have increased our level of risk. Accordingly, we could suffer losses as a result of our failure to properly 
anticipate and manage these risks.

We could be adversely affected by failure in our internal controls. 

A failure in our internal controls could have a significant negative impact not only on our earnings, but also on the perception 
that  clients,  regulators  and  investors  may  have  of  us.  We  continue  to  devote  a  significant  amount  of  effort,  time  and  resources  to 
continually strengthening our controls and ensuring compliance with complex accounting standards and banking regulations.

The inability to attract and retain key personnel could adversely affect our business.

The  successful  execution  of  our  business  strategy  is  partially  dependent  on  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  experienced  and 

qualified personnel.  Failure to do so could adversely affect our strategy, client relationships and internal operations.

Information Security

Risks  associated  with  system  failures,  service  interruptions  or  other  performance  exceptions  could  negatively  affect  our 
earnings. 

Information  technology  systems  are  critical  to  our  business.  We  use  various  technology  systems  to  manage  our  client 
relationships, general ledger, securities investments, deposits, and loans. We have established policies and procedures to prevent or 
limit the effect of system failures, service interruptions or other performance exceptions, but such events may still occur or may not be 
adequately addressed if they do occur. In addition, performance failures or other exceptions of our client-facing technologies could 
deter clients from using our products and services. 

In addition, we outsource a majority of our data processing to certain third-party service providers. If these service providers 
encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to timely and accurately process and account for 
transactions could be adversely affected. 

The occurrence of any system failures, service interruptions or other performance exceptions could damage our reputation and 
result  in  a  loss  of  clients  and  business  thereby  subjecting  us  to  additional  regulatory  scrutiny,  or  could  expose  us  to  litigation  and 
possible  financial  liability.  Any  of  these  events  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.

Risks associated with cyber-security could negatively affect our earnings.

The financial services industry has experienced an increase in both the number and severity of reported cyber-attacks aimed at 
gaining unauthorized access to bank systems as a way to misappropriate assets and sensitive information, corrupt and destroy data, or 
cause operational disruptions.

We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of security breaches, but such events may still occur 
or may not be adequately addressed if they do occur. Although we rely on security safeguards to secure our data, these safeguards may 
not fully protect our systems from compromises or breaches.

We also rely on the integrity and security of a variety of third party processors, payment, clearing and settlement systems, as 
well  as  the  various  participants  involved  in  these  systems,  many  of  which  have  no  direct  relationship  with  us.  Failure  by  these 
participants or their systems to protect our clients' transaction data may put us at risk for possible losses due to fraud or operational 
disruption.

38

Our clients are also the target of cyber-attacks and identity theft. Large scale identity theft could result in clients' accounts being 
compromised and fraudulent activities being performed in their name. We have implemented certain safeguards against these types of 
activities but they may not fully protect us from fraudulent financial losses.

The occurrence of a breach of security involving our clients' information, regardless of its origin, could damage our reputation 
and  result  in  a  loss  of  clients  and  business  and  subject  us  to  additional  regulatory  scrutiny,  and  could  expose  us  to  litigation  and 
possible  financial  liability.  Any  of  these  events  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties

The Company and the Bank conduct business from their corporate headquarters at 120 Passaic Avenue in Fairfield, New Jersey 

and from administrative offices located in Fairfield, Clifton, Millington and Oakhurst, New Jersey.

At June 30, 2021, the Company operated 48 branch offices located in Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, 
Ocean, Passaic, Somerset and Union counties, New Jersey and Kings and Richmond counties, New York. Twenty two of our branch 
offices  are  leased  with  remaining  terms  between  12  months  and  11  years.  At  June  30,  2021,  our  net  investment  in  property  and 
equipment totaled $56.3 million.

Additional information regarding our properties as of June 30, 2021, is presented in Note 8 to the audited consolidated financial 

statements. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are, from time to time, party to routine litigation, which arises in the normal course of business, such as claims to enforce 
liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which we hold security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real 
property  loans  and  other  issues  incident  to  our  business.  At  June  30,  2021,  there  were  no  lawsuits  pending  or  known  to  be 
contemplated against us that would be expected to have a material effect on operations or income.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

39

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(a) Market Information.  The Company’s common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “KRNY.”

Declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors depend on a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth 
objectives,  financial  condition,  profitability,  tax  considerations,  minimum  capital  requirements,  regulatory  limitations,  stock  market 
characteristics  and  general  economic  conditions.  The  timing,  frequency  and  amount  of  dividends  are  determined  by  the  Board  of 
Directors.

The  Company’s  ability  to  pay  dividends  may  also  depend  on  the  receipt  of  dividends  from  the  Bank,  which  is  subject  to  a 
variety  of  limitations  under  federal  banking  regulations  regarding  the  payment  of  dividends.    For  discussion  of  corporate  and 
regulatory limitations applicable to the payment of dividends, see “Item 1. Business-Regulation.”

As  of  August  20,  2021,  there  were  4,493  registered  holders  of  record  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  plus  approximately 

8,191 beneficial (street name) owners.

(b) Use of Proceeds.  Not applicable.

(c)  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity  Securities.  Set  forth  below  is  information  regarding  the  Company’s  stock  repurchases  during  the 
fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased

Average Price
Paid per Share

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs

Maximum
Number of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the  Plans or
Programs

1,050,000    $
861,820    $
1,120,000    $

3,031,820    $

12.42   
13.03   
12.65   

12.68   

1,050,000   
861,820   
1,120,000   

3,031,820   

4,926,469 
4,064,649 
2,944,649 

2,944,649  

Period

April 1-30, 2021
May 1-31, 2021
June 1-30, 2021

Total

On March 13, 2019, the Company announced the authorization of a fourth repurchase plan for up to 9,218,324 shares or 10% of 
the Company’s outstanding common stock. On March 25, 2020 the Company temporarily suspended its stock repurchase program due 
to the risks and uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.

On  October  19,  2020,  the  Company  announced  the  resumption  of  its  fourth  stock  repurchase  plan  and  completed  that  plan 
during the quarter ended December 31, 2020. Also on October 19, 2020, the Company announced the authorization of a fifth stock 
repurchase  plan  totaling  4,475,523  shares,  or  5%  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  stock.  The  plan  commenced  upon  the 
completion of the fourth stock repurchase plan. 

On January 22, 2021, the Company announced the completion of its fifth stock repurchase plan and the authorization of a sixth 
stock repurchase plan to repurchase up to 4,210,520 shares, or 5%, of the Company’s outstanding common stock.  On May 26, 2021, 
the Company announced the completion of its sixth stock repurchase plan and the authorization of a seventh stock repurchase plan to 
repurchase up to 4,064,649 shares, or 5%, of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This plan has no expiration date.   

During June 30, 2021, the Company repurchased 1,120,000 shares, or 27.6% of the shares authorized for repurchase under the 

current repurchase program, at a cost of $14.2 million, or an average of $12.65 per share.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Performance Graph.  The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s common 
stock  with  the  cumulative  total  return  on  the  NASDAQ  Composite  Index  and  a  peer  group  of  the  SNL  Thrift  Index,  in  each  case 
assuming an investment of $100 as of June 30, 2016. Total return assumes the reinvestment of all dividends.

Total Return Performance

Kearny Financial Corp.

Nasdaq Composite Index

SNL Thrift Index

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

e
u
l
a
V

x
e
d
n

I

0

06/30/16

06/30/17

06/30/18

06/30/19

06/30/20

06/30/21

Kearny Financial Corp.
NASDAQ Composite
SNL Thrift Index

At June 30,

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

$

100    $
100   
100   

119    $
128   
118   

109    $
159   
129   

111    $
171   
117   

70    $

217   
94   

106 
315 
138  

The NASDAQ Composite Index measures all NASDAQ domestic and international based common type stocks listed on The 
NASDAQ Stock Market. The SNL Thrift Index includes all major exchange (NYSE, NYSE American and NASDAQ) traded thrifts in 
SNL’s coverage universe. There can be no assurance that the Company’s future stock performance will be the same or similar to the 
historical  stock  performance  shown  in  the  graph  above.  The  Company  neither  makes  nor  endorses  any  predictions  as  to  stock 
performance.

41

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The  following  financial  information  and  other  data  in  this  section  are  derived  from  the  Company’s  audited  consolidated 

financial statements and should be read together therewith: 

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and equivalents
Assets
Net loans receivable
Investment securities available for sale
Investment securities held to maturity
Goodwill
Deposits
Borrowings
Stockholders' equity

2021

2020

At June 30,
2019
(In Thousands)

2018

2017

67,855 

$
  7,283,735   
  4,793,229   
  1,676,864   
38,138   
210,895   
  5,485,306   
685,876   
  1,042,944   

  $
180,967   
  6,758,175   
  4,461,070   
  1,385,703   
32,556   
210,895   
  4,430,282   
  1,173,165   
  1,084,177   

  $

38,935   
  6,634,829   
  4,645,654   
714,263   
576,652   
210,895   
  4,147,610   
  1,321,982   
  1,127,159   

  $

128,864   
  6,579,874   
  4,470,483   
725,085   
589,730   
210,895   
  4,073,604   
  1,198,646   
  1,268,748   

  $

78,237 
  4,818,127 
  3,215,975 
613,760 
493,321 
108,591 
  2,929,745 
806,228 
  1,057,181  

Summary of Operations:
Interest income
Interest expense

Net interest income

(Reversal of) provision for credit losses

Net interest income after (reversal of) provision for
 credit losses

Non-interest income
Non-interest expenses
Income before taxes
Income tax expense

Net income

Per Share Data:
Net income per share - Basic and diluted
Weighted average number of common shares
  outstanding (in thousands):
         Basic
         Diluted
Cash dividends per share
Dividend payout ratio (1)

$

$

$

$

2021

For the Years Ended June 30,
2019
(In Thousands, Except Percentage and Per Share Amounts)

2018

2020

  $

234,360 
49,851 
184,509 

(1,121)  

185,630 
24,751 
125,885 
84,496 
21,263 
63,233 

  $

233,208 
83,854 
149,354 
4,197 

145,157 
19,719 
107,624 
57,252 
12,287 
44,965 

  $

  $

237,333 
82,020 
155,313 
3,556 

151,757 
13,555 
109,243 
56,069 
13,927 
42,142 

  $

  $

171,431 
50,138 
121,293 
2,706 

118,587 
13,263 
97,850 
34,000 
14,404 
19,596 

  $

  $

2017

139,093 
36,519 
102,574 
5,381 

97,193 
11,348 
81,118 
27,423 
8,820 
18,603 

0.77 

  $

0.55 

  $

0.46 

  $

0.24 

  $

0.22 

82,387 
82,391 
0.35 
45.1% 

  $

82,409 
82,430 
0.29 
52.8% 

  $

91,054 
91,100 
0.37 
80.8% 

  $

82,587 
82,643 
0.25 
102.9% 

  $

84,590 
84,661 
0.10 
45.0%

(1)

Represents cash dividends declared divided by net income.

42

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
Performance ratios:
Return on average assets (net income divided
  by average total assets)
Return on average equity (net income divided
  by average total equity)
Return on average tangible equity (net income divided by
  by average tangible equity) (1)
Net interest rate spread
Net interest margin
Average interest-earning assets to
  average interest-earning liabilities
Efficiency ratio (non-interest expenses divided
  by sum of net interest income and non-interest income)
Non-interest expense to average assets

Asset Quality Ratios:
Non-performing loans to total loans
Non-performing assets to total assets
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding
Allowance for credit losses to total loans
Allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans

Capital Ratios:
Average equity to average assets
Equity to assets at period end
Tangible equity to tangible assets at period end (2)

2021

0.86% 

5.79% 

7.22% 
2.61% 
2.75% 

At or For the Years Ended June 30,
2019

2020

2018

0.67% 

4.10% 

5.10% 
2.22% 
2.45% 

0.63% 

3.52% 

4.30% 
2.31% 
2.56% 

0.37% 

1.81% 

2.08% 
2.25% 
2.50% 

2017

0.40%

1.68%

1.87%
2.14%
2.41%

118.63% 

117.24% 

118.88% 

125.12% 

132.14%

60.16% 
1.72% 

63.66% 
1.61% 

64.69% 
1.64% 

72.72% 
1.86% 

71.20%
1.76%

1.64% 
1.10% 
0.03% 
1.19% 
72.92% 

14.88% 
14.32% 
11.72% 

0.82% 
0.55% 
0.00% 
0.82% 
101.72% 

16.39% 
16.04% 
13.29% 

0.43% 
0.31% 
0.02% 
0.70% 
164.15% 

17.97% 
16.99% 
14.19% 

0.37% 
0.27% 
0.03% 
0.68% 
183.08% 

20.54% 
19.28% 
16.53% 

0.58%
0.43%
0.01%
0.90%
155.18%

24.02%
21.94%
20.14%

(1)
(2)

Average tangible equity equals total average stockholders’ equity reduced by average goodwill and average core deposit intangible assets.
Tangible equity equals total stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and core deposit intangible assets.

43

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

General

This  discussion  and  analysis  reflects  Kearny  Financial  Corp.’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  other  relevant  statistical 
data,  and  is  intended  to  enhance  your  understanding  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  You  should  read  the 
information  in  this  section  in  conjunction  with  the  business  and  financial  information  regarding  Kearny  Financial  Corp.  and  the 
audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our accounting policies are integral to understanding the results reported. We describe them in detail in Note 1 to our audited 
consolidated  financial  statements.  In  preparing  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements,  management  is  required  to  make 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated statements of 
financial  condition  and  revenues  and  expenses  for  the  periods  then  ended.  Actual  results  could  differ  significantly  from  those 
estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes relate to the determination of the allowance for 
loan losses.

Allowance  for  Credit  Losses.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  represents  the  estimated  amount  considered  necessary  to  cover 
lifetime  expected  credit  losses  inherent  in  financial  assets  at  the  balance  sheet  date.  The  measurement  of  expected  credit  losses  is 
applicable to loans receivable and securities measured at amortized cost. It also applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures such as 
loan commitments and unused lines of credit. The allowance is established through a provision for credit losses that is charged against 
income. The methodology for determining the allowance for credit losses is considered a critical accounting policy by management 
because  of  the  high  degree  of  judgment  involved,  the  subjectivity  of  the  assumptions  used,  and  the  potential  for  changes  in  the 
forecasted  economic  environment  that  could  result  in  changes  to  the  amount  of  the  recorded  allowance  for  credit  losses.  The 
allowance for credit losses is reported separately as a contra-asset on the consolidated statement of financial condition. The expected 
credit loss for unfunded lending commitments and unfunded loan commitments is reported on the consolidated statement of financial 
condition in other liabilities while the provision for credit losses related to unfunded commitments is reported in other non-interest 
expense.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans Receivable. The allowance for credit losses on loans is deducted from the amortized cost 
basis of the loan to present the net amount expected to be collected. Expected losses are evaluated and calculated on a collective, or 
pooled, basis for those loans which share similar risk characteristics. At each reporting period, the Company evaluates whether loans 
within a pool continue to exhibit similar risk characteristics. If the risk characteristics of a loan change, such that they are no longer 
similar  to  other  loans  in  the  pool,  the  Company  will  evaluate  the  loan  with  a  different  pool  of  loans  that  share  similar  risk 
characteristics.    If  the  loan  does  not  share  risk  characteristics  with  other  loan  pools,  the  Company  will  evaluate  the  loan  on  an 
individual basis. The Company evaluates the pooling methodology at least annually. Loans are charged off against the allowance for 
credit losses when the Company believes the balances to be uncollectible. Expected recoveries do not exceed the aggregate of amounts 
previously charged off or expected to be charged off.

The Company has chosen to segment its portfolio consistent with the manner in which it manages credit risk. Such segments 
include  multi-family,  nonresidential  mortgage,  commercial  business,  construction,  one-  to  four-family  residential,  home  equity and 
consumer.  For  most  segments  the  Company  calculates  estimated  credit  losses  using  a  probability  of  default  and  loss  given  default 
methodology, the results of which are applied to the aggregated discounted cash flow of each individual loan within the segment. The 
point in time probability of default and loss given default are then conditioned by macroeconomic scenarios to incorporate reasonable 
and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. 

The Company estimates the allowance for credit losses on loans via a quantitative analysis which considers relevant available 
information from internal and external sources related to past events and current conditions, as well as the incorporation of reasonable 
and supportable forecasts. The Company evaluates a variety of factors including third party economic forecasts, industry trends and 
other available published economic information in arriving at its forecasts. After the reasonable and supportable forecast period, the 
Company reverts, on a straight-line basis, to average historical losses. Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of 
the  loans,  adjusted  for  expected  prepayments  when  appropriate.  The  contractual  term  excludes  expected  extensions,  renewals,  and 
modifications  unless  either  of  the  following  applies:  management  has  a  reasonable  expectation  at  the  reporting  date  that  a  troubled 
debt restructuring will be executed with an individual borrower or the renewal option is included in the original or modified contract at 
the reporting date and are not unconditionally cancelable by the Company.

44

Also included in the allowance for credit losses on loans are qualitative reserves to cover losses that are expected but, in the 
Company’s assessment, may not be adequately represented in the quantitative analysis or the forecasts described above. Factors that 
the Company considers include changes in lending policies and procedures, business conditions, the nature and size of the portfolio, 
portfolio  concentrations,  the  volume  and  severity  of  past  due  loans  and  non-accrual  loans,  the  effect  of  external  factors  such  as 
competition, legal and regulatory requirements, among others. Qualitative loss factors are applied to each portfolio segment with the 
amounts judgmentally determined by the relative risk to the most severe loss periods identified in the historical loan charge-offs of a 
peer group of similar-sized regional banks.

Individually  Evaluated  Loans.  On  a  case-by-case  basis,  the  Company  may  conclude  that  a  loan  should  be  evaluated  on  an 
individual  basis  based  on  its  disparate  risk  characteristics.  When  the  Company  determines  that  a  loan  no  longer  shares  similar risk 
characteristics  with  other  loans  in  the  portfolio,  the  allowance  will  be  determined  on  an  individual  basis  using  the  present  value  of 
expected cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral as of the reporting date, less estimated selling 
costs, as applicable. If the fair value of the collateral is less than the amortized cost basis of the loan, the Company will charge off the 
difference between the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell at the reporting date and the amortized cost basis of the loan.

Acquired  Loans.  Acquired  loans  are  included  in  the  Company's  calculation  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses.  How  the 
allowance  on  an  acquired  loan  is  recorded  depends  on  whether  or  not  it  has  been  classified  as  a  PCD  loan.  PCD  loans  are  loans 
acquired at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality. PCD loans are accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 326-20 and 
are initially recorded at fair value as determined by the sum of the present value of expected future cash flows and an allowance for 
credit losses at acquisition. The allowance for PCD loans is recorded through a gross-up effect, while the allowance for acquired non-
PCD loans is recorded through provision expense, consistent with originated loans. Thus, the determination of which loans are PCD 
and non-PCD can have a significant impact on the accounting for these loans. Subsequent to acquisition, the allowance for PCD loans 
will generally follow the same estimation, provision and charge-off process as non-PCD acquired and originated loans.

Business Combinations. We account for business combinations under the purchase method of accounting. The application of 
this  method  of  accounting  requires  the  use  of  significant  estimates  and  assumptions  in  the  determination  of  the  fair  value  of  assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed in order to properly allocate purchase price consideration between assets that are amortized, accreted 
or depreciated from those that are recorded as goodwill or bargain purchase gain. Our estimates of the fair values of assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed are based upon assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, and whenever necessary, include assistance from 
independent third-party appraisal and valuation firms. 

Goodwill. Goodwill  arises  from  business  combinations  and  is  generally  determined  as  the  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the 
consideration  transferred,  plus  the  fair  value  of  any  noncontrolling  interests  in  the  acquiree,  over  the  fair  value  of  the  net  assets 
acquired  and liabilities  assumed  as  of  the  acquisition  date.  Goodwill  acquired  in  a  purchase  business  combination  and determined 
to  have  an  indefinite  useful  life  is  not  amortized,  but  tested  for  impairment  at  least  annually  or  more  frequently  if  events  and 
circumstances  exists  that  indicate  that  a  goodwill  impairment  test  should  be  performed.  The  Company  performed  its  annual 
impairment  test  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  its  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2021.  Goodwill  is  the  only  intangible  asset  with  an 
indefinite life our audited consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.

In assessing impairment, we have the option to perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether the existence of events or 
circumstances  leads  to  a  determination  that  it  is  more-likely-than-not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its 
carrying  amount.  If,  after assessing the totality of such events or circumstances, we determine it is not more-likely-than-not that the 
fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we would not be required to perform a quantitative impairment test.

The  annual  quantitative  assessment  of  goodwill  for  our  single  reporting  unit  was  performed  utilizing  a  discounted  cash  flow 
analysis (“income approach”) and estimates of selected market information (“market approach”). The income approach measures the 
fair  value  of  an  interest  in  a  business  by  discounting  expected  future  cash  flows  to  present  value.  The  market  approach  takes  into 
consideration  fair  values  of  comparable  companies  operating  in  similar  lines  of  business  that  are  potentially  subject  to  similar 
economic and environmental factors and could be considered reasonable investment alternatives. The results of the income approach 
were  weighted  at  50%  while  the  results  of  the  market  approach  were  weighted  at  50%.  The  results  of  the  annual  quantitative 
impairment analysis indicated that the fair value exceeded the carrying value for our single reporting unit.

No impairment charges were required to be recorded in the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 or 2019. If an impairment loss is 
determined to exist in the future, such loss will be reflected as an expense in the consolidated statements of income in the period in 
which the impairment loss is determined.

45

Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020

Executive Summary.  Total assets increased by $525.6 million, or 7.8%, to $7.28 billion at June 30, 2021 from $6.76 billion at 
June 30, 2020. As described in greater detail below, the increase in total assets was largely the result of the Company’s July 10, 2020 
acquisition of MSB. The increase primarily reflected increases in investment securities, net loans receivable and other assets, partially 
offset by decreases in cash and equivalents and loans held-for-sale.

Investment Securities. Investment securities available for sale increased by $291.2 million, to $1.68 billion at June 30, 2021, 
from $1.39 billion at June 30, 2020. This increase reflected security purchases totaling $918.7 million, net of security sales totaling 
$97.4  million,  principal  repayments  totaling  $521.1  million,  and  a  $12.5  million  decrease  in  the  fair  value  of  the  portfolio  to  a  net 
unrealized gain of $10.0 million. Included in this increase were securities acquired from MSB with fair values of $3.5 million at the 
time of acquisition.

Investment securities held to maturity increased by $5.5 million to $38.1 million at June 30, 2021 from $32.6 million at June 30, 
2020.  The  increase  in  the  portfolio  reflected  security  purchases  totaling  $12.3  million,  net  of  principal  repayments  totaling  $6.8 
million.

Additional information regarding investment securities at June 30, 2021 is presented under “Item 1. Business” of this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K, as well as in Note 4 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Loans Held-for-Sale. Loans held-for-sale totaled $16.5 million at June 30, 2021 as compared to $20.8 million at June 30, 2020 
and  are  reported  separately  from  the  balance  of  net  loans  receivable.  During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021,  $285.4  million  of 
residential mortgage loans were sold, resulting in net gains on sale of $5.1 million.

Net Loans Receivable. Net loans receivable increased by $332.2 million, or 7.4%, to $4.79 billion at June 30, 2021 from $4.46 
billion at June 30, 2020. Included in this increase were loans with fair values totaling $530.2 million that were acquired in conjunction 
with the acquisition of MSB. Partially offsetting this increase was a decrease of $58.8 million in PPP loan balances and a decrease of 
$131.2 million in other non-acquired loans. Detail regarding the change in the loan portfolio is presented below:

Commercial loans:

Multi-family mortgage
Nonresidential mortgage
Commercial business
Construction

Total commercial loans

June 30,
2021

June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

Increase/
(Decrease)

$

2,039,260    $
1,079,444   
168,951   
93,804   
3,381,459   

2,059,568    $
960,853   
138,788   
20,961   
3,180,170   

(20,308)
118,591 
30,163 
72,843 
201,289 

One- to four-family residential mortgage

1,447,721   

1,273,022   

174,699 

Consumer loans:

Home equity loans
Other consumer
Total consumer

Total loans

Unaccreted yield adjustments
Allowance for credit losses

47,871   
3,259   
51,130   

82,920   
3,991   
86,911   

(35,049)
(732)
(35,781)

4,880,310   

4,540,103   

340,207 

(28,916)  
(58,165)  

(41,706)  
(37,327)  

12,790 
(20,838)

Net loans receivable

$

4,793,229    $

4,461,070    $

332,159  

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Commercial loan origination volume for the year ended June 30, 2021 totaled $507.5 million, which comprised $352.5 million 
of  commercial  mortgage  loan  originations,  $104.6  million  of  commercial  business  loan  originations  and  construction  loan 
disbursements of $50.4 million. Commercial loan originations for the period were augmented by the purchase of loans totaling $21.6 
million. Additionally, in conjunction with the acquisition of MSB, the Company acquired commercial loans with fair values totaling 
approximately $383.1 million.

One- to four-family residential mortgage loan origination volume, excluding loans held-for-sale, totaled $553.2 million for the 
year ended June 30, 2021 and was augmented by the purchase of loans totaling $60.1 million. Home equity loan and line of credit 
origination volume for the same period totaled $15.8 million. Additionally, in conjunction with the acquisition of MSB, the Company 
acquired  one-  to  four-family  residential  mortgage  loans  and  home  equity  loans  and  lines  of  credit  with  fair  values  totaling 
approximately $132.5 million and $14.1 million, respectively.

Additional information about the Company’s loans at June 30, 2021 is presented under “Item 1. Business” of this Annual Report 

on Form 10-K, as well as in Note 5 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Nonperforming Loans and TDRs. Nonperforming loans increased by $43.1 million to $79.8 million, or 1.64% of total loans at 
June  30,  2021,  from  $36.7  million,  or  0.82%  of  total  loans  at  June  30,  2020.  Included  in  this  increase  were  $14.4  million  of  non-
performing loans acquired from MSB, whose fair values at acquisition reflected various levels of impairment. Non-performing loans 
at June 30, 2021 did not include $51.8 million of performing PCD loans acquired from MSB. The increase in nonperforming loans 
was largely attributable to increases in non-performing multi-family mortgage loans, nonresidential mortgage loans and one- to four-
family  residential  mortgage  loans,  with  increases  totaling  $15.6  million,  $13.3  million  and  $10.8  million,  for  those  loan  segments, 
respectively.

TDRs are loans where the Company has modified the contractual terms of the loan as a result of the financial condition of the 
borrower. Subsequent to their modification, TDRs are placed on non-accrual until such time as satisfactory payment performance has 
been  demonstrated,  at  which  time  the  loan  may  be  returned  to  accrual  status.  At  June  30,  2021,  the  Company  had  accruing  TDRs 
totaling $6.2 million, a decrease of $2.2 million from $8.4 million at June 30, 2020. At June 30, 2021, the Company had non-accrual 
TDRs totaling $11.6 million, a decrease of $1.5 million from $13.1 million at June 30, 2020.

As noted above, based on Section 4013 of the CARES Act, the 2021 Consolidated Appropriations Act and related regulatory 
guidance promulgated by federal banking regulators, qualifying loan modifications, including short-term payment deferrals, are not 
considered to be TDRs. The Company had active payment deferrals, which were not considered TDRs, of $5.6 million and $781.3 
million at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively.

Additional  information  about  nonperforming  loans  and  TDRs  at  June  30,  2021  is  presented  under  “Item  1.  Business”  of  this 

Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in Note 5 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Allowance for Credit Losses (“ACL”).  At June 30, 2021, the ACL totaled $58.2 million, or 1.19% of total loans, reflecting an 
increase  of  $20.9  million  from  $37.3  million,  or  0.82%  of  total  loans,  at  June  30,  2020.  This  increase  largely  resulted  from  the 
adoption of CECL, which increased the ACL for loans receivable by $19.6 million, the establishment of an ACL for loans acquired 
from MSB totaling $9.0 million and an increase in the portion of the ACL attributable to loans individually evaluated for impairment. 
This increase was partially offset by net charge-offs and the impact of an improved economic forecast and credit risk outlook. 

Additional information about the allowance for loan credit at June 30, 2021 is presented under “Item 1. Business” of this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K, as well as in Note 1 and Note 6 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Other  Assets.  The  aggregate  balance  of  other  assets,  including  premises  and  equipment,  FHLB  stock,  interest  receivable, 
goodwill,  core  deposit  intangibles,  bank  owned  life  insurance,  deferred  income  taxes,  OREO  and  other  assets,  increased  by  $14.1 
million to $691.2 million at June 30, 2021 from $677.1 million at June 30, 2020.

The increase in other assets primarily reflected the impact of the MSB acquisition through which the Company acquired other 
assets with fair values totaling $34.1 million. The increase in other assets was partially offset by a decrease in the balance of FHLB 
stock during the year ended June 30, 2021.

The  remaining  increases  and  decreases  in  other  assets  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021  generally  reflected  normal  operating 

fluctuations in their respective balances.

47

Deposits. Total deposits increased by $1.06 billion, or 23.8%, to $5.49 billion at June 30, 2021 from $4.43 billion at June 30, 
2020. The increase in deposits reflected the impact of organic growth in deposits of $594.9 million coupled with the MSB acquisition 
through which the Company assumed deposits with fair values totaling $460.2 million. The following table sets forth the distribution 
of, and changes in, deposits, by type, at the dates indicated:

Non-interest-bearing deposits

Interest-bearing deposits:

Interest-bearing demand
Savings
Certificates of deposit

Interest-bearing deposits

Total deposits

June 30,
2021

June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

Increase

593,718    $

419,138    $

174,580 

1,902,478   
1,111,364   
1,877,746   
4,891,588   
5,485,306    $

1,264,151   
906,597   
1,840,396   
4,011,144   
4,430,282    $

638,327 
204,767 
37,350 
880,444 
1,055,024  

$

$

Additional information about our deposits at June 30, 2021 is presented under “Item 1. Business” of this Annual Report on Form 

10-K, as well as in Note 10 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Borrowings. The balance of borrowings decreased by $487.3 million, or 41.5%, to $685.9 million at June 30, 2021 from $1.17 
billion at June 30, 2020 and reflected the repayment of maturing FHLB advances totaling $475.0 million, the pre-payment of FHLB 
advances totaling $27.0 million and a decrease in depositor sweep accounts totaling $5.7 million. Borrowings at June 30, 2021 also 
included other overnight borrowings totaling $20.0 million while there were no such borrowings at June 30, 2020. In conjunction with 
the  acquisition  of  MSB,  the  Company  assumed  overnight  FHLB  advances  with  fair  values  totaling  $62.9  million,  which  were 
immediately repaid.

Additional information about our borrowings at June 30, 2021 is presented under “Item 1. Business” of this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K, as well as in Note 11to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Other Liabilities. The balance of other liabilities, including advance payments by borrowers for taxes and other miscellaneous 
liabilities, decreased by $942,000 to $69.6 million at June 30, 2021 from $70.6 million at June 30, 2020. The change in the balance of 
other  liabilities  reflected  the  adoption  of  CECL,  as  noted  above.  At  adoption  the  Company  increased  its  ACL  by  $536,000  for 
unfunded  loan  commitments  while  also  recording  a  provision  for  ACL  of  $1.2  million  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021.  The 
change in other liabilities also reflected a $17.5 million decrease in the fair value of the Company’s outstanding liability derivatives 
positions which was partially offset by a $12.5 million loan participation liability which was paid shortly after fiscal year-end. The 
remaining change generally reflected normal operating fluctuations in the balances of other liabilities during the period.

Additional information about the Company’s derivatives portfolio at June 30, 2021 is presented under “Item 1. Business” of this 

Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in Note 12 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Stockholders’ Equity.  Stockholders’ equity decreased by $41.2 million to $1.04 billion at June 30, 2021 from $1.08 billion at 
June 30, 2020. The decrease in stockholders’ equity during the year ended June 30, 2021 largely reflected share repurchases totaling 
$119.0  million,  cash  dividends  totaling  $28.5  million  and  a  $14.2  million  cumulative  effect  adjustment  related  to  the  adoption  of 
CECL, partially offset by the issuance of $45.1 million of capital stock in conjunction with the acquisition of MSB and net income of 
$63.2 million.

Book value per share increased by $0.25 to $13.21 at June 30, 2021 while tangible book value per share increased by $0.10 to 

$10.49 at June 30, 2021.

48

 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In March 2019 the Company announced its fourth stock repurchase plan which authorized the repurchase of 9,218,324 shares, 
or 10% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. On March 25, 2020, that plan was temporarily suspended due to the risks and 
uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic and on October 19, 2020, the Company announced the resumption of that plan. 
On October 19, 2020, the Company also announced the approval of a fifth repurchase plan totaling 4,475,523 shares, or 5%, of the 
Company’s outstanding common stock. On January 22, 2021, the Company announced the completion of its fifth stock repurchase 
plan and the authorization of a sixth stock repurchase plan to repurchase up to 4,210,520 shares, or 5%, of the Company’s outstanding 
stock. On May 26, 2021, the Company announced the completion of its sixth stock repurchase plan and the authorization of a seventh 
stock repurchase plan to repurchase up to 4,064,649 shares, or 5%, of the Company’s outstanding common stock.

During the year ended June 30, 2021, the Company repurchased a total of 10,567,073 shares of its common stock which were 
repurchased in conjunction with the Company’s fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh repurchase plans. Such shares were repurchased at a 
total cost of $119.0 million and at an average cost of $11.26 per share.

Including shares previously repurchased, the shares associated with the fourth repurchase plan were repurchased at a total cost 
of $117.9 million and at an average cost of $12.79 per share. The shares associated with the Company’s fifth share repurchase plan 
were repurchased at a total cost of $46.9 million and at an average cost of $10.48 per share. The shares associated with the Company’s 
sixth share repurchase plan were repurchased at a total cost of $51.1 million and at an average cost of $12.15 per share.

During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021,  and  in  conjunction  with  the  Company’s  seventh  repurchase  program,  the  Company 
repurchased 1,120,000 shares at a cost of $14.2 million and at an average cost of $12.65 per share which represented 27.6% of the 
total shares authorized to be repurchased.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended June 30, 2021, and June 30, 2020 

Net Income. Net income for the year ended June 30, 2021 was $63.2 million, or $0.77 per diluted share, an increase of 40.6% 
from $45.0 million, or $0.55 per diluted share for the year ended June 30, 2020. The increase in net income reflected increases in net 
interest income and non-interest income and a decrease in the provision for credit losses that was partially offset by increases in non-
interest  expense  and  income  tax  expense.  Net  income  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021  also  reflected  various  non-recurring  items, 
including items recognized in conjunction with the Company’s acquisition of MSB.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased by $35.2 million to $184.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2021. The 
increase between the comparative periods resulted from a decrease of $34.0 million in interest expense and an increase of $1.2 million 
in interest income.

Net interest spread increased by 39 basis points to 2.61% for the year ended June 30, 2021, from 2.22% for the year ended June 
30,  2020.  Net  interest  margin  increased  30  basis  points  to  2.75%,  from  2.45%,  for  the  same  comparative  periods.  The  increase  in 
spread and margin reflected a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities that was partially offset by a decrease in the 
average yield on interest-earning assets.

49

Details surrounding the composition of, and changes to, net interest income are presented in the table below which reflects the 
components of the average balance sheet and of net interest income for the periods indicated. We derived the average yields and costs 
by  dividing  income  or  expense  by  the  average  balance  of  assets  or  liabilities,  respectively,  for  the  periods  presented  with  daily 
balances used to derive average balances. No tax equivalent adjustments have been made to yield or costs. Non-accrual loans were 
included in the calculation of average balances, however interest receivable on these loans has been fully reserved for and therefore 
not included in interest income. The yields and costs set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that 
are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense and exclude the impact of prepayment penalties, which are recorded to non-
interest income.

2021

For the Years Ended June 30,
2020

2019

Average
Balance  

  Interest    

Average
Yield/
Cost

Average
Balance  

  Interest    

Average
Yield/
Cost

Average
Balance  

  Interest    

Average
Yield/
Cost

(Dollars in Thousands)

Interest-earning assets:
Loans receivable (1)
Taxable investment securities (2)
Tax-exempt securities (2)
Other interest-earning assets (3)
Total interest-earning assets

Non-interest-earning assets

Total assets

$4,866,436    $198,515      4.08  %  $4,568,816    $187,003      4.09  %  $4,669,436    $192,386      4.12  %
  1,571,452   
74,604   
200,435   
  6,712,927   
620,934   
$7,333,861   

    1,291,516   
111,477   
122,278   
    6,094,087   
595,158   
  $6,689,245   

    1,171,335   
134,489   
101,595   
    6,076,855   
582,838   
  $6,659,693   

  37,213      3.18   
2,839      2.11   
4,895      4.82   
  237,333      3.91   

  31,238      1.99   
1,652      2.21   
2,955      1.47   
  234,360      3.49   

  39,321      3.04   
2,393      2.15   
4,491      3.67   
  233,208      3.83   

Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing demand
Savings
Certificates of deposit

Total interest-bearing deposits

$1,726,190    $
  1,066,794   
  1,931,887   
  4,724,871   
933,711   
Total interest-bearing liabilities   5,658,582   
583,886   
  6,242,468   
  1,091,393   

Total liabilities
Stockholders' equity

Non-interest-bearing liabilities (4)  

Borrowings

7,028      0.41   
3,299      0.31   
  21,208      1.10   
  31,535      0.67   
  18,316      1.96   
  49,851      0.88   

  $1,041,188    $ 11,433      1.10   
6,735      0.81   
  40,684      2.00   
  58,852      1.51   
  25,002      1.93   
  83,854      1.61   

831,832   
    2,032,046   
    3,905,066   
    1,293,096   
    5,198,162   
394,758   
    5,592,920   
    1,096,325   

8,125      1.02   
4,186      0.55   
  40,200      1.83   
  52,511      1.40   
  29,509      2.17   
  82,020      1.60   

  $ 796,815    $
761,203   
    2,194,513   
    3,752,531   
    1,359,323   
    5,111,854   
351,217   
    5,463,071   
    1,196,622   

Total liabilities and 
stockholders'
  equity

Net interest income
Interest rate spread (5)
Net interest margin (6)
Ratio of interest-earning assets
  to interest-bearing liabilities

$7,333,861   

  $6,689,245   

  $6,659,693   

    $184,509       

    $149,354       

    $155,313       

      2.61  %     
      2.75  %     

      2.22  %     
      2.45  %     

      2.31  %
      2.56  %

1.19 

X    

1.17 

X    

1.19 

X    

(1)

(2)
(3)
(4)

(5)
(6)

Loans  held-for-sale  and  non-accruing  loans  have  been  included  in  loans  receivable  and  the  effect  of  such  inclusion  was  not  material. 
Allowance for loan losses has been included in non-interest-earning assets.
Fair value adjustments have been excluded in the balances of interest-earning assets.
Includes interest-bearing deposits at other banks and FHLB of New York capital stock.
Includes  average  balances  of  non-interest-bearing  deposits  of  $518,149,000,  $334,522,000  and  $312,169,000,  for  the  years  ended  June  30, 
2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
       
   
     
   
   
       
   
     
   
   
       
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
       
   
   
   
       
   
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
 
   
   
   
       
   
     
   
   
       
   
     
   
   
       
   
   
   
   
       
   
     
   
   
       
   
     
   
   
       
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
       
   
   
   
       
   
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
   
       
   
 
   
   
   
       
   
     
   
   
       
   
     
   
   
       
   
   
   
     
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
       
   
   
 
       
   
   
 
       
   
The following table reflects the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense to changes in volume and in 
prevailing interest rates during the periods indicated. Each category reflects the: (1) changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied 
by old rate); (2) changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by old volume); and (3) net change. The net change attributable to the 
combined impact of volume and rate has been allocated proportionally to the absolute dollar amounts of change in each.

Year Ended June 30, 2021
versus
Year Ended June 30, 2020
Increase (Decrease) Due to
Rate
(In Thousands)

Volume

Net

Year Ended June 30, 2020
versus
Year Ended June 30, 2019
Increase (Decrease) Due to
Rate
(In Thousands)

  Volume

$

$

$

11,976    $
7,341   
(807)  
1,984   
20,494    $

(464)   $

(15,424)  
66   
(3,520)  
(19,342)   $

11,512   
(8,083)  
(741)  
(1,536)  
1,152   

5,100    $
1,533   
(1,923)  
(7,067)  
(2,357)  

(9,505)   $
(4,969)  
(17,553)  
381   
(31,646)  

(4,405)  
(3,436)  
(19,476)  
(6,686)  
(34,003)  

$

$

$

(4,023)   $
3,770   
(498)  
890   
139    $

(1,360)   $
(1,662)  
52   
(1,294)  
(4,264)   $

2,634    $
418   
(3,094)  
(1,378)  
(1,420)  

674    $

2,131   
3,578   
(3,129)  
3,254   

Net

(5,383)
2,108 
(446)
(404)
(4,125)

3,308 
2,549 
484 
(4,507)
1,834 

Interest and dividend income

Loans receivable
Taxable investment securities
Tax-exempt securities
Other interest-earning assets

Total interest-earning assets

Interest expense:

Interest-bearing demand
Savings and club
Certificates of deposit
Borrowings

Total interest-bearing liabilities

Change in net interest income

$

22,851    $

12,304    $

35,155   

$

1,559    $

(7,518)   $

(5,959)

Provision for Credit Losses.  The provision for credit losses decreased by $5.3 million to a provision for credit losses reversal of 
$1.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2021, compared to a provision for credit losses of $4.2 million for the year ended June 30, 
2020. The level of provision for the year ended June 30, 2021 was largely attributable to $5.1 million of provision expense on non-
PCD loans acquired in connection with the acquisition of MSB and an increase of $6.6 million in reserves on individually evaluated 
loans, partially offset by a release of reserves within certain loan segments, reflecting the improving credit risk outlook for those asset 
classes  in  the  reasonable  and  supportable  forecast.  By  comparison,  the  provision  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2020  was  largely 
attributable to increases in qualitative factors associated with the economic impact of COVID-19 under the incurred loss standard. 

The  increase  in  reserves  on  individually  evaluated  loans,  noted  above,  was  largely  attributable  to  five  non-performing 

commercial real estate loans, with principal balances totaling $16.7 million. 

Additional information regarding the allowance for credit losses and the associated provisions recognized during the year ended 
June  30,  2021  is  presented  under  “Item  1,  Business”  on  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  as  well  as  in  Note  1  and  Note  6  to  the 
audited consolidated financial statements as well as the Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 2021. 

Non-Interest Income.  Non-interest income increased by $5.0 million, or 25.5%, to $24.8 million for the year ended June 30, 
2021. Included in non-interest income for the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 were various non-recurring items, including items 
recognized in conjunction with the Company’s acquisition of MSB.

Fees and service charges decreased by $1.0 million to $5.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2021. The decrease primarily 

reflected a decrease in loan-related fees attributable to a decrease in commercial loan prepayment activity.

Gain on sale and call of securities reflected a net gain of $767,000 during the year ended June 30, 2021 compared to a net gain 

of $2.3 million, recorded during the earlier comparative period.

Gain on sale of loans increased by $2.4 million to $5.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2021. The increase in loan sale gains 
reflected an increase in the volume of loans originated and sold between comparative periods coupled with an increase in the average 
gain per loan. The increase for the year ended June 30, 2021 also included gains of $352,000 recognized on the sale of $43.6 million 
of PPP loans.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
The  Company  recognized  a  net  loss  of  $28,000  related  to  the  write  down  and  sale  of  OREO  during  the  year  ended  June  30, 

2020, while there was no such loss recorded during the current period. 

Bargain purchase gain totaled $3.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2021. The bargain purchase gain resulted from a decline 
in the market value of the Company’s stock, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, which occurred between the announcement date and 
closing date of the MSB acquisition. There was no such gain recorded in the prior comparative period.

Other non-interest income increased by $1.6 million to $1.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2021. The increase primarily 
reflected $309,000 of PPP-related referral fees and $1.0 million of non-recurring gains on asset disposals recognized in the current 
period, as compared to $342,000 of non-recurring losses on asset disposals recognized in the prior comparative period.

The remaining changes in the other components of non-interest income between comparative periods generally reflected normal 

operating fluctuations within those line items.

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased by $18.3 million, or 17.0%, to $125.9 million for the year ended June 
30, 2021. Included in non-interest expense for the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 were various non-recurring items, including 
items recognized in conjunction with the Company’s acquisition of MSB.

Salaries  and  employee  benefits  expense  increased  by  $6.8  million  to  $68.8  million  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021.  This 
increase primarily reflected additional salary and payroll tax expense associated with employees retained in conjunction with the MSB 
acquisition and new hires, who were largely concentrated within the lending and retail banking lines of business. These increases were 
partially offset by decreases in employee severance, ESOP expense and stock benefit plan expense.

Net occupancy expense of premises increased by $1.2 million to $12.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2021. This increase 
was  largely  attributable  to  the  ongoing  operating  expenses  associated  with  the  owned  and  leased  office  facilities  acquired  in 
conjunction with the MSB acquisition coupled with an increase of $460,000 in snow removal expense. The change in net occupancy 
expense  also  reflected  $22,000  of  lease  termination  costs  that  were  incurred  during  the  current  period.  By  comparison,  lease 
termination costs totaling $517,000 were incurred in the prior comparative period.

Equipment and systems expense increased by $3.1 million to $14.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2021. This increase was 
largely  attributable  to  increases  in  equipment,  technology  infrastructure,  core  processing  and  electronic  banking  delivery  channel 
expense associated with the Company’s growth in clients and accounts, a portion of which was attributable to the acquisition of MSB. 
This  increase  also  reflected  non-recurring  core  processing  expense  reductions  totaling  $907,000  that  were  recorded  in  the  prior 
comparative period that were associated with the re-negotiation of the Company’s core processing contract.

Advertising  and  marketing  expense  decreased  by  $627,000  to  $2.2  million  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021.  This  decrease 
largely reflected changes in advertising expense across a variety of advertising formats reflecting normal fluctuations in the timing of 
certain campaigns supporting our loan and deposit growth initiatives.

FDIC  insurance  premiums  increased  by  $1.7  million  to  $1.9  million  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021.  This  increase  was 
attributable to no expense being recorded during the first nine months of fiscal 2020 as a result of credits available to the Bank under 
the FDIC’s Small Bank Assessment Credit program. 

Merger-related expenses, associated with the Company’s acquisition of MSB, increased by $3.4 million to $4.3 million for the 

year ended June 30, 2021.

Debt extinguishment expenses, resulting from the pre-payment of FHLB advances, totaled $796,000 for the year ended June 30, 

2021 as compared to $2.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2020.

Other expense increased by $4.1 million to $17.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2021. This increase, for the year ended 
June 30, 2021, was primarily attributable to asset impairment charges of $1.9 million, arising from the transfer of various branch and 
administrative  facilities  to  held-for  sale  status  and  $800,000,  attributable  to  the  partial  write-down  of  the  value  of  the  Company’s 
equity  investment  in  a  start-up  financial  technology  company  whose  remaining  book  value  totaled  $200,000  as  of  that  date.  Also 
included in other expense, for the year ended June 30, 2021, was $1.2 million of credit loss expense for off-balance sheet exposures 
required  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  adoption  of  CECL  for  which  no  such  expense  was  recorded  in  the  prior  comparative 
period. For the year ended June 30, 2020, the recovery of an asset write-down totaling $288,000 was recorded.

52

Provision for Income Taxes. Provision for income taxes increased by $9.0 million to $21.3 million for the year ended June 30, 

2021, from $12.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2020.

The  increase  in  income  tax  expense  largely  reflected  a  higher  level  of  pre-tax  net  income,  as  compared  to  the  prior  period, 
resulting in a higher provision for income tax expense. This increase also reflected a $1.6 million reduction in income tax expense that 
was recorded in the prior comparative period, which was attributable to the carryback of net operating losses into prior periods.

Effective tax rates for the year ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 were 25.2% and 21.5%, respectively. The effective tax 
rate  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021  largely  reflected  the  effects  of  various  non-recurring  items  recorded  in  conjunction  with  the 
Company’s  acquisition  of  MSB,  including  non-deductible  merger  related  expenses,  which  were  partially  offset  by  a  non-taxable 
bargain  purchase  gain.  The  effective  tax  rate  for  the  prior  comparative  period  was  primarily  driven  by  a  reduction  of  income  tax 
expense attributable to the carryback of net operating losses, as discussed above.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended June 30, 2020, and June 30, 2019

A comparison of our operating results for the years ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019 can be found in our Annual Report 

on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2020, filed with the SEC on August 28, 2020.

Liquidity and Commitments 

Liquidity,  represented  by  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  is  a  product  of  operating,  investing  and  financing  activities.  The 
Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, cash flows from investment securities and loans receivable and funds 
provided  from  operations.  While  scheduled  payments  from  the  amortization  and  maturity  of  loans  and  investment  securities  are 
relatively predictable sources of funds, general interest rates, economic conditions and competition greatly influence deposit flows and 
prepayments on loans and securities. 

Liquidity,  at  June  30,  2021,  included  $67.9  million  of  short-term  cash  and  equivalents  supplemented  by  $1.68  billion  of 
investment securities classified as available for sale which can readily be sold or pledged as collateral, if necessary. In addition, the 
Company has the capacity to borrow additional funds from the FHLB, Federal Reserve Bank or via unsecured lines of credit. As of 
June 30, 2021, the Company had the capacity to borrow additional funds totaling $2.13 billion and $233.1 million, without pledging 
additional collateral, from the FHLB of New York and Federal Reserve Bank, respectively. The Company also had the capacity to 
borrow additional funds, on an unsecured basis, via lines of credit established with other financial institutions. As of June 30, 2021, 
the available borrowing capacity under those lines of credit totaled $651.0 million. 

Deposits increased $1.06 billion to $5.49 billion at June 30, 2021 from $4.43 billion at June 30, 2020. The increase in deposit 
balances  reflected  an  $880.4  million  increase  in  interest-bearing  deposits  coupled  with  a  $174.6  million  increase  in  non-interest-
bearing  deposits.  Borrowings  from  the  FHLB  of  New  York  and  other  sources  are  generally  available  to  supplement  the  Bank’s 
liquidity position or to replace maturing deposits. As of June 30, 2021, the Bank’s outstanding balance of FHLB advances, excluding 
fair value adjustments, totaled $667.5 million.

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our short-term borrowings at and for the 

periods shown:

2021

390,000   
646,896   
815,000   

At or For the Years Ended June 30,
2020
(Dollars in Thousands)
$
$
$

865,000   
904,262   
1,075,000   

$
$
$

0.33  %  
1.08  %  

0.45  %  
2.14  %  

2019

825,000   
854,554   
975,000   

2.54  %
2.48  %

Balance at end of year
Average balance during year
Maximum outstanding at any month end
Weighted average interest rate at end of year
Weighted average interest rate during year

$
$
$

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table discloses our contractual obligations and commitments as of June 30, 2021:

Less than
One Year  

One to

Three Years    

At June 30, 2021
Over Three
Years to
Five Years    
(In Thousands)

Over Five
Years

Total

Contractual obligations

Operating lease obligations
Certificates of deposit
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

$

3,604    $

5,370    $

1,510,761   
390,000   

287,984   
167,500   

3,676    $
72,703   
110,000   

7,205    $
6,298   
-   

19,855 
1,877,746 
667,500 

Total contractual obligations

$

1,904,365    $

460,854    $

186,379    $

13,503    $

2,565,101 

Commitments

Undisbursed funds from approved lines of credit (1)
Construction loans in process (1)
Other commitments to extend credit (1)

$

86,176    $

28,207    $

138,328   
192,832   

-   
-   

7,231    $
-   
-   

59,464    $

-   
-   

181,078 
138,328 
192,832 

Total commitments

$

417,336    $

28,207    $

7,231    $

59,464    $

512,238  

(1)

Represents amounts committed to customers.

In addition to the loan commitments noted above, the pipeline of loans held for sale included $48.4 million of in process loans 
whose terms included interest rate locks to borrowers that were paired with a best-efforts commitment to sell the loan to a buyer at a 
fixed price and within a predetermined timeframe after the sale commitment is established.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of our business of investing in loans and 
securities as well as in the normal course of maintaining and improving our facilities. These financial instruments include significant 
purchase  commitments,  such  as  commitments  related  to  capital  expenditure  plans  and  commitments  to  extend  credit  to  meet  the 
financing needs of our customers. We had no significant off-balance sheet commitments for capital expenditures as of June 30, 2021.

In addition to the commitments noted above, we are party to standby letters of credit totaling approximately $739,000 at June 

30, 2021 through which we guarantee certain specific business obligations of our commercial customers.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established 
in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by 
the  customer.  Our  exposure  to  credit  loss  in  the  event  of  nonperformance  by  the  other  party  to  the  financial  instrument  for 
commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. We use the same credit policies 
in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance-sheet instruments. Since many of the commitments are 
expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

At June 30, 2021, outstanding loan commitments relating to loans held in portfolio totaled $512.2 million compared to $145.1 
million  at  June  30,  2020.  Since  some  of  the  commitments  are  expected  to  expire  without  being  drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment 
amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.  For  additional  information  regarding  our  outstanding  lending 
commitments at June 30, 2021, see Note 17 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

54

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Capital

Consistent  with  our  goals  to  operate  as  a  sound  and  profitable  financial  organization,  Kearny  Financial  and  Kearny  Bank 
actively seek to maintain our well capitalized status in accordance with regulatory standards. As of June 30, 2021, Kearny Financial 
and Kearny Bank exceeded all capital requirements of the federal banking regulators and were considered well capitalized.

The following table presents information regarding the Bank’s regulatory capital levels at June 30, 2021:

Actual

Amount  

  Ratio    

At June 30, 2021

For Capital

Adequacy Purposes    
Amount  
(Dollars in Thousands)

  Ratio  

To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions

  Amount  

Ratio

$ 761,883   
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  726,737   
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   726,737   
  726,737   
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)

  17.22  % $ 353,970   
  16.42  %   265,477   
  16.42  %   199,108   
  10.23  %   284,114   

  8.00  % $ 442,462   
  6.00  %   353,970   
  4.50  %   287,600   
  4.00  %   355,142   

  10.00  %
  8.00  %
  6.50  %
  5.00  %

The following table presents information regarding the consolidated Company’s regulatory capital levels at June 30, 2020:

At June 30, 2021

Actual

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)

Amount

$

872,823   
837,677   
837,677   
837,677   

  Ratio

Amount
(Dollars in Thousands)
19.65  % $
18.86  %  
18.86  %  
11.76  %  

355,274   
266,456   
199,842   
284,877   

Ratio

8.00  %
6.00  %
4.50  %
4.00  %

For  additional  information  regarding  regulatory  capital  at  June  30,  2021,  see  Note  15  to  the  audited  consolidated  financial 

statements.

Impact of Inflation

The  financial  statements  included  in  this  document  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America. These principles require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms 
of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

Our  primary  assets  and  liabilities  are  monetary  in  nature.  As  a  result,  interest  rates  have  a  more  significant  impact  on  our 
performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates, however, do not necessarily move in the same direction or 
with the same magnitude as the price of goods and services, since such prices are affected by inflation. In a period of rapidly rising 
interest rates, the liquidity and maturities of our assets and liabilities are critical to the maintenance of acceptable performance levels.

The  principal  effect  of  inflation  on  earnings,  as  distinct  from  levels  of  interest  rates,  is  in  the  area  of  non-interest  expense.  
Expense items such as employee compensation, employee benefits and occupancy and equipment costs may be subject to increases as 
a result of inflation. An additional effect of inflation is the possible increase in the dollar value of the collateral securing loans that we 
have made. We are unable to determine the extent, if any, to which properties securing our loans have appreciated in dollar value due 
to inflation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of the expected impact of recently issued accounting pronouncements that have yet to be adopted by us, please 

refer to Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Management of Interest Rate Risk and Market Risk 

The majority of our assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Consequently, interest rate risk is a significant 
form of business risk that we must manage. Interest rate risk is generally defined in regulatory nomenclature as the risk to earnings or 
capital arising from the movement of interest rates and arises from several risk factors including re-pricing risk, basis risk, yield curve 
risk and option risk. 

We maintain an Asset/Liability Management (“ALM”) program in order manage our interest rate risk. The program is overseen 
by  the  Board  of  Directors  through  its  Interest  Rate  Risk  Management  Committee  which  has  assigned  the  responsibility  for  the 
operational  aspects  of  the  ALM  program  to  our  Asset/Liability  Management  Committee  (“ALCO”).  The  ALCO  is  a  management 
committee  comprising  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief  Operating  Officer,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Chief  Lending  Officer,  Chief 
Credit  Officer,  Chief  Banking  Officer,  Chief  Risk  Officer  and  Treasurer/Chief  Investment  Officer.  Additional  members  of  our 
management team may be asked to participate on the ALCO, as appropriate. 

The quantitative analysis that we conduct measures interest rate risk from both a capital and earnings perspective. With regard to 
earnings, movements in interest rates and the shape of the yield curve significantly influence the amount of net interest income (“NII”) 
that we recognize. Movements in market interest rates, and the effect of such movements on the risk factors noted above, significantly 
influence the spread between the interest earned on our interest-earning assets and the interest paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. 
Our internal interest rate risk analysis calculates the sensitivity of our projected NII over a one year period utilizing a static balance 
sheet assumption through which incoming and outgoing asset and liability cash flows are reinvested into similar instruments. Product 
pricing and earning asset prepayment speeds are appropriately adjusted for each rate scenario.

With regard to capital, our internal interest rate risk analysis calculates the sensitivity of our Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”) 
ratio to movements in interest rates. EVE represents the present value of the expected cash flows from our assets less the present value 
of  the  expected  cash  flows  arising  from  our  liabilities  adjusted  for  the  value  of  off-balance  sheet  instruments.  EVE  attempts  to 
quantify our economic value using a discounted cash flow methodology while the EVE ratio reflects that value as a form of capital 
ratio.  The  degree  to  which  the  EVE  ratio  changes  for  any  hypothetical  interest  rate  scenario  from  its  base  case  measurement  is  a 
reflection of an institution’s sensitivity to interest rate risk. 

For  both  earnings  and  capital  at  risk  our  interest  rate  risk  analysis  calculates  a  base  case  scenario  that  assumes  no  change  in 
interest rates. The model then measures changes throughout a series of interest rate scenarios representing immediate and permanent, 
parallel shifts in the yield curve up and down 100, 200 and 300 basis points with additional scenarios modeled where appropriate. The 
model requires that interest rates remain positive for all points along the yield curve for each rate scenario which may preclude the 
modeling  of  certain  falling  rate  scenarios  during  periods  of  lower  market  interest  rates.  The  relatively  low  level  of  interest  rates 
prevalent at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 precluded the modeling of certain falling rate scenarios.

56

The following tables present the results of our internal EVE analysis as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively: 

June 30, 2021

EVE as a % of
Present Value of Assets

% Change
in EVE

EVE Ratio

(9)  %  
(5)  %  
(1)  %  
-   

(10)  %  

June 30, 2020

16.45   %  
16.72   %  
16.89   %  
16.65   %  
14.84   %  

Change in
EVE Ratio

(20)  bps
7   bps
24   bps
-   
(181)  bps

EVE as a % of
Present Value of Assets

Change in
Interest Rates

$ Amount
of EVE

Economic Value of
Equity ("EVE")
$ Change
in EVE
(Dollars in Thousands)
(104,809)  
(55,741)  
(11,766)  

- 

(117,193)  

1,083,847   
1,132,915   
1,176,890   
1,188,656   
1,071,463   

Economic Value of
Equity ("EVE")
$ Change
in EVE
(Dollars in Thousands)
11,882   
38,581   
38,713   

- 

961,579   
988,278   
988,410   
949,697   
829,775   

+300 bps
+200 bps
+100 bps
0 bps
-100 bps

+300 bps
+200 bps
+100 bps
0 bps
-100 bps

Change in
Interest Rates

$ Amount
of EVE

% Change
in EVE

EVE Ratio

1   %  
4   %  
4   %  
-   

15.57   %  
15.61   %  
15.28   %  
14.44   %  
12.60   %  

(119,922)  

(13)  %  

Change in
EVE Ratio

113   bps
117   bps
84   bps
-   
(184)  bps

There are numerous internal and external factors that may contribute to changes in our EVE ratio and its sensitivity. Changes in 
the  composition  and  allocation  of  our  balance  sheet,  or  utilization  of  off-balance  sheet  instruments  such  as  derivatives,  can 
significantly alter the exposure to interest rate risk as quantified by the changes in the EVE sensitivity measures. Changes to certain 
external  factors,  most  notably  changes  in  the  level  of  market  interest  rates  and  overall  shape  of  the  yield  curve,  can  also  alter  the 
projected cash flows of our interest-earning assets and interest-costing liabilities and the associated present values thereof.

The following tables present the results of our internal NII analysis as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively: 

Change in
Interest Rates

Balance Sheet
Composition

Measurement
Period

$ Amount
of NII

June 30, 2021
Net Interest
Income ("NII")
$ Change
in NII

+300 bps
+200 bps
+100 bps
0 bps
-100 bps

Static
Static
Static
Static
Static

  $

One Year
One Year
One Year
One Year
One Year

(Dollars In Thousands)

175,830    $
182,089   
187,961   
191,908   
181,645   

(16,078)  
(9,819)  
(3,947)  
-   
(10,263)  

Change in
Interest Rates

Balance Sheet
Composition

Measurement
Period

$ Amount
of NII

June 30, 2020
Net Interest
Income ("NII")
$ Change
in NII

+300 bps
+200 bps
+100 bps
0 bps
-100 bps

Static
Static
Static
Static
Static

  $

One Year
One Year
One Year
One Year
One Year

(Dollars In Thousands)

146,062    $
150,502   
154,612   
155,072   
162,070   

(9,010)  
(4,570)  
(460)  
-   
6,998   

% Change
in NII

(8.38)  %
(5.12)  
(2.06)  
-   

(5.35)

% Change
in NII

(5.81)  %
(2.95)  
(0.30)  
-   

4.51 

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
    
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notwithstanding the rate change scenarios presented in the EVE and NII-based analyses above, future interest rates and their 
effect on net interest income are not predictable. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on 
numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, prepayments and deposit run-offs and should not be relied 
upon  as  indicative  of  actual  results.  Certain  shortcomings  are  inherent  in  this  type  of  computation.  Although  certain  assets  and 
liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of re-pricing, they may react at different times and in different degrees to changes in 
market interest rates. The interest rate on certain types of assets and liabilities, such as demand deposits and savings accounts, may 
fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind changes in 
market interest rates. Certain assets, such as adjustable-rate mortgages, generally have features which restrict changes in interest rates 
on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. In the event of a change in interest rates, prepayments and early withdrawal levels 
could deviate significantly from those assumed in the analyses set forth above. Additionally, an increase in credit risk may result as 
the ability of borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  are  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  immediately  following 

Item 16. 

Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based on their evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)), the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial 
officer  have  concluded  that  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the 
Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the principal executive 
and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

(b)

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

1. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

Management’s  report  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  appears  in  the  Company’s  consolidated 
financial  statements  that  are  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  immediately  following  Item  16.  Such  report  is 
incorporated herein by reference.

2.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

The report of Crowe LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, on the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting  appears  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  that  are  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K 
immediately following Item 16. Such report is incorporated herein by reference.

3.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

During the last quarter of the year under report, there was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 

that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

58

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The  information  that  appears  under  the  headings  included  under  “Proposal  I  –  Election  of  Directors”  and  “Corporate 
Governance Matters” in the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the Registrant’s 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be 
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  within  120  days  of  the  Registrant’s  fiscal  year  end  (the  “Proxy  Statement”)  is 
incorporated herein by reference.

The  Company  has  adopted  a  code  of  ethics  that  applies  to  its  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  and  accounting 
officer. A copy of the code of ethics is available on our website at www.kearnybank.com under the “Investors Relations” link, then 
within  the  “Corporate  Overview”  drop  down  and  under  the  link  “Governance  Documents”  or  without  charge  upon  request  to  the 
Corporate Secretary, Kearny Financial Corp., 120 Passaic Avenue, Fairfield, New Jersey 07004.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The  information  that  appears  under  the  headings  “Executive  Compensation”,  “Director  Compensation”  and  “Compensation 

Discussion and Analysis” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

(a)

(b)

Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners.  Information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  the  section  captioned  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  in  the  Proxy 
Statement.

Security Ownership of Management. Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section 
captioned “Proposal I – Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement.

(c) Changes in Control. Management of the Company knows of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of 

securities of the Company, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant.

(d)

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans. Set forth below is information as of June 30, 
2021 with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of the Registrant are authorized for issuance.

(A)

(B)

Number of Securities
to be Issued
Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights

Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights

(C)
Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans -
Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column (A)

138,040    $
3,538,676    $

-    $

3,676,716    $

10.67   
13.35   

-   

13.25   

- 
572,628 

- 

572,628  

Equity compensation plans
  approved by stockholders (1):
2005 Stock Compensation
  and Incentive Plan
2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Equity compensation plans
  not approved by stockholders:

None.

Total

(1)

The number of securities reported in column (A) includes 2,510,040 vested options and 743,000 non-vested options outstanding as of June 30, 
2021. In addition to these options, restricted stock awards of 423,676 shares were also non-vested as of June 30, 2021. The non-vested options 
and restricted stock awards are earned at the rate of 20% one year after the date of the grant and 20% annually thereafter. As of June 30, 2021, 
there were 572,628 options remaining available for award under the approved equity compensation plans and are reported under column (C) as 
securities remaining available for future issuance under such plans. 

59

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

The information that appears under the sections captioned “Corporate Governance Matters – Transactions with Certain Related 

Persons” and “– Board Independence” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The  information  relating  to  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  information  contained  under  the  section 

captioned “Proposal III – Ratification of Appointment of Independent Auditor” in the Proxy Statement.

60

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

PART IV

(1) The  following  financial  statements  and  the  independent  auditors’  report  appear  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K 

immediately after Item 16:

Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of June 30, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Income For the Years Ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income For the Years Ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

F-2

F-6

F-7

F-8

F-9

F-11

F-13

(2)  All  schedules  are  omitted  because  they  are  not  required  or  applicable,  or  the  required  information  is  shown  in  the 

consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

(3) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

Articles of Incorporation of Kearny Financial Corp. (Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198602), originally filed on September 5, 2014)

Bylaws  of  Kearny  Financial  Corp.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1 
(File No. 333-198602), originally filed on September 5, 2014)

Form of Common Stock Certificate of Kearny Financial Corp. (Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198602), originally filed on September 5, 2014)

Description  of  Capital  Stock  of  Kearny  Financial  Corp.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  to  Kearny  Financial 
Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37399), originally filed on August 28, 2020) 

Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  between  Kearny  Bank  and  Craig  Montanaro  dated  May  18,  2015 
(Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  Kearny  Financial  Corp.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (File  No.  001-
37399), originally filed on September 14, 2015)†

Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  between  Kearny  Financial  Corp.  and  Craig  Montanaro  dated  May  18, 
2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Kearny Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-
37399), originally filed on September 14, 2015)†

Employment Agreement between Kearny Bank and Patrick M. Joyce dated May 18, 2015 (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit  10.4  to  Kearny  Financial  Corp.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (File  No.  001-37399),  originally  filed  on 
September 14, 2015)†

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Kearny Bank and Eric B. Heyer dated July 1, 2018 (Incorporated 
by reference to exhibit 10.5 to Kearny Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37399, originally filed 
on August 28, 2018)†

Employment  Agreement  between  Kearny  Bank  and  Erika  K.  Parisi  dated  May  18,  2015  (Incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit  10.6  to  Kearny  Financial  Corp.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (File  No.  001-37399),  originally  filed  on 
September 14, 2015)†

Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement between Kearny Bank and Keith Suchodolski dated July 1, 2018 
(Incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.7  to  Kearny  Financial  Corp.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (File  No.  001-
37399, originally filed on August 28, 2018)†

61

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

21

23.1

Employment Agreement between Kearny Bank and Thomas D. DeMedici dated June 21, 2017 (Incorporated by reference 
to  Exhibit  10.8  to  Kearny  Financial  Corp.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (File  No.  001-37399),  originally  filed  on 
August 28, 2019)† 

Change  of  Control  Agreement  between  Kearny  Bank  and  Anthony  V.  Bilotta,  Jr.  dated  July  1,  2018  (Incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Kearny Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37399), originally filed 
on August 28, 2019)†

Form of Two Year Change in Control Agreement between Kearny Bank and Certain Officers (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit  10.7  to  Kearny  Financial  Corp.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (File  No.  001-37399),  originally  filed  on 
September 14, 2015)†

Form of Two Year Change of Control Agreement between Kearny Bank and John V. Dunne and Timothy A. Swansson. 
Dated July 1, 2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Kearny Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
(File No. 001-37399), originally filed on August 28, 2019)†

Directors  Consultation  and  Retirement  Plan  as  Amended  and  Restated  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.8  to 
Kearny Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37399), originally filed on September 14, 2015)†

Amended and Restated Benefit Equalization Plan for Pension Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Kearny 
Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37399), originally filed on September 14, 2015)†

Amended  and  Restated  Benefits  Equalization  Plan  Related  to  the  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan  (Incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.10  to  Kearny  Financial  Corp.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (File  No.  001-37399),  originally 
filed on September 14, 2015)†

Kearny Bank Director Life Insurance Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Kearny Financial Corp.’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-51093), originally filed on August 18, 2005)†

Form of Amendment to Kearny Bank Director Life Insurance Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to 
Kearny Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37399), originally filed on September 14, 2015)†

Kearny Bank Executive Life Insurance Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Kearny Financial Corp.’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-51093), originally filed on August 18, 2005)†

Form of Amendment to Kearny Bank Executive Life Insurance Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to 
Kearny Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37399), originally filed on September 14, 2015)†

Kearny  Bank  Amended  and  Restated  Officer  Change  in  Control  Severance  Pay  Plan  (Incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.19 to Kearny Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37399), originally filed on August 
28, 2019)†

Kearny  Bank  Executive  Management  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.20  to 
Kearny Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37399), originally filed on August 28, 2019) †

Amendment to Freeze Benefit Accruals Under the Kearny Financial Corp. Directors Consultation and Retirement Plan 
(Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  Kearny  Financial  Corp.’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  (File  No.  001-
37399), originally filed on December 23, 2015)†

Kearny Financial Corp. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Kearny Financial Corp’s 
Proxy Statement (File No. 001-37399), originally filed on September  14, 2016)†

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan by and between Kearny Bank and Craig L. Montanaro effective as of July 1, 
2021 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Kearny Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-
37399), originally filed on June 21, 2021)†

Subsidiaries of Registrant

Consent of Crowe LLP 

62

31.1

31.2

32.1

101

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002

The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 
2021, formatted in Inline XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial 
Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, 
(iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and 
(vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document (The instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL 
tags are embedded with the Inline XBRL document)

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

†

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

63

[This page intentionally left blank.] 

120 PASSAIC AVENUE (cid:3) FAIRFIELD, NJ 07004-3510 (cid:3) 973-244-4500

August 27, 2021

Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of Kearny Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and 
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system is a process designed to provide 
reasonable  assurance  to  the  management  and  board  of  directors  regarding  the  preparation  and  fair  presentation  of  published 
consolidated financial statements.

The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  policies  and  procedures  that  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of 
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances 
that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management  and  the  directors  of  the  Company;  and  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial 
statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined 
to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to consolidated financial statement preparation and presentation. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The  Company’s  management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  June  30,  2021.  In 
making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  (2013).  Based  on  its  assessment,  management  believes  that,  as  of  June  30, 
2021, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements has issued an 
audit report on the effective operation of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, a copy of which 
is included in this annual report.

/s/ Craig L. Montanaro 
Craig L. Montanaro
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Keith Suchodolski
Keith Suchodolski
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Kearny Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries
Fairfield, New Jersey

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition  of  Kearny  Financial  Corp.  and  Subsidiaries  (the 
"Company")  as  of  June  30,  2021  and  2020,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  comprehensive  income,  changes  in 
stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  June  30,  2021,  and  the  related  notes 
(collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as 
of  June  30,  2021,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework:  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company 
as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 
June 30, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the 
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by COSO.

Explanatory Paragraph – Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for credit losses 
effective July 1, 2020 due to the adoption of ASC 326. The adoption of ASC 326 and its subsequent application is also communicated 
as a critical audit matter below.

Basis for Opinions

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  these  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s 
financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.  We are a public 
accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be 
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations 
of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, 
and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 

Our  audits  of  the  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, 
on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the 
accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the 
financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over 
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness 
of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary 
in the circumstances.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

F-2

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.    A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were 
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material 
to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the 
critical  audit  matters  does  not  alter  in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by 
communicating  the  critical  audit  matters  below,  providing  a  separate  opinion  on  the  critical  audit  matters  or  on  the  accounts  or 
disclosures to which they relate.

Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans

The Company adopted ASC 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses on July 1, 2020, using the modified retrospective method for 
financial assets measured at amortized cost. Upon adoption the Company recorded a decrease to retained earnings of $14.2 million, 
net of tax, for the cumulative effect of adopting ASC 326, as noted in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, 
which included $13.8 million for the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) on loans. The 2021 provision for credit losses was a reversal 
of provision of $1.1 million. As of June 30, 2021, the ACL on loans was $58.2 million. The Company has disclosed the impact of 
adoption in Note 2 (see change in accounting principle explanatory paragraph above) to the consolidated financial statements and the 
allowance for credit losses on loans as of June 30, 2021 is disclosed in Notes 2 and 6. ASC 326 requires the measurement of expected 
lifetime  credit  losses  for  financial  assets  measured  at  amortized  cost  at  the  reporting  date.  The  measurement  is  based  on  historical 
experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts and requires enhanced disclosures related to the significant 
estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization’s 
portfolio.

Management  employs  a  process  and  methodology  to  estimate  the  ACL  on  loans  that  evaluates  both  quantitative  and  qualitative 
factors. The methodology for evaluating quantitative factors includes pooling loans into portfolio segments for loans that share similar 
risk characteristics. Pooled loan portfolio segments include multi-family, nonresidential mortgage, commercial business, construction, 
one-to-four-family residential mortgage, home equity and consumer loans. 

For pooled loans, the Company utilizes a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) methodology to estimate credit losses over the expected life 
of  loan.  The  DCF  methodology  combines  probability  of  default,  the  loss  given  default,  maturity  date  and  prepayment  speed 
assumptions  to  estimate  a  reserve  for  each  loan.  The  quantitative  loss  rates  are  adjusted  by  current  and  forecasted  macroeconomic 
assumptions  and  return  to  the  mean  after  the  forecasted  periods.  The  sum  of  all  the  loan  level  reserves  are  aggregated  for  each 
portfolio segment and a loss factor is derived. These quantitative loss factors are also supplemented by certain qualitative risk factors 
reflecting management’s view of how losses may vary from those represented by quantitative loss rates. Qualitative loss factors are 
applied to each portfolio segment with the amounts determined by correlation of credit stress to the maximum loss factors of a peer 
group’s historical charge-offs. Changes in these assumptions could have a material effect on the Company’s financial results.

F-3

We identified auditing ACL on pooled loans as a critical audit matter because the methodology to determine the estimate of credit 
losses significantly changed upon adoption of ASC 326, including the application of new accounting policies, the use of subjective 
judgments for both the quantitative and qualitative calculations and overall changes made to the loss estimation models. Performing 
audit procedures to evaluate the implementation and subsequent application of ASC 326 for loans involved a high degree of auditor 
judgment and required significant effort, including the need to involve more experienced audit personnel and valuation specialists.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:

•

•

Testing the effectiveness of controls over the evaluation of the ACL on the pooled loans, including controls addressing:

o The selection and application of new accounting policies.
o Data inputs, judgments and calculations used to determine the loss factors.
o
o
o Management’s review of the qualitative factors.

Information technology general controls and application controls.
Problem loan identification and delinquency monitoring.

Substantively testing management’s process, including evaluating their judgments and assumptions, for developing the ACL 
on pooled loans, which included:

o Evaluating the appropriateness of the Company’s accounting policies, judgments and elections involved in adoption 

of ASC 326.

o Testing the mathematical accuracy of the calculation.
o Utilizing internal specialists to perform procedures to assist in evaluating the relevance of the macroeconomic loss 

drivers.

o Utilizing  internal  specialists  to  assist  in  testing  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  underlying  peer  data  used  to 

calculated PD and LGD rates used within the discounted cash flow model.

o Evaluating the reasonableness of management’s judgments related to the probability of default, loss given default, 
including  evaluating  the  use  of  peer  data  used  to  estimate  these  metrics  in  the  absence  of  relevant  and  reliable 
internal data.

o Evaluating the reasonableness of management’s judgments related to qualitative adjustments to determine if they are 
calculated to conform with management’s policies and were consistently applied from the point of adoption to year 
end.

Acquisition of MSB Financial Corp. – Acquired Loans

As  described  in  Note  3  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  on  July  10,  2020  the  Company  completed  its  acquisition  of  MSB 
Financial  Corp.  (“MSB”)  for  total  consideration  of  $55  million.  The  Company  accounted  for  this  transaction  under  the  acquisition 
method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, which requires purchased assets and liabilities assumed 
and consideration exchanged to be recorded at their respective fair values at the date of acquisition.

Management engaged a third-party specialist to develop the fair value estimate of MSB’s loan portfolio as of the acquisition date in 
accordance with ASC 820. Inputs and assumptions used in the fair value estimate of the loan portfolio includes interest rate, servicing, 
credit and liquidity risk, and required equity return. The fair value of loans was calculated using a discounted cash flow analysis and 
the loans had a fair value of $530.2 million and a contractual balance of $537.6 million at the acquisition date.

We  identified  the  acquisition  date  fair  value  of  acquired  MSB  loans  as  a  critical  audit  matter  as  auditing  this  estimate  requires 
subjective  auditor  judgment.  The  principal  considerations  for  this  determination  are  the  level  of  judgment  involved  in  evaluating 
management’s  classification  of  loans  with  evidence  of  credit  deterioration,  the  need  for  specialized  skill  in  evaluating  the 
reasonableness of unobservable inputs and assumptions used in management’s estimation of the fair value of all acquired loans, and 
the size of the acquired loan portfolio.

F-4

The primary audit procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:

•

•

Testing the design and operating effectiveness of control over the estimate of fair value of acquired MSB loans, including 
controls addressing:

o Management’s evaluation of the reasonableness of the methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value.(cid:9)
o Management’s review of the completeness and accuracy of the loan level data used in the calculation.(cid:9)(cid:9)
o Management’s evaluation of the classification of purchased credit deteriorated loans.

Substantively testing management’s process, including evaluating their judgments, for estimating the fair value of acquired 
MSB loans, which included:

o Testing the classification of loans determined to have credit deterioration at acquisition date and evaluating the 

reasonableness of the criteria utilized by management in their determination;(cid:9)(cid:9)

o Utilizing internal specialists to assist in evaluating the reasonableness of significant assumptions and methods 

utilized, and overall reasonableness of the fair values;

o Testing the completeness and accuracy of the loan level data used in the calculation. 

/s/ Crowe LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2017. 

Livingston, New Jersey
August 27, 2021

F-5

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

Cash and amounts due from depository institutions
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

Cash and cash equivalents

Assets

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost $1,666,853), net of
 allowance for credit losses of $0 at June 30, 2021
Investment securities held to maturity (fair value $39,610 and $34,069), respectively, net of
 allowance for credit losses of $0 at June 30, 2021
Loans held-for-sale
Loans receivable

Less: allowance for credit losses on loans

Net loans receivable
Premises and equipment
Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of New York stock
Accrued interest receivable
Goodwill
Core deposit intangible
Bank owned life insurance
Deferred income tax assets, net
Other real estate owned
Other assets

Total Assets

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Liabilities
Deposits:

Non-interest-bearing
Interest-bearing
Total deposits

Borrowings
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes
Other liabilities

Total Liabilities

Stockholders' Equity
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized;
  none issued and outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 800,000,000 shares authorized;
  78,964,859 shares and 83,663,192 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
Paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Unearned employee stock ownership plan shares;
  2,759,594 shares and 2,960,289 shares, respectively
Accumulated other comprehensive income

Total Stockholders' Equity

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

June 30,

2021

2020

$

21,463    $
46,392   
67,855   

20,391 
160,576 
180,967 

1,676,864   

1,385,703 

38,138   
16,492   
4,851,394   
(58,165)  
4,793,229   
56,338   
36,615   
19,362   
210,895   
3,705   
283,310   
29,323   
178   
51,431   
7,283,735    $

32,556 
20,789 
4,498,397 
(37,327)
4,461,070 
57,389 
58,654 
17,373 
210,895 
3,995 
262,380 
25,480 
178 
40,746 
6,758,175 

$

$

593,718    $

4,891,588   
5,485,306   
685,876   
15,752   
53,857   
6,240,791   

419,138 
4,011,144 
4,430,282 
1,173,165 
16,569 
53,982 
5,673,998 

-   

- 

790   
654,396   
408,367   

837 
722,871 
387,911 

(26,753)  
6,144   
1,042,944   
7,283,735    $

(28,699)
1,257 
1,084,177 
6,758,175  

$

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Interest Income

Loans
Taxable investment securities
Tax-exempt investment securities
Other interest-earning assets

Total Interest Income

Interest Expense

Deposits
Borrowings

Total Interest Expense
Net Interest Income

(Reversal of) Provision for credit losses

Net Interest Income after (Reversal of) Provision for
 Credit Losses

Non-Interest Income

Fees and service charges
Gain (loss) on sale and call of securities
Gain on sale of loans
Loss on sale and write down of other real estate owned
Income from bank owned life insurance
Electronic banking fees and charges
Bargain purchase gain
Other income

Total Non-Interest Income

Non-Interest Expense

Salaries and employee benefits
Net occupancy expense of premises
Equipment and systems
Advertising and marketing
Federal deposit insurance premium
Directors' compensation
Merger-related expenses
Debt extinguishment expenses
Other expense

Total Non-Interest Expense

Income before Income Taxes

Income tax expense
Net Income

Net Income per Common Share (EPS)

Basic
Diluted

Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding

Basic
Diluted

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Years Ended June 30,
2020

2021

2019

$

198,515    $
31,238   
1,652   
2,955   
234,360   

187,003    $
39,321   
2,393   
4,491   
233,208   

31,535   
18,316   
49,851   
184,509   
(1,121)  

58,852   
25,002   
83,854   
149,354   
4,197   

192,386 
37,213 
2,839 
4,895 
237,333 

52,511 
29,509 
82,020 
155,313 
3,556 

185,630   

145,157   

151,757 

5,622   
767   
5,574   
-   
6,267   
1,717   
3,053   
1,751   
24,751   

6,647   
2,250   
3,186   
(28)  
6,225   
1,245   
-   
194   
19,719   

68,800   
12,673   
14,870   
2,161   
1,940   
2,993   
4,349   
796   
17,303   
125,885   
84,496   
21,263   
63,233    $

62,015   
11,424   
11,755   
2,788   
286   
3,079   
951   
2,156   
13,170   
107,624   
57,252   
12,287   
44,965    $

0.77    $
0.77    $

0.55    $
0.55    $

82,387   
82,391   

82,409   
82,430   

5,445 
(323)
580 
(11)
6,339 
1,050 
- 
475 
13,555 

63,029 
11,220 
12,273 
3,051 
1,779 
3,044 
- 
- 
14,847 
109,243 
56,069 
13,927 
42,142 

0.46 
0.46 

91,054 
91,100  

$

$
$

  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(In Thousands)

Net Income
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) , net of tax:
Net unrealized (loss) gain on securities available
 for sale
Amortization of net unrealized loss on securities
 available for sale transferred to held to maturity
Net realized (gain) loss on sale and call of
 securities available for sale
Fair value adjustments on derivatives
Benefit plan adjustments
Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Total Comprehensive Income

2021

Years Ended June 30,
2020

2019

$

63,233    $

44,965    $

42,142 

(8,274)  

16,126   

-   

421   

(538)  
13,470   
229   
4,887   
68,120    $

(1,587)  
(16,310)  
(232)  
(1,582)  
43,383    $

4,336 

217 

228 
(20,298)
(179)
(15,696)
26,446  

$

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Unearned

Common Stock

Shares

  Amount     Capital

  Paid-In  

  Retained  
  Earnings  
996    $ 922,711    $ 359,096    $ (32,590)   $

  Shares

ESOP  

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

Total

18,535    $ 1,268,748 

Balance - June 30, 2018

99,626    $

Cumulative effect of change in
 accounting principle for the
 adoption of ASU 2017-08
Balance - July 1, 2018, as
 adjusted for change in
 accounting principle
Net income
Other comprehensive loss, net
  of income tax
ESOP shares committed to be
  released (201 shares)
Stock option exercise
Stock option expense
Share repurchases
Issuance of shares under stock
 benefit plans
Restricted stock plan shares
  earned (284 shares)
Cancellation of shares issued for
  restricted stock awards
Cash dividends declared
  ($0.37 per common share)

-     

-     

-     

(531)    

-     

-     

(531)

99,626     
-     

996      922,711      358,565     
42,142     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     
49     
-     
(10,625)    

-     
-     
-     

716     
423     
2,005     
(105)     (141,603)    

233     

2     

(2)    

-     

-     

4,131     

(157)    

(2)    

(987)    

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

(34,028)    

(32,590)    
-     

18,535      1,268,217 
42,142 

-     

-     

(15,696)    

(15,696)

1,946     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

2,662 
423 
2,005 
(141,708)

- 

-     

4,131 

-     

(989)

-     

(34,028)

Balance - June 30, 2019

89,126    $

891    $ 787,394    $ 366,679    $ (30,644)   $

2,839    $ 1,127,159  

Balance - June 30, 2019

89,126    $

Common Stock

Shares

  Amount     Capital

  Paid-In  

  Retained  
  Earnings  
891    $ 787,394    $ 366,679    $ (30,644)   $

  Shares

ESOP  

Unearned

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

Net income
Other comprehensive loss, net
  of income tax
ESOP shares committed to be
  released (201 shares)
Stock option expense
Share repurchases
Restricted stock plan shares
  earned (277 shares)
Cancellation of shares issued for
  restricted stock awards
Cash dividends declared
  ($0.29 per common share)

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

44,965     

-     

-     
-     
(5,376)    

-     
-     
(53)    

409     
1,838     
(69,729)    

-     

-     

4,041     

(87)    

(1)    

(1,082)    

-     

-     

-     

(23,733)    

-     

-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

1,945     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

Total

2,839    $ 1,127,159 

-     

44,965 

(1,582)    

(1,582)

-     
-     
-     

2,354 
1,838 
(69,782)

-     

4,041 

-     

(1,083)

-     

(23,733)

Balance - June 30, 2020

83,663    $

837    $ 722,871    $ 387,911    $ (28,699)   $

1,257    $ 1,084,177  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-9

  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Unearned

Common Stock

Shares

  Amount     Capital

  Paid-In  

  Retained  
  Earnings  
837    $ 722,871    $ 387,911    $ (28,699)   $

  Shares

ESOP  

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive 
Income

Total

1,257    $ 1,084,177 

Balance - June 30, 2020

83,663    $

Cumulative effect of change in
 accounting principle - Topic 326  
Balance - July 1, 2020 as
 adjusted for change in
 accounting principle
Net income
Other comprehensive income, net
  of income tax
ESOP shares committed to be
  released (201 shares)
Stock option exercise
Stock option expense
Share repurchases
Issuance of shares under stock
 benefit plans
Restricted stock plan shares
  earned (277 shares)
Cancellation of shares issued for
  restricted stock awards
Shares issued in conjunction with
 the acquisition of MSB
 Financial Corp.
Cash dividends declared
  ($0.35 per common share)

-     

-     

-     

(14,239)    

-     

-     

(14,239)

83,663     
-     

837      722,871      373,672     
63,233     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     
41     
-     
(10,567)    

-     
-     
-     

123     
373     
1,823     
(105)     (118,916)    

54     

1     

(1)    

-     

-     

3,850     

(80)    

(1)    

(802)    

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

(28,699)    
-     

1,257      1,069,938 
63,233 

-     

-     

4,887     

4,887 

1,946     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

2,069 
373 
1,823 
(119,021)

- 

-     

3,850 

-     

(803)

5,854     

58     

45,075     

-     

-     

-     

45,133 

-     

-     

(28,538)    

-       

(28,538)

Balance - June 30, 2021

78,965    $

790    $ 654,396    $ 408,367    $ (26,753)   $

6,144    $ 1,042,944  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-10

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In Thousands)

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

Net income
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment
Net (accretion) amortization of premiums, discounts and loan fees and costs
Deferred income taxes and valuation allowance
Bargain purchase gain
Amortization of intangible assets
Amortization (accretion) of benefit plans’ unrecognized net gain
(Reversal of) provision for credit losses
Loss on write-down and sales of other real estate owned
Loans originated for sale
Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans held-for-sale
Gain on sale of mortgage loans held-for-sale, net
Realized (gain) loss on sale/call of securities available for sale
Realized loss on debt extinguishment
Realized gain on sale of loans receivable
Realized (gain) loss on disposition of premises and equipment
Loss on write-down of premises
Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance
ESOP, stock option plan and restricted stock plan expenses
(Increase) decrease in interest receivable
(Increase) decrease in other assets
(Decrease) increase in interest payable
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

Purchases of:

Investment securities available for sale
Investment securities held to maturity

Proceeds from:

Repayments/calls/maturities of investment securities available for sale
Repayments/calls/maturities of investment securities held to maturity
Sale of investment securities available for sale

Purchase of loans
Net decrease (increase) in loans receivable
Proceeds from sale of loans receivable
Purchase of interest rate caps
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
Additions to premises and equipment
Proceeds from cash settlement of premises and equipment
Purchase of FHLB stock
Redemption of FHLB stock
Net cash acquired in acquisition

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-11

Years Ended June 30,
2020

2021

2019

$

63,233    $

44,965    $

42,142 

5,862   
(13,214)  
4,154   
(3,053)  
980   
320   
(1,121)  
-   
(281,086)  
290,530   
(5,147)  
(767)  
796   
(427)  
(971)  
1,938   
(6,267)  
7,742   
(288)  
(4,454)  
(638)  
17,295   
75,417   

4,647   
(9,457)  
665   
-   
1,165   
(328)  
4,197   
28   
(290,800)  
285,436   
(3,159)  
(2,250)  
2,156   
(27)  
383   
-   
(6,225)  
8,233   
1,987   
(35,290)  
(4,887)  
17,885   
19,324   

4,322 
(11,500)
4,538 
- 
1,135 
(269)
3,556 
11 
(65,691)
54,812 
(524)
323 
- 
(56)
22 
1,071 
(6,339)
8,798 
(850)
2,508 
3,903 
(2,911)
39,001 

(918,668)  
(12,321)  

(487,898)  
-   

(125,900)
(55,247)

517,511   
6,595   
98,084   
(81,707)  
232,660   
44,801   
-   
-   
(5,458)  
4,852   
(37)  
25,421   
4,296   
(83,971)  

213,052   
6,175   
164,299   
(73,262)  
264,109   
497   
(1,476)  
-   
(5,960)  
395   
(4,500)  
10,036   
-   
85,467   

66,562 
67,704 
75,401 
(166,811)
(75)
922 
- 
714 
(6,137)
108 
(10,215)
5,029 
- 
(147,945)

  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In Thousands)

Years Ended June 30,
2020

2021

2019

596,583     

283,726     

76,081 
  (2,847,796)     (3,508,146)     (3,141,114)
  2,345,000      3,390,000      3,252,000 
10,270 
(1,201)
(141,708)
(989)
423 
(34,747)
19,015 
(89,929)
128,864 
38,935 

(48,635)    
(1,611)    
(119,021)    
(803)    
373     
(28,648)    
(104,558)    
(113,112)    
180,967     
67,855    $

(33,035)    
(318)    
(69,782)    
(1,083)    
-     
(24,121)    
37,241     
142,032     
38,935     
180,967    $

$

$
$

$
$
$
$

$

$
$

19,734    $
50,488    $

11,812    $
88,740    $

6,698 
78,117 

43,579    $
-    $
567,816    $
523,926    $

-    $
206    $
-    $
-    $

-    $

537,732    $

-    $
-    $

17,243    $
17,758    $

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
-  

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

Net increase in deposits
Repayment of term FHLB advances
Proceeds from term FHLB advances
Net (decrease) increase in other short-term borrowings
Net decrease in advance payments by borrowers for taxes
Repurchase and cancellation of common stock of Kearny Financial Corp.
Cancellation of shares repurchased on vesting to pay taxes
Exercise of stock options
Dividends paid

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities
Net (Decrease) Increase  in Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning
Cash and Cash Equivalents - Ending

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flows Information:

Cash paid during the year for:
Income taxes, net of refunds
Interest

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

Transfers from loans receivable to loans held-for-sale
Acquisition of other real estate owned in settlement of loans
Fair value of assets acquired, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired
Fair value of liabilities assumed

In conjunction with the adoption of ASU 2019-04, the following qualifying held to
 maturity securities were transferred to available for sale:

Debt securities transferred from held to maturity to available for sale

In conjunction with the adoption of ASU 2016-02, the following assets and liabilities
 were recognized:

Operating lease right-of-use assets
Operating lease liabilities

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
 
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
 
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
 
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Consolidated Financial Statement Presentation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Kearny  Financial  Corp.  (the  “Company”),  its  wholly-owned 
subsidiary, Kearny Bank (the “Bank”) and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, CJB Investment Corp. The Company conducts 
its  business  principally  through  the  Bank.  Management  prepared  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), including the elimination of all significant 
inter-company accounts and transactions during consolidation.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated statements of financial condition and revenues and 
expenses for the periods then ended. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Business of the Company and Subsidiaries

The Company’s primary business is the ownership and operation of the Bank. The Bank is principally engaged in the business of 
attracting deposits from the general public and using those deposits, together with other funds, to originate or purchase loans for its 
portfolio and invest in securities. Loans originated or purchased by the Bank generally include loans collateralized by residential 
and  commercial  real  estate  augmented  by  secured  and  unsecured  loans  to  businesses  and  consumers.  The  investment  securities 
purchased by the Bank generally include U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, U.S. government and agency debentures, bank-
qualified municipal obligations, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations and subordinated debt.

At June 30, 2021, the Bank had one wholly owned subsidiary CJB Investment Corp. CJB Investment Corp was organized under 
New Jersey law as a New Jersey Investment Company and remained active through the three-year period ended June 30, 2021.

Risks and Uncertainties

As  previously  disclosed,  on  March  11,  2020,  the  World  Health  Organization  declared  the  outbreak  of  COVID-19  a  global 
pandemic.  The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  adversely  affected,  and  may  continue  to  adversely  affect,  local,  national  and  global 
economic activity. The spread of the outbreak has caused significant disruptions to the U.S. economy, significant reductions in 
the  targeted  federal  funds  rate  and  has  disrupted  banking  and  other  financial  activity  in  the  areas  in  which  the  Company 
operates. 

On  March  27,  2020,  the  Coronavirus  Aid,  Relief,  and  Economic  Security  Act  (“CARES  Act”)  was  enacted  to,  among  other 
provisions,  provide  emergency  assistance  for  individuals,  families  and  businesses  affected  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  On 
December 27, 2020, the 2021 Consolidated Appropriations Act, was enacted as part of an omnibus spending bill for the 2021 
federal fiscal year, included provisions intended to provide additional aid to those impacted by the pandemic.

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  adversely  impacted  certain  industries  and  geographies  in  which  our  clients  operate  and  could 
impact their ability to repay their obligations to us. Given its ongoing and dynamic nature, it is difficult to predict the full impact 
of the COVID-19 pandemic on the business of the Company, its clients, employees and third-party service providers. The extent 
of such impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, including if the coronavirus can continue to be 
controlled and abated and if and how the economy may remain open. Additionally, the responses of various governmental and 
nongovernmental authorities to curtail business and consumer activities in an effort to mitigate the pandemic may have material 
long-term effects on the Company and its clients which are difficult to quantify in the near-term or long-term.

It  is  possible  that  estimates  made  in  the  financial  statements  could  be  materially  and  adversely  impacted  as  a  result  of  these 
conditions,  including  estimates  regarding  expected  credit  losses  on  loans  receivable,  impairment  of  investment  securities  and 
impairment of goodwill. Although the Company continues to operate while taking steps to ensure the safety of employees and 
clients, COVID-19 could also potentially create widespread business continuity issues for the Company.

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated events and transactions occurring subsequent to the statement of financial condition date of June 
30, 2021, for items that should potentially be recognized or disclosed in these consolidated financial statements. The evaluation 
was conducted through the date this document was filed.

F-13

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with other financial institutions with maturities fewer than 90 days, and federal 
funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, interest bearing deposits in other financial 
institutions and borrowings with original maturities fewer than 90 days. 

Securities

The Company classifies its investment securities as either available for sale or held to maturity. The Company does not use or 
maintain a trading account.  Investment securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are 
classified  as  held  to  maturity  and  reported  at  amortized  cost.  Investment  securities  not  classified  as  held  to  maturity  are 
classified as available for sale and reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains or losses, net of deferred income taxes, 
reported in the accumulated other comprehensive income (“OCI”) component of stockholders’ equity.

Premiums on callable securities are amortized to the earliest call date whereas discounts on such securities are accreted to the 
maturity  date  utilizing  the  level-yield  method.  Premiums  and  discounts  on  all  other  securities  are  generally  amortized  or 
accreted to the maturity date utilizing the level-yield method taking into consideration the impact of principal amortization and 
prepayments, as applicable.  Gain or loss on sales of securities is based on the specific identification method.

Effective July 1, 2020, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 326 and modified its accounting policy for the assessment 
of available for sale securities for impairment. Under ASC 326, for available for sale securities in an unrealized loss position, 
the Company first assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more than likely than not that it will be required to sell the security 
before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security’s 
amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through income. For securities available for sale that do not meet the above 
criteria, the Company evaluates whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. In making this 
assessment, the Company considers the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, any changes to the rating by a 
rating agency, and adverse conditions related to the security, among other factors.  If this assessment indicates that a credit loss 
exists, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the 
security. If the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists 
and  an  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  recorded  for  the  credit  loss,  limited  by  the  amount  that  the  fair  value  is  less  than  the 
amortized  cost.  Any  impairment  that  has  not  been  recorded  through  an  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive income, net of tax. The Company elected the practical expedient of zero loss estimates for securities issued by 
U.S. government entities and agencies. These securities are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, 
are highly rate by major agencies and have a long history of no credit losses.

Under  ASC  326,  changes  in  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  are  recorded  as  provision  for,  or  reversal  of,  credit  loss  expense. 
Losses  are  charged  against  the  allowance  when  management  believes  the  uncollectibility  of  an  available  for  sale  security  is 
confirmed or when either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met.

Prior to July 1, 2020, the accounting policy on the assessment of available for sale securities for impairment was based on an 
other-than-temporary  assessment.  The  Company  considered  other-than-temporary 
impairments  based  upon  several 
considerations. First, other-than-temporary impairments on securities that the Company intends to sell, or will, more likely than 
not,  be  required  to  sell  prior  to  the  full  recovery  of  their  fair  value  to  a  level  equal  to  or  exceeding  their  amortized  cost, are 
recognized  in  earnings.  If  neither  of  these  conditions  regarding  the  likelihood  of  the  securities’  sale  are  applicable,  then  the 
other-than-temporary impairment is bifurcated into credit and non-credit components. A credit impairment generally represents 
the amount by which the present value of the cash flows that are expected to be collected on an investment security fall below 
its  amortized  cost.  A  non-credit  impairment  represents  the  remaining  portion  of  the  impairment  not  otherwise  designated  as 
credit-related.  The  Company  recognized  credit-related  other-than-temporary  impairments  in  earnings.    Non-credit  other-than-
temporary impairments on investment securities are recognized in OCI.

F-14

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Concentration of Risk 

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company and its subsidiaries to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash 
and  cash  equivalents,  investment  securities  and  loans  receivable.  Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  deposits  placed  in  other 
financial institutions.

Securities  include  concentrations  of  investments  backed  by  U.S.  government  agencies  and  U.S.  government  sponsored 
enterprises (“GSEs”), including the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage 
Corporation  (“Freddie  Mac”),  the  Government  National  Mortgage  Association  (“Ginnie  Mae”).  Additional  concentration  risk 
exists in the Company’s municipal and corporate obligations, asset-backed securities and collateralized loan obligations. 

The Company’s lending activity is primarily concentrated in loans collateralized by real estate in the states of New Jersey and 
New  York.  As  a  result,  credit  risk  is  broadly  dependent  on  the  real  estate  market  and  general  economic  conditions  in  these 
states. Additionally, the Company’s lending policies limit the amount of credit extended to any single borrower and their related 
interests thereby limiting the concentration of credit risk to any single borrower.

Loans Receivable

Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are 
reported  at  unpaid  principal  balances,  net  of  deferred  loan  origination  fees  and  costs,  purchase  discounts  and  premiums, 
purchase accounting fair value adjustments and the allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal 
balance.  Certain  direct  loan  origination  costs,  net  of  loan  origination  fees,  are  deferred  and  amortized,  using  the  level-yield 
method,  as  an  adjustment  of  yield  over  the  contractual  lives  of  the  related  loans.  Unearned  premiums  and  discounts  are 
amortized or accreted utilizing the level-yield method over the contractual lives of the related loans.

Loans Held-for-Sale

Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, as determined on an aggregate basis.  Net unrealized 
losses, if any, are recognized in a valuation allowance through a charge to earnings. Premiums and discounts and origination 
fees and costs on loans held-for-sale are deferred and recognized as a component of the gain or loss on sale.  Gains and losses on 
sales of loans held-for-sale are recognized on settlement dates and are determined by the difference between the sale proceeds 
and the carrying value of the loans. These transactions are accounted for as sales based on satisfaction of the criteria for such 
accounting which provide that, as transferor, control over the loans have been surrendered.

Past Due Loans

A  loan’s  past  due  status  is  generally  determined  based  upon  its  principal  and  interest  payment  (“P&I”)  delinquency  status  in 
conjunction  with  its  past  maturity  status,  where  applicable.  A  loan’s  P&I  delinquency  status  is  based  upon  the  number  of 
calendar days between the date of the earliest P&I payment due and the as of measurement date. A loan’s past maturity status, 
where  applicable,  is  based  upon  the  number  of  calendar  days  between  a  loan’s  contractual  maturity  date  and  the  as  of 
measurement date. Based upon the larger of these criteria, loans are categorized into the following past due tiers for financial 
statement reporting and disclosure purposes: Current (including 1-29 days), 30-59 days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days.

Nonaccrual Loans

Loans  are  generally  placed  on  nonaccrual  status  when  contractual  payments  become  90  or  more  days  past  due  or  when  the 
Company  does  not  expect  to  receive  all  P&I  payments  owed  substantially  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  loan  agreement, 
regardless of past due status. Loans that become 90 day past due, but are well secured and in the process of collection, may remain 
on accrual status. Nonaccrual loans are generally returned to accrual status when all payments due are brought current and the 
Company expects to receive all remaining P&I payments owed substantially in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement.

Payments  received  in  cash  on  nonaccrual  loans,  including  both  the  principal  and  interest  portions  of  those  payments,  are 
generally applied to reduce the carrying value of the loan.

F-15

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Classification of Assets 

In compliance with the regulatory guidelines, the Company’s loan review system includes an evaluation process through which 
certain loans exhibiting adverse credit quality characteristics are classified as Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful or Loss.

An asset is classified as Substandard if it is inadequately protected by the paying capacity and net worth of the obligor or the 
collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility that the insured institution 
will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as Doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in 
those classified as Substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full 
highly questionable and improbable, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values. Assets, or portions thereof, 
classified as Loss are considered uncollectible or of so little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted.

Assets which do not currently expose the Company to a sufficient degree of risk to warrant an adverse classification but have 
some credit deficiencies or other potential weaknesses are designated as Special Mention by management. Adversely classified 
assets  together  with  those  rated  as  Special  Mention,  are  generally  referred  to  as  Classified  Assets.  Non-classified  assets  are 
internally rated within one of four Pass categories or as Watch with the latter denoting a potential deficiency or concern that 
warrants increased oversight or tracking by management until remediated.

Management generally performs a classification of assets review, including the regulatory classification of assets, on an ongoing 
basis. The results of the classification of assets review are validated by the Company’s third party loan review firm during their 
quarterly independent review. In the event of a difference in rating or classification between those assigned by the internal and 
external resources, the Company will generally utilize the more critical or conservative rating or classification. Final loan ratings 
and  regulatory  classifications  are  presented  monthly  to  the  Board  of  Directors  and  are  reviewed  by  regulators  during  the 
examination process.

Acquired Loans

Effective July 1, 2020, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 326 and modified its accounting policy for loans acquired 
through acquisitions, as further described below. 

In  accordance  with  accounting  guidance  in  effect  prior  to  adoption  of  ASC  326,  loans  acquired  through  acquisitions  were 
recorded  at  fair  value  with  no  carryover  of  the  related  allowance  for  credit  losses.  In  determining  the  fair  value  of  the  loans 
involves  estimating  the  amount  and  timing  of  principal  and  interest  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  on  the  loans  and 
discounting those cash flows at a market rate of interest. The excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair 
value  is  referred  to  as  the  accretable  yield  and  is  recognized  into  interest  income  over  the  remaining  life  of  the  loan.  The 
difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is 
referred to as the nonaccretable yield. The nonaccretable yield represents estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred 
over the life of the loan. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows require us to evaluate the need for an allowance for 
credit  losses.  Subsequent  improvements  in  expected  cash  flows  result  in  the  reversal  of  a  corresponding  amount  of  the 
nonaccretable yield which we then reclassify as accretable yield that is recognized into interest income over the remaining life 
of the loan using the interest method. Our evaluation of the amount of future cash flows that we expect to collect is performed in 
a  similar  manner  as  that  used  to  determine  our  allowance  for  credit  losses.  Charge-offs  of  the  principal  amount  on  acquired 
loans would be first applied to the nonaccretable yield portion of the fair value adjustment.

Allowance for Credit Losses 

The allowance for credit losses represents the estimated amount considered necessary to cover lifetime expected credit losses 
inherent in financial assets at the balance sheet date. The measurement of expected credit losses is applicable to loans receivable 
and securities measured at amortized cost. It also applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures such as loan commitments and 
unused  lines  of  credit.  The  allowance  is  established  through  a  provision  for  credit  losses  that  is  charged  against  income.  The 
methodology for determining the allowance for credit losses is considered a critical accounting policy by management because 
of the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the forecasted 
economic environment that could result in changes to the amount of the recorded allowance for credit losses. 

F-16

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

The allowance for credit losses is reported separately as a contra-asset on the consolidated statement of financial condition. The 
expected  credit  loss  for  unfunded  lending  commitments  and  unfunded  loan  commitments  is  reported  on  the  Consolidated 
Statement  of  Financial  Condition  in  other  liabilities  while  the  provision  for  credit  losses  related  to  unfunded  commitments  is 
reported in other non-interest expense.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans Receivable

The allowance for credit losses on loans is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the loan to present the net amount expected 
to be collected. Expected losses are evaluated and calculated on a collective, or pooled, basis for those loans which share similar 
risk characteristics. At each reporting period, the Company evaluates whether loans within a pool continue to exhibit similar risk 
characteristics. If the risk characteristics of a loan change, such that they are no longer similar to other loans in the pool, the 
Company will evaluate the loan with a different pool of loans that share similar risk characteristics.  If the loan does not share 
risk  characteristics  with  other  loans,  the  Company  will  evaluate  the  loan  on  an  individual  basis. The  Company  evaluates  the 
pooling  methodology  at  least  annually.  Loans  are  charged  off  against  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  when  the  Company 
believes the balances to be uncollectible. Expected recoveries do not exceed the aggregate of amounts previously charged off or 
expected to be charged off.

The Company has chosen to segment its portfolio consistent with the manner in which it manages credit risk. Such segments 
include multi-family, nonresidential mortgage, commercial business, construction, one- to four-family residential, home equity 
and consumer. For most segments the Company calculates estimated credit losses using a probability of default and loss given 
default methodology, the results of which are applied to the aggregated discounted cash flow of each individual loan within the 
segment. The point in time probability of default and loss given default are then conditioned by macroeconomic scenarios to 
incorporate reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. 

The Company estimates the allowance for credit losses on loans via a quantitative analysis which considers relevant available 
information  from  internal  and  external  sources  related  to  past  events  and  current  conditions,  as  well  as  the  incorporation  of 
reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts.  The  Company  evaluates  a  variety  of  factors  including  third  party  economic  forecasts, 
industry  trends  and  other  available  published  economic  information  in  arriving  at  its  forecasts.  After  the  reasonable  and 
supportable forecast period, the Company reverts, on a straight-line basis, to average historical losses. Expected credit losses are 
estimated  over  the  contractual  term  of  the  loans,  adjusted  for  expected  prepayments  when  appropriate.  The  contractual  term 
excludes expected extensions, renewals, and modifications unless either of the following applies: management has a reasonable 
expectation at the reporting date that a troubled debt restructuring will be executed with an individual borrower or the renewal 
option  is  included  in  the  original  or  modified  contract  at  the  reporting  date  and  are  not  unconditionally  cancelable  by  the 
Company.

Also included in the allowance for credit losses on loans are qualitative reserves to cover losses that are expected but, in the 
Company’s assessment, may not be adequately represented in the quantitative analysis or the forecasts described above. Factors 
that the Company considers include changes in lending policies and procedures, business conditions, the nature and size of the 
portfolio, portfolio concentrations, the volume and severity of past due loans and non-accrual loans, the effect of external factors 
such  as  competition,  legal  and  regulatory  requirements,  among  others.  Qualitative  loss  factors  are  applied  to  each  portfolio 
segment with the amounts judgmentally determined by the relative risk to the most severe loss periods identified in the historical 
loan charge-offs of a peer group of similar-sized regional banks.

Individually Evaluated Loans

On  a  case-by-case  basis,  the  Company  may  conclude  that  a  loan  should  be  evaluated  on  an  individual  basis  based  on  its 
disparate risk characteristics. When the Company determines that a loan no longer shares similar risk characteristics with other 
loans in the portfolio, the allowance will be determined on an individual basis using the present value of expected cash flows or, 
for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral as of the reporting date, less estimated selling costs, as applicable. 
If the fair value of the collateral is less than the amortized cost basis of the loan, the Company will charge off the difference 
between the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell at the reporting date and the amortized cost basis of the loan.

F-17

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Acquired Loans

Acquired loans are included in the Company's calculation of the allowance for credit losses. How the allowance on an acquired 
loan is recorded depends on whether or not it has been classified as a Purchased Credit Deteriorated (“PCD”) loan. PCD loans 
are  loans  acquired  at  a  discount  that  is  due,  in  part,  to  credit  quality.  PCD  loans  are  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  ASC 
Subtopic 326-20 and are initially recorded at fair value as determined by the sum of the present value of expected future cash 
flows and an allowance for credit losses at acquisition. 

The allowance for PCD loans is recorded through a gross-up effect, while the allowance for acquired non-PCD loans is recorded 
through provision expense, consistent with originated loans. Thus, the determination of which loans are PCD and non-PCD can 
have  a  significant  impact  on  the  accounting  for  these  loans.  Subsequent  to  acquisition,  the  allowance  for  PCD  loans  will 
generally follow the same estimation, provision and charge-off process as non-PCD acquired and originated loans.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-Balance Sheet Commitments

The Company is required to include unfunded commitments that are expected to be funded in the future within the allowance 
calculation,  other  than  those  that  are  unconditionally  cancelable.  To  arrive  at  that  reserve,  the  reserve  percentage  for  each 
applicable  segment  is  applied  to  the  unused  portion  of  the  expected  commitment  balance  and  is  multiplied  by  the  expected 
funding rate. To determine the expected funding rate, the Company uses a historical utilization rate for each segment. As noted 
above,  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  on  unfunded  loan  commitments  is  included  in  other  liabilities  on  the  consolidated 
statement  of  financial  condition  and  the  related  credit  expense  is  recorded  in  other  non-interest  expense  in  the  consolidated 
statements of income.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR”) 

A modification to the terms of a loan is generally considered a TDR if the Company grants a concession to a borrower, that it 
would not otherwise consider, due to the borrower’s financial difficulties. In granting the concession, the Company’s general 
objective is to obtain more cash or other value from the borrower or otherwise increase the probability of repayment.

A TDR may include, but is not necessarily limited to, the modification of loan terms such as the reduction of the loan’s stated 
interest rate, extension of the maturity date and/or reduction or deferral of amounts owed under the terms of the loan agreement.  
In measuring the impairment associated with restructured loans that qualify as TDRs, the Company compares the present value 
of the cash flows that are expected to be received in accordance with the loan’s modified terms, discounted at the loan’s original 
contractual interest rate, with the pre-modification carrying value to measure impairment.

All  restructured  loans  that  qualify  as  TDRs  are  placed  on  nonaccrual  status  for  a  period  of  no  less  than  six  months  after 
restructuring, irrespective of the borrower’s adherence to a TDR’s modified repayment terms during which time TDRs continue 
to be adversely classified and reported as impaired. TDRs may be returned to accrual status and a non-adverse classification if 
(1) the borrower has paid timely P&I payments in accordance with the terms of the restructured loan agreement for no less than 
six  consecutive  months  after  restructuring,  and  (2)  the  Company  expects  to  receive  all  P&I  payments  owed  substantially  in 
accordance with the terms of the restructured loan agreement.

In March 2020, various regulatory agencies, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) and 
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), issued an interagency statement on loan modifications and reporting 
for financial institutions working with customers affected by COVID-19. The interagency statement was effective immediately 
and  impacted  accounting  for  loan  modifications.  The  agencies  confirmed  with  the  staff  of  the  FASB  that  short-term 
modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief, are not to 
be  considered  TDRs.  This  includes  short-term  modifications  such  as  payment  deferrals,  fee  waivers,  extension  of  repayment 
terms,  or  other  delays  in  payment  that  are  insignificant.  Provisions  of  the  CARES  Act  largely  mirrored  the  provisions  of  the 
interagency statement, providing that modified loans were not to be considered TDRs if they were performing at December 31, 
2019 and other considerations set forth in the interagency statements were met. Borrowers considered current are those that are 
less than 30 days past due at the time a modification program is implemented or at December 31, 2019.

F-18

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

On  December  27,  2020,  the  2021  Consolidated  Appropriations  Act  was  signed  into  law.  The  $900  billion  relief  package 
includes legislation that extends certain relief provisions of the CARES Act that were set to expire on December 31, 2020. This 
new legislation extends this relief to the earlier of 60 days after the national emergency declared by the President is terminated 
or January 1, 2022.

Premises and Equipment 

Land is carried at cost. Office buildings, leasehold improvements and furniture, fixtures and equipment are carried at cost, less 
accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Office  buildings  and  furniture,  fixtures  and  equipment  are  depreciated  using  the 
straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the 
straight-line method over the terms of the respective leases or lives of the assets, whichever is shorter.

Construction in progress primarily represents facilities under construction for future use in our business and includes all costs to 
acquire land and construct buildings, as well as capitalized interest during the construction period.  Interest is capitalized at the 
Company’s average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

Other Real Estate Owned and Other Repossessed Assets

Properties and other assets acquired through foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure or repossession are carried at estimated fair 
value,  less  estimated  selling  costs.  The  estimated  fair  value  of  real  estate  property  and  other  repossessed  assets  is  generally 
based on independent appraisals. When an asset is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over fair value, less estimated selling 
costs, is charged to the allowance for credit losses. Thereafter, decreases in the properties’ estimated fair value are charged to 
income along with any additional property maintenance and protection expenses incurred in owning the properties.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

Federal  law  requires  a  member  institution  of  the  FHLB  system  to  hold  restricted  stock  of  its  district  FHLB  according  to  a 
predetermined formula. The restricted stock is carried at cost, less any applicable impairment. Both cash and stock dividends are 
reported as income.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill  arises  from  business  combinations  and  is  generally  determined  as  the  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration 
transferred, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree, over the fair value of the net assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and 
determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if 
events  and  circumstances  exists  that  indicate  that  a  goodwill  impairment  test  should  be  performed.  The  Company  performed 
its annual impairment test during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. Intangible assets with definite useful 
lives  are  amortized  over  their estimated  useful  lives  to  their  estimated  residual  values.  Goodwill  is  the  only  intangible  asset 
with an indefinite life our audited consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.

In assessing impairment, we have the option to perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether the existence of events or 
circumstances leads to  a  determination  that  it  is  more-likely-than-not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its 
carrying  amount.  If,  after  assessing  the  totality  of  such  events  or  circumstances,  we  determine  it  is  not  more-likely-than-not 
that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we would not be required to perform a quantitative 
impairment test.

The  annual  quantitative  assessment  of  goodwill  for  our  single  reporting  unit  was  performed  utilizing  a  discounted  cash  flow 
analysis  (“income  approach”)  and  estimates  of  selected  market  information  (“market  approach”).  The  income  approach 
measures the fair  value  of  an  interest  in  a  business  by  discounting  expected  future  cash  flows  to  present  value.  The  market 
approach  takes  into  consideration  fair  values  of  comparable  companies  operating  in  similar  lines  of  business  that  are 
potentially  subject 
to  similar  economic  and  environmental  factors  and  could  be  considered  reasonable  investment 
alternatives.  The  results  of  the  income  approach  were  weighted  at  50%  while  the  results  of  the  market  approach  were 
weighted  at  50%.  The  results  of  the  annual  quantitative  impairment  analysis  indicated  that  the  fair  value  exceeded  the 
carrying value for our single reporting unit.

F-19

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 No impairment charges were required to be recorded in the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 or 2019. If an impairment loss is 
determined to exist in the future, such loss will be reflected as an expense in the consolidated statements of income in the period 
in which the impairment loss is determined.

The balance of other intangible assets at June 30, 2021 and 2020 totaled $3.7 million and $4.0 million, respectively, representing 
the  remaining  unamortized  balance  of  the  core  deposit  intangibles  ascribed  to  the  value  of  deposits  acquired  by  the  Bank 
through the acquisition of Central Jersey Bancorp in November 2010, Atlas Bank in June 2014, Clifton Bancorp Inc. in April 
2018, and MSB Financial Corp. in July 2020.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

Bank owned life insurance is accounted for using the cash surrender value method and is recorded at its net realizable value.  
The change in the net asset value is recorded as a component of non-interest income. A deferred liability has been recorded for 
the  estimated  cost  of  postretirement  life  insurance  benefits  accruing  to  applicable  employees  and  directors  covered  by  an 
endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangement.  

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers  of  financial  assets  are  accounted  for  as  sales,  when  control  over  the  assets  has  been  surrendered.  Control  over 
transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company - put presumptively 
beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right 
(free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the 
Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their 
maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

Income Taxes

The Company and its subsidiaries file consolidated federal income tax returns. Federal income taxes are allocated to each entity 
based on their respective contributions to the taxable income of the consolidated income tax returns. Separate state income tax 
returns  are  filed  for  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  on  either  a  consolidated  or  unconsolidated  basis  as  required  by  the 
jurisdiction. The federal income tax rate of 21% was applicable for the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019. 

Federal and state income taxes have been provided on the basis of the Company’s income or loss as reported in accordance with 
GAAP.  The  amounts  reflected  on  the  Company’s  state  and  federal  income  tax  returns  differ  from  these  provisions  due 
principally to temporary differences in the reporting of certain items for financial statement reporting and income tax reporting 
purposes. The tax effect of these temporary differences is accounted for as deferred taxes applicable to future periods.  Deferred 
income  tax  expense  or  benefit  is  determined  by  recognizing  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  estimated  future  tax 
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and 
their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable 
income  in  the  years  in  which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled.  The  effect  on  deferred  tax 
assets  and  liabilities  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  is  recognized  in  earnings  in  the  period  that  includes  the  enactment  date.  The 
realization of deferred tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance provided for the full amount which is not more likely 
than not to be realized.

The Company identified no significant income tax uncertainties through the evaluation of its income tax positions as of June 30, 
2021 and 2020. Therefore, the Company has no unrecognized income tax benefits as of those dates. Our policy is to recognize 
interest  and  penalties  on  unrecognized  tax  benefits  in  income  tax  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income.  The 
Company  recognized  no  material  interest  and  penalties  during  the  years  ended  June  30,  2021,  2020  and  2019.  The  tax  years 
subject to examination by the taxing authorities are the years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

F-20

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Retirement Plans 

Pension  expense  is  the  net  of  service  and  interest  cost,  return  on  plan  assets  and  amortization  of  gains  and  losses  not 
immediately recognized. Employee 401(k) and profit sharing plan expense is the amount of matching contributions. Deferred 
compensation plan expense allocates the benefits over years of service.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

The  cost  of  shares  issued  to  the  ESOP,  but  not  yet  allocated  to  participants,  is  shown  as  a  reduction  of  shareholders’  equity. 
Compensation  expense  is  based  on  the  market  price  of  shares  as  they  are  committed  to  be  released  to  participant  accounts. 
Dividends  on  allocated  and  unallocated  ESOP  shares  either  reduce  retained  earnings  or  reduce  debt  and  accrued  interest  as 
determined by the ESOP Plan Administrator.

Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive income is divided into net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) 
includes items recorded in equity, such as unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, unrealized gains and losses 
on derivatives, unrealized gains and losses on securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity and amortization 
related  to  post-retirement  obligations.  Comprehensive  income  is  presented  in  a  separate  Consolidated  Statement  of 
Comprehensive Income. 

Loss Contingencies 

Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when 
the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe 
there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments

Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters 
of  credit,  issued  to  meet  customer  financing  needs.  The  face  amount  for  these  items  represents  the  exposure  to  loss,  before 
considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. (See Note 17 - 
Commitments for additional information).

Derivatives and Hedging 

The Company utilizes derivative instruments in the form of interest rate swaps and caps to hedge its exposure to interest rate 
risk  in  conjunction  with  its  overall  asset/liability  management  process.  In  accordance  with  accounting  requirements,  the 
Company formally designates all of its hedging relationships as either fair value hedges, intended to offset the changes in the 
value of certain financial instruments due to movements in interest rates, or cash flow hedges, intended to offset changes in the 
cash flows of certain financial instruments due to movement in interest rates, and documents the strategy for undertaking the 
hedge  transactions,  and  its  method  of  assessing  ongoing  effectiveness.  The  Company  does  not  use  derivative  instruments  for 
speculative purposes.

All  derivatives  are  recognized  as  either  assets  or  liabilities  in  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  at  their  fair  values.  For 
derivatives  designated  cash  flow  hedges,  the  gain  or  loss  on  the  derivative  is  recorded  in  other  comprehensive  income  and 
subsequently reclassified into interest expense in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. For a 
derivative designated as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged 
item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings.

Derivative  instruments  qualify  for  hedge  accounting  treatment  only  if  they  are  designated  as  such  on  the  date  on  which  the 
derivative contract is entered and are expected to be, and are, effective in substantially reducing interest rate risk arising from 
the assets and liabilities identified as exposing the Company to risk. Those derivative financial instruments that do not meet the 
hedging  criteria  discussed  below  would  be  classified  as  undesignated  derivatives  and  would  be  recorded  at  fair  value  with 
changes in fair value recorded in income.

F-21

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

The Company discontinues hedge accounting when (a) it determines that a derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes 
in  cash  flows  of  a  hedged  item;  (b)  the  derivative  expires  or  is  sold,  terminated  or  exercised;  (c)  probability  exists  that  the 
forecasted  transaction  will  no  longer  occur;  or  (d)  management  determines  that  designating  the  derivative  as  a  hedging 
instrument is no longer appropriate. In all cases in which hedge accounting is discontinued and a derivative remains outstanding, 
the Company will carry the derivative at fair value in the Consolidated Financial Statements, recognizing changes in fair value 
in current period income in the consolidated statement of income.

In  accordance  with  the  applicable  accounting  guidance,  the  Company  takes  into  account  the  impact  of  collateral  and  master 
netting agreements that allow it to settle all derivative contracts held with a single counterparty on a net basis, and to offset the 
net derivative position with the related collateral when recognizing derivative assets and liabilities. As a result, the Company’s 
Statements of Financial Condition could reflect derivative contracts with negative fair values included in derivative assets, and 
contracts with positive fair values included in derivative liabilities.

The  Company’s  interest  rate  derivatives  are  comprised  of  interest  rate  swaps  and  caps  hedging  floating-rate  and  forecasted 
issuances  of  fixed-rate  liabilities  and  accounted  for  as  cash  flow  hedges.  The  carrying  value  of  interest  rate  derivatives  is 
included in the balance of other assets or other liabilities and comprises the remaining unamortized cost of interest rate caps and 
the cumulative changes in the fair value of interest rate derivatives.  Such changes in fair value are offset against accumulated 
other comprehensive income, net of deferred income tax.

In general, the cash flows received and/or exchanged with counterparties for those derivatives qualifying as interest rate hedges 
are generally classified in the financial statements in the same category as the cash flows of the items being hedged.

Interest differentials paid or received under the swap agreements are reflected as adjustments to interest expense. The notional 
amounts of the interest rate swaps are not exchanged and do not represent exposure to credit loss. In the event of default by a 
counter party, the risk in these transactions is the cost of replacing the agreements at current market rates.

Net Income per Common Share (“EPS”)

Basic EPS is based on the weighted average number of common shares actually outstanding adjusted for the Employee Stock 
Ownership  Plan  (the  “ESOP”)  shares  not  yet  committed  to  be  released.  Diluted  EPS  reflects  the  potential  dilution  that  could 
occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock, such as outstanding stock options, were exercised or converted into 
common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Company. Diluted EPS is 
calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding to include the effect of contracts or 
securities  exercisable  or  which  could  be  converted  into  common  stock,  if  dilutive,  using  the  treasury  stock  method.  Shares 
issued and reacquired during any period are weighted for the portion of the period they were outstanding.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair  values  of  financial  instruments  are  estimated  using  relevant  market  information  and  other  assumptions,  as  more  fully 
disclosed  in  Note  18.  Fair  value  estimates  involve  uncertainties  and  matters  of  significant  judgment  regarding  interest  rates, 
credit  risk,  prepayments,  and  other  factors,  especially  in  the  absence  of  broad  markets  for  particular  items.  Changes  in 
assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates.

Operating Segments 

Public  companies  are  required  to  report  certain  financial  information  about  significant  revenue-producing  segments  of  the 
business  for  which  such  information  is  available  and  utilized  by  the  chief  operating  decision  makers.  Substantially  all  of  the 
Company’s operations occur through the Bank and involve the delivery of loan and deposit products to customers. Management 
makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of its banking operation, which constitutes the 
Company’s only operating segment for financial reporting purposes.

F-22

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Stock Compensation Plans 

Compensation  expense  related  to  stock  options  and  non-vested  stock  awards  is  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  award  on  the 
measurement date with expense recognized on a straight-line basis over the service period of the award. The fair value of stock 
options is estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The fair value of non-vested stock awards is generally the closing 
market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

Advertising and Marketing Expenses

The Company expenses advertising and marketing costs as incurred.

Reclassification

Certain reclassifications have been made in the consolidated financial statements to conform to the current year presentation. 
Such reclassifications had no impact on net income or stockholders’ equity as previously reported.

Note 2 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In  December  2019,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (the  “FASB”)  issued  ASU  2019-12,  “Income  taxes  (Topic  740); 
Simplifying  the  Accounting  for  Income  Taxes”.  ASU  2019-12  provides  amendments  intended  to  reduce  the  cost  and  complexity  in 
accounting  for  income  taxes  while  maintaining  or  improving  the  usefulness  of  the  information  provided  to  users  of  financial 
statements.  ASU 2019-12 removes the following exceptions from ASC 740, Income Taxes: (i) exceptions to the incremental approach 
for intraperiod tax allocation; (ii) exceptions to accounting for basis differences when a foreign subsidiary becomes an equity method 
investment or a foreign equity method investment become a subsidiary; and (iii) exception in interim period income tax accounting for 
year-to-date  losses  that  exceed  anticipated  losses.  ASU  2019-12  provides  the  following  amendments  that  simplify  and  improve 
guidance with Topic 740: (i) franchise taxes that are based partially on income; (ii) transactions that result in a step up in the tax basis 
of goodwill; (iii) separate financial statements of legal entities that are not subject to tax; (iv) enacted changes in tax laws in interim 
periods;  and  (v)  employee  stock  ownership  plans  and  investments  in  qualified  affordable  housing  projects  accounted  for  using  the 
equity method. For public business entities, the amendments in the ASU 2019-12 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods 
within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this ASU 
on its consolidated financial statements.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

In January 2021 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”), issued ASU 2021-01 to clarify the scope of ASU 2020-04, 
“Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting”. ASU 2020-04 
provides temporary, optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contract modifications and hedging relationships that 
reference  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  or  another  reference  rate  that  is  expected  to  be  discontinued.    The  ASU  addresses 
questions  about  whether  Topic  848  can  be  applied  to  derivative  instruments  that  do  not  reference  a  rate  that  is  expected  to  be 
discontinued but that use an interest rate for margining, discounting, or contract price alignment that is expected to be modified as a 
result  of  reference  rate  reform,  commonly  referred  to  as  the  “discounting  transition”.  The  amendments  clarify  that  certain  optional 
expedients  and  exceptions  in  Topic  848  do  apply  to  derivatives  that  are  affected  by  the  discounting  transition.  The  amendments in 
ASU 2021-01 are effective immediately for all entities. The amendments do not apply to contract modifications made after December 
31,  2022;  new  hedging  relationships  entered  into  after  December  31,  2022;  and  existing  hedging  relationships  evaluated  for 
effectiveness  in  periods  after  December  31,  2022,  except  for  hedging  relationships  existing  as  of  December  31,  2022,  that  apply 
certain optional expedients in which the accounting effects are recorded through the end of the hedging relationship, including periods 
after December 31, 2022. The Company adopted ASU 2021-01 in January 2021, and its adoption did not have a significant impact on 
the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements.

F-23

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

On  July  1,  2020  the  Company  adopted  ASU  2016-13,  Financial  Instruments—Credit  Losses  (Topic  326):  Measurement  of  Credit 
Losses  on  Financial  Instruments.    This  ASU  replaced  the  incurred  loss  methodology  with  an  expected  loss  methodology  that  is 
referred  to  as  the  CECL  methodology.    The  measurement  of  expected  credit  losses  under  the  CECL  methodology  is  applicable  to 
financial assets measured at amortized cost including loan receivables and held to maturity debt securities.  This ASU also applies to 
off-balance exposures.  In addition, this ASU made certain changes to the accounting for available for sale securities debt securities. 
Credit losses are required to be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down on available for sale debt securities management 
does not intend to sell or believes that it is more likely than not they will be required to sell. The Company adopted Topic 326 and all 
its related updates on July 1, 2020, using the modified retrospective approach for financial assets measured at amortized cost.  Results 
for  reporting  periods  after  July  1,  2020  are  presented  in  accordance  to  the  guidance  under  Topic  326  while  prior  period  amounts 
continue to be reported in accordance with previously applicable GAAP.  Upon adoption the Company recorded a cumulative effect 
adjustment  that  reduced  stockholders’  equity  by  $14.2  million,  net  of  tax.  Additional  information  regarding  the  adoption  of  ASU 
2016-13 is presented in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-04,  Intangibles  -  Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic  350):  Simplifying  the  Test  for  Goodwill 
Impairment. This ASU simplifies subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 of the impairment test while retaining 
the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine whether the quantitative impairment test is necessary. 
The  ASU  also  eliminates  the  requirements  for  any  reporting  unit  with  a  zero  or  negative  carrying  amount  to  perform  a  qualitative 
assessment  and,  if  it  fails  that  qualitative  test,  to  perform  a  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test.  Therefore,  the  same  impairment 
assessment applies to all reporting units. For public entities, ASU 2017-04 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2019  with  early  adoption  permitted  for  interim  or  annual  goodwill  impairment  testing  dates  beginning  after  January  1,  2017.  The 
Company is applying the amendments of ASU 2017-04 prospectively for goodwill impairment testing conducted after July 1, 2020.

Note 3 – Business Combination

On July 10, 2020, the Company completed its acquisition of MSB, and its subsidiary Millington Bank.  In accordance with the merger 
agreement,  approximately  $9.8  million  in  cash  and  5,853,811  shares  of  Company  common  stock  were  distributed  to  former  MSB 
shareholders in exchange for their shares of MSB common stock. 

The  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  have  been  accounted  for  under  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting.  Management 
engaged a third-party specialist to develop the fair value estimate of certain MSB’s assets and liabilities as of the acquisition date. The 
assets and liabilities, both tangible and intangible, were recorded at their fair values as of July 10, 2020 based on management’s best 
estimate using the information available as of the merger date.  The application of the acquisition method of accounting resulted in the 
recognition of bargain purchase gain of $3.1 million and a core deposit intangible of $690,000. During the year ended June 30, 2021 
the Company completed all MSB tax returns and determined that there were no material adjustments to the balance of deferred income 
tax assets or bargain purchase gain associated with the MSB acquisition.

F-24

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 3 – Business Combination (continued)

The  Company  recorded  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  through  the  merger  at  fair  value  as  summarized  in  the 

following table: 

Cash paid for acquisition
Value of stock issued
Total purchase price

Cash and cash equivalents
Investment securities
Loans receivable
Allowance for loan losses
Premises and equipment
FHLB stock
Accrued interest receivable
Core deposit intangibles
Bank owned life insurance
Deferred income taxes, net
Other assets

Total assets acquired

Deposits
FHLB borrowings
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes
Other liabilities

Total liabilities assumed

Net assets acquired

Bargain purchase gain

Explanation of certain fair value related adjustments:

As Recorded
by MSB

Fair Value 
Adjustments
(In Thousands)

As Recorded
at Acquisition  

$

$

$

$

14,126   
4,000   
537,589   
(6,037)  
7,698   
3,345   
1,701   
-   
14,663   
1,729   
4,830   
583,644   

458,392   
62,900   
794   
810   
522,896   

$

$

$

$

  $

  $

  $
- 
(510) (a)  
(7,345) (b)  
6,037  (c)  
(3,221) (d)  
- 
- 

690  (e)  

- 
2,152  (f)  
495  (g)  
  $

(1,702)

1,786  (h) $
- 
- 
(756) (i)  
  $
1,030 

9,830 
45,133 
54,963 

14,126 
3,490 
530,244 
- 
4,477 
3,345 
1,701 
690 
14,663 
3,881 
5,325 
581,942 

460,178 
62,900 
794 
54 
523,926 

  $
  $

58,016 
(3,053)

Represents the fair value adjustments on investment securities.

(a)
(b) Represents  the  fair  value  adjustments  on  the  net  book  value  of  loans,  which  includes  an  interest  rate  mark  and  credit  mark 

adjustment and the reversal of deferred fees/costs and premiums.
Represents the elimination of MSB’s allowance for loan losses.

(c)
(d) Represents the fair value adjustments to reflect the fair value of land and buildings and premises and equipment, which will be 

(e)

(f)

amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the individual assets.
Represents the intangible assets recorded to reflect the fair value of core deposits.  The core deposit asset was recorded as an 
identifiable intangible asset and will be amortized on an accelerated basis over the estimated average life of the deposit base.
Represents  an  adjustment  to  net  deferred  tax  assets  resulting  from  the  fair  value  adjustments  related  to  the  acquired  assets, 
liabilities assumed and identifiable intangible assets recorded.

(g) Represents an adjustment to other assets acquired. 
(h) Represents fair value adjustments on time deposits, which will be treated as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining 

term of the time deposits.
Represents an adjustment to other liabilities assumed.

(i)

F-25

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 3 - Business Combination (continued)

The fair value of loans acquired from MSB was estimated using cash flow projections based on the remaining maturity and repricing 
terms. Cash flows were adjusted by estimating future credit losses and the rate of prepayments. Projected monthly cash flows were 
then discounted to present value using a risk-adjusted market rate for similar loans. There was no carryover of MSB’s allowance for 
loan losses associated with the loans that were acquired. For information regarding purchased loans which have been determined to be 
PCD, refer to Note 5, Loans Receivable.

The core deposit intangible asset recognized is being amortized over its estimated useful life of approximately 10 years utilizing the 
sum-of-the-years digits method.

The fair value of retail demand and interest bearing deposit accounts was assumed to approximate the carrying value as these accounts 
have  no  stated  maturity  and  are  payable  on  demand.  The  fair  value  of  time  deposits  was  estimated  by  discounting  the  contractual 
future cash flows using market rates offered for time deposits of similar remaining maturities. 

Merger-related expenses were recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income as a component of non-interest expense and include 
costs  relating  to  the  Company’s  acquisition  of  MSB,  as  described  above.  These  charges  represent  one-time  costs  associated  with 
acquisition activities and are expensed as incurred. Direct acquisition and other charges were recorded in merger-related expense on 
the consolidated statements of income. Direct acquisition and other charges incurred in connection with the MSB merger totaled $4.3 
million and $951,000 for the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Note 4 - Securities 

At June 30, 2021, there was no allowance for credit losses on available for sale securities. The following tables present the amortized 
cost,  gross  unrealized  gains  and  losses  and  estimated  fair  values  for  available  for  sale  securities  and  the  amortized  cost,  gross 
unrecognized gains and losses and estimated fair values for held to maturity securities as of the dates indicated.

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

June 30, 2021
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
(In Thousands)

Allowance for 
Credit Losses  

Fair
Value

Available for sale:
Debt securities:

Obligations of state and political subdivisions
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Corporate bonds
Total debt securities

Mortgage-backed securities:

Collateralized mortgage obligations (1)
Residential pass-through securities (1)
Commercial pass-through securities (1)

Total mortgage-backed securities

$

33,800    $

803    $

-    $

240,217   
189,873   
155,622   
619,512   

13,420   
744,196   
289,725   
1,047,341   

2,835   
177   
2,802   
6,617   

319   
7,443   
5,738   
13,500   

63   
170   
73   
306   

-   
7,148   
2,652   
9,800   

-    $
-   
-   
-   
-   

34,603 
242,989 
189,880 
158,351 
625,823 

-   
-   
-   
-   

13,739 
744,491 
292,811 
1,051,041 

Total securities available for sale

$ 1,666,853    $

20,117    $

10,106    $

-    $ 1,676,864  

(1)

Government-sponsored enterprises.

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Securities (continued)

Available for sale:
Debt securities:

Obligations of state and political subdivisions
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Corporate bonds
Trust preferred securities

Total debt securities

Mortgage-backed securities:

Collateralized mortgage obligations (1)
Residential pass-through securities (1)
Commercial pass-through securities (1)

Total mortgage-backed securities

Amortized
Cost

June 30, 2020

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

(In Thousands)

Fair
Value

$

52,843    $
177,413     
198,619     
142,942     
2,967     
574,784     

1,211    $
-     
-     
1,267     
-     
2,478     

-     
4,966     
4,831     
570     
340     
10,707     

54,054 
172,447 
193,788 
143,639 
2,627 
566,555 

30,043     
543,819     
214,575     
788,437     

860     
18,135     
11,716     
30,711     

-     
-     
-     
-     

30,903 
561,954 
226,291 
819,148 

Total securities available for sale

$ 1,363,221    $

33,189    $

10,707    $ 1,385,703  

(1)

Government-sponsored enterprises.

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrecognized
Gains

June 30, 2021
Gross
Unrecognized
Losses
(In Thousands)

Allowance for 
Credit Losses  

Fair
Value

Held to maturity:
Debt securities:

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

$

Total debt securities

25,824    $
25,824   

1,204    $
1,204   

Mortgage-backed securities:

Commercial pass-through securities (1)

Total mortgage-backed securities

12,314   
12,314   

268   
268   

-    $
-   

-   
-   

-    $
-   

27,028 
27,028 

-    $
-   

12,582 
12,582 

Total securities held to maturity

$

38,138    $

1,472    $

-    $

-    $

39,610  

Held to maturity:
Debt securities:

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

Total debt securities

Total securities held to maturity

Amortized
Cost

June 30, 2020

Gross
Unrecognized
Gains

Gross
Unrecognized
Losses

(In Thousands)

Fair
Value

32,556    $
32,556     

1,513   $
1,513    

-   $
-    

34,069 
34,069 

32,556    $

1,513   $

-   $

34,069  

$

 $

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
       
 
 
 
   
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
       
 
 
 
   
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
      
      
 
 
 
   
       
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
      
      
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Securities (continued)

Excluding  the  balances  of  mortgage-backed  securities,  the  following  table  presents  the  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  values  of 
debt securities available for sale and held to maturity, by contractual maturity, at June 30, 2021:

Debt securities:

Due in one year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years

Total

June 30, 2021

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

(In Thousands)

$

$

5,245    $

33,961   
366,936   
239,194   
645,336    $

5,286 
35,087 
370,716 
241,762 
652,851  

Sales of securities available for sale were as follows for the periods presented below:

Available for sale securities sold:

Proceeds from sales of securities

Gross realized gains
Gross realized losses

Net gain (loss) on sales of securities

June 30,
2021

June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

June 30,
2019

  $

98,084    $

164,299    $

75,401 

  $

  $

1,196    $
(470)    
726    $

2,363    $
(145)    
2,218    $

190 
(513)
(323)

Calls of securities available for sale resulted in gross gains of $41,000 and $32,000 during the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, 
respectively.  During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2019  there  were  no  gains  or  losses  recorded  on  calls  of  securities  available  for  sale. 
During the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, there were no gains or losses recorded on sales and calls of securities held to 
maturity.

The carrying value of securities pledged for borrowings at the FHLB and other institutions, and securities pledged for public funds and 
other purposes, were as follows as of the dates presented below:

Securities pledged:

Pledged for borrowings at the FHLB of New York
Pledged to secure public funds on deposit
Pledged for potential borrowings at the Federal
 Reserve Bank of New York
Pledged as collateral for depositor sweep accounts

Total carrying value of securities pledged

June 30,
2021

June 30,
2020

(In Thousands)

$

$

170,120  $
137,778   

274,076   
-   
581,974  $

155,288 
19,944 

366,482 
7,830 
549,544  

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 – Securities (continued)

The following tables present the gross unrealized losses on securities and the estimated fair value of the related securities, aggregated 
by investment category and length of time that securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position within the available for 
sale portfolio at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020:

June 30, 2021

Less than 12 Months
Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

12 Months or More
Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses
(Dollars in Thousands)

Number of 
Securities    

Total
Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Securities Available for Sale:
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Corporate bonds
Commercial pass-through 
securities
Residential pass-through
 securities

$ 12,159    $
  36,741   
  15,952   

-    $

63    $
9   
73   

  58,605   
-   

  145,055   

2,652   

  424,112   

7,148   

-   

-   

-   
161   
-   

-   

-   

2    $ 12,159    $
  95,346   
8   
  15,952   
4   

63 
170 
73 

7   

  145,055   

2,652 

10   

  424,112   

7,148 

Total

$ 634,019    $

9,945    $ 58,605    $

161   

31    $ 692,624    $

10,106  

June 30, 2020

Less than 12 Months
Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

12 Months or More
Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses
(Dollars in Thousands)

Number of 
Securities    

Total
Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Securities Available for Sale:
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Corporate bonds
Trust preferred securities

$ 146,494    $
  71,282   
  24,764   
-   

3,962    $ 25,954    $
1,245   
236   
-   

  122,506   
  39,651   
2,626   

1,004   
3,586   
334   
340   

16    $ 172,448    $
19   
8   
2   

  193,788   
  64,415   
2,626   

4,966 
4,831 
570 
340 

Total

$ 242,540    $

5,443    $ 190,737    $

5,264   

45    $ 433,277    $

10,707  

At June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, there were no held to maturity securities with unrecognized losses. 

Available for sale securities are evaluated to determine if a decline in fair value below the amortized cost basis has resulted from a 
credit  loss  or  other  factors.  An  impairment  related  to  credit  factors  would  be  recorded  through  an  allowance  for  credit  losses.  The 
allowance is limited to the amount by which the security’s amortized cost basis exceeds the fair value. An impairment that has not 
been recorded through an allowance for credit losses shall be recorded through other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. 
Investment securities will be written down to fair value through the consolidated statement of income when management intends to 
sell, or may be required to sell, the securities before they recover in value.  The issuers of these securities continue to make timely 
principal  and  interest  payments  and  none  of  these  securities  were  past  due  or  were  placed  in  nonaccrual  status  at  June  30,  2021. 
Management  believes  that  the  unrealized  losses  on  these  securities  are  a  function  of  changes  in  market  interest  rates  and  credit 
spreads, not changes in credit quality. Therefore, no allowance for credit losses was recorded at June 30, 2021.

At  June  30,  2021, the  held  to  maturity  securities  portfolio  consisted  of  one  agency  commercial  mortgage-backed  security  and 
municipal  bonds.  The  commercial  mortgage-backed  security  is  issued  by  a  U.S.  government  agency  and  is  either  explicitly  or 
implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government. The municipal bonds in the portfolio are highly rated by major rating agencies and have 
a  long  history  of  no  credit  losses.  None  of  the securities  in  the  Company’s  held  to  maturity  portfolio  were  in  an  unrealized  loss 
position  at  June  30,  2021.  The  Company  regularly  monitors  the  municipal  bond  sector  of  the  market  and  reviews  collectability 
including such factors as the financial condition of the issuers as well as credit ratings in effect as of the reporting period.

F-29

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 – Loans Receivable

The following table sets forth the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020:

Commercial loans:

Multi-family mortgage
Nonresidential mortgage
Commercial business (1)
Construction

Total commercial loans

One- to four-family residential mortgage

Consumer loans:

Home equity loans
Other consumer

Total consumer loans

Total loans

Unaccreted yield adjustments

June 30,
2021

June 30,
2020

(In Thousands)

$

2,039,260    $
1,079,444   
168,951   
93,804   
3,381,459   

2,059,568 
960,853 
138,788 
20,961 
3,180,170 

1,447,721   

1,273,022 

47,871   
3,259   
51,130   

82,920 
3,991 
86,911 

4,880,310   

4,540,103 

(28,916)  

(41,706)

Total loans receivable, net of yield adjustments

$

4,851,394    $

4,498,397  

(1)

Includes Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loans of $10.2 million and $69.0 million as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively.

The Bank has granted loans to officers and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries and to their associates. As of June 30, 2021 
and 2020 such loans totaled approximately $1.4 million and $2.4 million, respectively. During the year ended June 30, 2021 the Bank 
granted one new loan to related parties totaling $478,000. During the year ended June 30, 2020 the Bank granted two new loans to 
related parties totaling $1.0 million. 

F-30

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 – Loans Receivable (continued)

Past Due Loans

Past due status is based on the contractual payment terms of the loans. The following tables present the payment status of past due 
loans as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, by loan segment:

June 30, 2021

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage   

Non-
Residential
Mortgage   

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home
Equity
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

(In Thousands)

$2,023,166   $ 1,046,553   $

168,550   $

93,804   $ 1,439,501   $ 47,828   $

3,258   $4,822,660 

-    
-    
16,094    
16,094    

-    
-    
32,891    
32,891    

-    
-    
401    
401    

-    
-    
-    
-    

382    
2,734    
5,104    
8,220    

6    
5    
32    
43    

1    
-    
-    
1    

389 
2,739 
54,522 
57,650 

Current
Past due:

30-59 days
60-89 days
90 days and over
Total past due

Total loans

$2,039,260   $ 1,079,444   $

168,951   $

93,804   $ 1,447,721   $ 47,871   $

3,259   $4,880,310  

June 30, 2020

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage   

Non-
Residential
Mortgage   

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home
Equity
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

(In Thousands)

$2,059,568   $

941,714   $

138,439   $

20,961   $ 1,264,267   $ 82,358   $

3,981   $4,511,288 

-    
-    
-    
-    

-    
14,478    
4,661    
19,139    

-    
-    
349    
349    

-    
-    
-    
-    

3,211    
1,038    
4,506    
8,755    

169    
13    
380    
562    

-    
5    
5    
10    

3,380 
15,534 
9,901 
28,815 

Current
Past due:

30-59 days
60-89 days
90 days and over
Total past due

Total loans

$2,059,568   $

960,853   $

138,788   $

20,961   $ 1,273,022   $ 82,920   $

3,991   $4,540,103  

Nonperforming Loans 

Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when contractual payments become 90 or more days past due or when the Company 
does  not  expect  to  receive  all  principal  and  interest  payments  (“P&I”)  owed  substantially  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  loan 
agreement, regardless of past due status. Loans that become 90 days past due, but are well secured and in the process of collection, 
may remain on accrual status. Nonaccrual loans are generally returned to accrual status when all payments due are brought current and 
we expect to receive all remaining P&I payments owed substantially in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. Payments 
received in cash on nonaccrual loans, including both the principal and interest portions of those payments, are generally applied to 
reduce  the  carrying  value  of  the  loan.  The  Company  did  not  recognize  interest  income  on  non-accrual  loans  during  the  three  years 
ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 – Loans Receivable (continued)

The following tables present information relating to the Company’s nonperforming loans as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020:

June 30, 2021

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage   

Non-
Residential
Mortgage   

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home
Equity
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

(In Thousands)

$2,020,734   $ 1,042,257   $

168,039   $

91,576   $ 1,428,551   $ 46,127   $

3,259   $4,800,543 

Performing
Nonperforming:

90 days and over past due accruing  
Nonaccrual loans with
 allowance for credit losses
Nonaccrual loans with no
 allowance for credit losses

Total nonperforming

-    

-    

-    

8,300    

12,612    

236    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

- 

7,422    

452    

-    

29,022 

10,226    
18,526    

24,575    
37,187    

676    
912    

2,228    
2,228    

11,748    
19,170    

1,292    
1,744    

-    
-    

50,745 
79,767 

Total loans

$2,039,260   $ 1,079,444   $

168,951   $

93,804   $ 1,447,721   $ 47,871   $

3,259   $4,880,310  

June 30, 2020

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage   

Non-
Residential
Mortgage   

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home
Equity
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

(In Thousands)

$2,056,606   $

936,917   $

138,196   $

20,961   $ 1,264,663   $ 82,078   $

3,986   $4,503,407 

Performing
Nonperforming:

90 days and over past due accruing  
Nonaccrual

Total nonperforming

-    
2,962    
2,962    

-    
23,936    
23,936    

-    
592    
592    

-    
-    
-    

-    
8,359    
8,359    

-    
842    
842    

5    
-    
5    

5 
36,691 
36,696 

Total loans

$2,059,568   $

960,853   $

138,788   $

20,961   $ 1,273,022   $ 82,920   $

3,991   $4,540,103  

Troubled Debt Restructurings

On  a  case-by-case  basis,  the  Company  may  agree  to  modify  the  contractual  terms  of  a  loan  to  assist  a  borrower  who  may  be 
experiencing financial difficulty, as well as to preserve the Company’s position in the loan. If the borrower is experiencing financial 
difficulties and a concession has been made at the time of such modification, the loan is classified as a TDR. The Company had TDRs 
totaling  $17.8  million  and  $21.5  million  as  of  June  30,  2021  and  June  30,  2020,  respectively.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses 
associated  with  the  TDRs  presented  in  the  tables  below  totaled  $256,000  and  $8,000  as  of  June  30,  2021  and  June  30,  2020, 
respectively. As of June 30, 2021, there were no significant commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loans had been 
restructured in a TDR.

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 – Loans Receivable (continued)

The following tables present total TDR loans at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020:

Accrual

# of Loans  

Amount

June 30, 2021
Non-accrual

# of Loans

  Amount
(Dollars In Thousands)

Total

# of Loans

Amount

-    $
1   
3   
-   
4   

-   
105   
3,755   
-   
3,860   

1    $
6   
6   
1   
14   

2,896   
2,275   
693   
2,228   
8,092   

1    $
7   
9   
1   
18   

2,896 
2,380 
4,448 
2,228 
11,952 

18   

2,216   

20   

3,405   

38   

5,621 

4   
26    $

159   
6,235   

3   
37    $

68   
11,565   

7   
63    $

227 
17,800  

Accrual

# of Loans  

Amount

June 30, 2020
Non-accrual

# of Loans

  Amount
(Dollars In Thousands)

Total

# of Loans

Amount

-    $
1   
5   
6   

-   
112   
5,179   
5,291   

1    $
9   
6   
16   

2,962   
5,442   
446   
8,850   

1    $

10   
11   
22   

2,962 
5,554 
5,625 
14,141 

14   

2,407   

20   

3,811   

34   

6,218 

12   
32    $

715   
8,413   

2   
38    $

448   
13,109   

14   
70    $

1,163 
21,522  

Commercial loans:

Multi-family mortgage loans
Nonresidential mortgage
Commercial business
Construction

Total commercial loans

One- to four-family residential
 mortgage

Consumer loans:

Home equity loans

Total

Commercial loans:

Multi-family mortgage loans
Nonresidential mortgage
Commercial business

Total commercial loans

One- to four-family residential
 mortgage

Consumer loans:

Home equity loans

Total

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 – Loans Receivable (continued)

The  following  table  presents  information  regarding  the  restructuring  of  the  Company’s  troubled  debts  during  years  ended  June  30, 
2021 and 2020:

Year Ended June 30, 2021

Year Ended June 30, 2020

Pre-
modification
Recorded
Investment

Post-
modification
Recorded
Investment

# of Loans  

  # of Loans  

Pre-
modification
Recorded
Investment

Post-
modification
Recorded
Investment

(Dollars In Thousands)

  $

- 
- 
-   

4   
3   
7    $

  $

- 
- 
-   

877   
70   
947    $

- 
- 
-   

881   
70   
951   

  $

1 
1 
5   

5   
1   
13    $

  $

3,062 
521 
4,349   

1,285   
82   
9,299    $

2,996 
517 
4,415 

1,220 
81 
9,229  

Multi-family mortgage
Nonresidential mortgage
Commercial business
One- to four-family residential
 mortgage
Home equity loans

Total

During the years ended June 30, 2021 and June 30 2020, there were no charge-offs related to TDRs. During the year ended June 30, 
2021  there  were  no  troubled  debt  restructuring  defaults.  During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2020,  there  was  one  troubled  debt 
restructuring default totaling $514,000.

Loan  modifications  generally  involve  a  reduction  in  interest  rates  and/or  extension  of  maturity  dates  and  also  may  include  step  up 
interest rates in their modified terms which will impact their weighted average yield in the future. The loans which qualified as TDRs 
during the year ended June 30, 2021, capitalized prior past due amounts and modified the loan’s repayment terms.

In March 2020, various regulatory agencies, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) and the 
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the  “FDIC”),  issued  an  interagency  statement  on  loan  modifications  and  reporting  for 
financial  institutions  working  with  customers  affected  by  COVID-19.  The  interagency  statement  was  effective  immediately  and 
impacted accounting for loan modifications.  The agencies confirmed with the staff of the FASB that short-term modifications made 
on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief, are not to be considered TDRs. This 
includes short-term modifications such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extension of repayment terms, or other delays in payment 
that  are  insignificant.  Provisions  of  the  CARES  Act  largely  mirrored  the  provisions  of  the  interagency  statement,  providing  that 
modified loans were not to be considered TDRs if they were performing at December 31, 2019 and other considerations set forth in 
the  interagency  statements  were  met.  Borrowers  considered  current  are  those  that  are  less  than  30  days  past  due  at  the  time  a 
modification program is implemented or at December 31, 2019.

On  December  27,  2020,  the  2021  Consolidated  Appropriations  Act  was  signed  into  law.  The  $900  billion  relief  package  includes 
legislation  that  extends  certain  relief  provisions  of  the  CARES  Act  that  were  set  to  expire  on  December  31,  2020.  This  legislation 
extends this relief to the earlier of 60 days after the national emergency declared by the President is terminated or January 1, 2022. As 
of  June  30,  2021,  the  Company  had  10  non-TDR  loan  modifications  granted  under  the  CARES  Act  totaling  approximately  $5.6 
million.

F-34

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 – Loans Receivable (continued)

Individually Analyzed Loans

Effective  July  1,  2020,  individually  analyzed  loans  include  loans  which  do  not  share  similar  risk  characteristics  with  other  loans. 
TDR’s  will  generally  be  evaluated  for  individual  impairment,  however,  after  a  period  of  sustained  repayment  performance  which 
permits  the  credit  to  be  returned  to  accrual  status,  a  TDR  would  generally  be  removed  from  individual  impairment  analysis  and 
returned  to  its  corresponding  pool.  As  of  June  30,  2021,  the  carrying  value  of  individually  analyzed  loans  and  loans  acquired  with 
deteriorated credit quality that were individually evaluated totaled $79.8 million, of which $59.2 million were considered collateral 
dependent.

For collateral dependent loans where management has determined that foreclosure of the collateral is probable, or where the borrower 
is  experiencing  financial  difficulty  and  repayment  of  the  loan  is  to  be  provided  substantially  through  the  operation  or  sale  of  the 
collateral, the ACL is measured based on the difference between the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell, and the amortized 
cost basis of the loan as of the measurement date. See Note 18 for additional disclosure regarding fair value of individually analyzed 
collateral dependent loans.

The following table presents the carrying value of collateral dependent individually analyzed loans:

Commercial loans:

Multi-family mortgage
Nonresidential mortgage (1)
Commercial business (2)
Construction

Total commercial loans

One- to four-family residential
 mortgage (3)

Consumer loans:

Home equity loans (3)

Total

(1)
(2)
(3)

Secured by income-producing nonresidential property.
Secured by business assets.
Secured by one- to four-family residential properties.

June 30, 2021

Carrying Value

Related Allowance

(In Thousands)

$

$

18,526   
32,891   
183   
-   
51,600   

7,612   

31   

$

59,243   

$

1,368 
4,724 
- 
- 
6,092 

420 

- 

6,512  

F-35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 – Loans Receivable (continued)

The following table presents, under previously applicable GAAP, loans individually evaluated for impairment by portfolio segment as 
of June 30, 2020:

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage   

Non-
Residential
Mortgage    

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home
Equity
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

(In Thousands)

June 30, 2020

$2,056,606   $

936,805   $

132,999   $

20,961   $ 1,262,256    $ 81,363   $

3,991   $4,494,981 

2,962    

22,516    

5,622    

-    

10,659     

1,557    

-    

43,316 

-    
-    

-    

1,532    
(41)  

167    
(47)  

1,491    

120    

-    
-    

-    

107     
(1)   

106     

-    
-    

-    

-    
-    

-    

1,806 
(89)

1,717 

2,962    

24,048    

5,789    

-    

10,766     

1,557    

-    

45,122 

Carrying value of impaired loans:

Non-impaired loans
Impaired loans:

Impaired loans with no allowance
  for impairment

Impaired loans with allowance
  for impairment:
Recorded investment
Allowance for impairment

Balance of impaired loans net
  of allowance for impairment
Total impaired loans, excluding
  allowance for impairment:

Total loans

$2,059,568   $

960,853   $

138,788   $

20,961   $ 1,273,022    $ 82,920   $

3,991   $4,540,103 

Unpaid principal balance
  of impaired loans:

Total impaired loans

Credit Quality Indicators

$

3,544   $

25,898   $

8,778   $

73   $

12,908    $ 1,950   $

-   $

53,151  

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt 
such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic 
trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually to classify the loans as to credit risk. The Company uses the 
following definitions for risk ratings:

Pass – Loans that are well protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor (or guarantors, if any) or by the 
fair value, less cost to acquire and sell, of any underlying collateral in a timely manner.

Special  Mention  –  Loans  which  do  not  currently  expose  the  Company  to  a  sufficient  degree  of  risk  to  warrant  an  adverse 
classification but have some credit deficiencies or other potential weaknesses.

Substandard – Loans which are inadequately protected by the paying capacity and net worth of the obligor or the collateral 
pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some 
loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful – Loans which have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified as Substandard, with the added characteristic 
that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable, on the basis of currently 
existing facts, conditions and values.

Loss – Loans which considered uncollectible or of so little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted.

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
       
      
      
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
       
      
      
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
       
      
      
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
       
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
       
      
      
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
       
      
      
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
       
      
      
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 – Loans Receivable (continued)

The following table presents the risk category of loans as of June 30, 2021 by loan segment and vintage year: 

Term Loans by Origination Year for Fiscal Years ended June 30,

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017
(In Thousands)

Prior

Revolving 
Loans

Total

$ 281,402    $ 257,970    $ 374,871    $ 341,304    $ 343,370    $ 374,909    $

-   
-   
-   
281,402   

99,602   
-   
743   
-   

-   
-   
-   
257,970   

77,146   
-   
-   
-   

26,974   
-   
-   
401,845   

56,435   
23,520   
-   
-   

5,079   
2,896   
-   
349,279   

64,616   
4,146   
4,934   
-   

4,834   
13,198   
-   
361,402   

254,940   
8,801   
20,602   
-   

1,054   
11,399   
-   
387,362   

441,696   
4,513   
11,600   
-   

-    $ 1,973,826 
37,941 
-   
27,493 
-   
-   
- 
  2,039,260 
-   

6,150   
-   
-   
-   

  1,000,585 
40,980 
37,879 
- 

100,345   

77,146   

79,955   

73,696   

284,343   

457,809   

6,150   

  1,079,444 

44,514   
-   
41   
-   
44,555   

40,332   
-   
-   
-   
40,332   

18,988   
-   
76   
-   
19,064   

17,404   
-   
-   
-   
17,404   

560,543   
-   
-   
-   
560,543   

124,606   
-   
1,040   
-   
125,646   

834   
-   
-   
-   
834   

550   
-   
-   
-   
550   

2,508   
-   
-   
-   
2,508   

517   
-   
-   
-   
517   

4,701   
-   
160   
-   
4,861   

11,203   
-   
-   
-   
11,203   

69,917   
1,233   
671   
-   
71,821   

4,585   
-   
-   
-   
4,585   

633   
-   
-   
-   
633   

12,654   
2,304   
1,474   
-   
16,432   

13,860   
-   
-   
-   
13,860   

74,754   
-   
511   
-   
75,265   

2,778   
-   
-   
-   
2,778   

256   
-   
-   
-   
256   

3,322   
945   
132   
-   
4,399   

1,641   
-   
-   
-   
1,641   

12,892   
12   
189   
420   
13,513   

1,382   
-   
2,247   
-   
3,629   

119,238   
-   
1,468   
-   
120,706   

472,587   
712   
20,066   
-   
493,365   

2,241   
-   
11   
-   
2,252   

127   
-   
-   
-   
127   

7,798   
393   
1,935   
-   
10,126   

1,044   
-   
-   
-   
1,044   

$ 1,028,561    $ 500,255    $ 574,903    $ 531,566    $ 774,870    $ 1,366,848    $

65,657   
461   
-   
9   
66,127   

5,735   
-   
-   
-   
5,735   

162,728 
3,722 
2,072 
429 
168,951 

91,557 
- 
2,247 
- 
93,804 

375   
-   
-   
-   
375   

  1,422,020 
1,945 
23,756 
- 
  1,447,721 

24,788   
-   
-   
-   
24,788   

45,532 
393 
1,946 
- 
47,871 

44   
-   
1   
87   
132   

3,171 
- 
1 
87 
3,259 
103,307    $ 4,880,310  

Multi-family mortgage:

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total multi-family mortgage

Non-residential mortgage:

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total non-residential 
mortgage

Commercial business:

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total commercial business

Construction loans:

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total construction loans

Residential mortgage:

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total residential mortgage

Home equity loans:

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total home equity loans

Other consumer loans

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Other consumer loans
Total loans

F-37

 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 – Loans Receivable (continued)

The following table presents, under previously applicable GAAP, the risk category of loans as of June 30, 2020 by loan segment:

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage   

Non-
Residential
Mortgage   

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home
Equity
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

(In Thousands)

June 30, 2020

Pass

$2,055,520   $

932,202   $

132,818   $

20,961   $ 1,258,246   $ 81,120   $

3,979   $4,484,846 

Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful

1,086    
2,962    
-    

4,373    
24,278    
-    

2,585    
3,385    
-    

-    
-    
-    

981    
13,795    
-    

157    
1,643    
-    

5    
6    
1    

9,187 
46,069 
1 

Total loans

$2,059,568   $

960,853   $

138,788   $

20,961   $ 1,273,022   $ 82,920   $

3,991   $4,540,103  

Purchased Credit Deteriorated Loans

Loans acquired in a business combination after July 1, 2020 are recorded in accordance with ASC Topic 326, after which acquired 
loans  are  separated  into  two  types.  PCD  loans  are  acquired  loans  that,  as  of  the  acquisition  date,  have  experienced  a  more-than-
insignificant  deterioration  in  credit  quality  since  origination.  Non-PCD  loans  are  acquired  loans  that  have  experienced  no  or 
insignificant  deterioration  in  credit  quality  since  origination.  To  distinguish  between  the  two  types  of  acquired  loans,  the  Company 
evaluates risk characteristics that have been determined to be indicators of deteriorated credit quality. The determining criteria may 
involve loan specific characteristics such as payment status, debt service coverage or other changes in creditworthiness since the loan 
was originated, while others are relevant to recent economic conditions, such as borrowers in industries impacted by the pandemic.

As  part  of  the  acquisition  of  MSB,  the  Company  purchased  loans,  for  which  there  was,  at  acquisition,  evidence  of  more  than 
insignificant deterioration of credit quality since origination.  The carrying amount of those loans is as follows:

Purchase price of PCD loans at acquisition
Allowance for credit losses at acquisition
Non-credit discount at acquisition

Amortized cost of acquired PCD loans at acquisition

At July 10, 2020
(In Thousands)

69,415 
(3,901)
(167)
65,347  

$

$

Residential Mortgage Loans in Foreclosure

We  may  obtain  physical  possession  of  one-  to  four-family  real  estate  collateralizing  a  residential  mortgage  loan  via  foreclosure  or 
through  an  in-substance  repossession.  As  of  June  30,  2021,  we  held  one  single-family  property  in  other  real  estate  owned  with  an 
aggregate carrying value of $178,000 that was acquired through a foreclosure on a residential mortgage loan.  As of that same date, we 
held 11 residential mortgage loans with aggregate carrying values totaling $2.1 million which were in the process of foreclosure.

As of June 30, 2020, we held one single-family property in other real estate owned with an aggregate carrying value of $178,000 that 
was acquired through a foreclosure on a residential mortgage loan. As of that same date, we held nine residential mortgage loans with 
aggregate carrying values totaling $1.9 million which were in the process of foreclosure.

The  States  of  New  Jersey  and  New  York  have  issued  executive  orders  and  enacted  legislation  declaring  moratoriums  on  removing 
individuals from a residential property as a result of an eviction or foreclosure proceeding. On August 4, 2021, the Governor of New 
Jersey extended eviction protections for certain tenants. Such protections will extend until August 31, 2021 or December 31, 2021, 
depending on income levels. The moratorium on home foreclosures is set to end on November 15, 2021, for all income levels.  The 
New York law, which places a moratorium on evictions for tenants who have endured COVID-related hardship and on foreclosures, 
will be in effect until at least August 31, 2021. As a result, since March 28, 2020, the Company has temporarily suspended residential 
property foreclosure sales and evictions.

F-38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 – Loans Receivable (continued)

On September 4, 2020, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (“CDC”) imposed a nationwide temporary federal moratorium 
on  residential  evictions  due  to  nonpayment  of  rent,  for  qualified  tenants.  The  national  eviction  moratorium  took  effect  after  the 
expiration  of  eviction  protections  established  by  the  CARES  Act  and  was  extended through July 31, 2021. In a new order issued by 
the CDC on August 3, 2021, the eviction moratorium was extended for tenants living in counties experiencing substantial and high 
levels  of  community  transmission  of  COVID-19.  This  new  order  was  set  to  expire  on  October  3,  2021.  On  August  26,  2021,  the 
United States Supreme Court issued an opinion which ended the moratorium.

These eviction moratoriums may be subject to legal challenges and may change or be rescinded completely based on the results of 
court proceedings regarding the moratoriums.

Note 6 – Allowance for Credit Losses 

Adoption of Topic 326

On  July  1,  2020,  the  Company  adopted  ASU  2016-13,  “Financial  Instruments  –  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326):  Measurement  of 
Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”, which replaces the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology, referred 
to as the “CECL” methodology.  See Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information on the adoption 
of Topic 326.  

Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans Receivable

The following tables present the balance of the allowance for credit losses at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020.  For the year 
ended June 30, 2021, the balance of the allowance for credit losses is based on the CECL methodology, as noted above. For the year 
ended June 30, 2020, the allowance for loan losses is based upon the calculation methodology as described in the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. The tables identify the valuation allowances attributable to specifically 
identified impairments on individually evaluated loans, including those acquired with deteriorated credit quality, as well as valuation 
allowances for impairments on loans evaluated collectively. The tables include the underlying balance of loans receivable applicable 
to each category as of those dates. 

Allowance for Credit Losses
June 30, 2021

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage  

Non-
Residential
Mortgage    

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home
Equity
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

(In Thousands)

Balance of allowance for credit
 losses:

Loans acquired with deteriorated
  credit quality individually
  analyzed
Loans acquired with deteriorated
  credit quality collectively
  analyzed
Loans individually
  evaluated
Loans collectively
  evaluated

Total allowance for credit losses

$

-   $

2,700    $

-    $

-    $

122    $

21    $

-    $

2,843 

155    

692     

1,368    

2,025     

15     

33     

49     

204     

-     

447     

1     

1     

-     

1,116 

-     

3,874 

26,927    
$ 28,450   $

10,826     
16,243    $

2,038     
2,086    $

1,121     
1,170    $

8,974     
9,747    $

410     
433    $

36      50,332 
36    $ 58,165  

F-39

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 6 – Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Balance of Loans Receivable
June 30, 2021

Balance of loans receivable:

Loans acquired with deteriorated
  credit quality  individually
  evaluated
Loans acquired with deteriorated
  credit quality collectively
  evaluated
Loans individually
  evaluated
Loans collectively
  evaluated

Total loans

Unaccreted yield adjustments

Loans receivable, net of yield
 adjustments

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage   

Non-
Residential
Mortgage   

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home
Equity
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

(In Thousands)

$

-   $

6,519   $

183   $

-   $

3,617   $

380   $

-   $

10,699 

5,599    

25,844    

2,533    

12,970    

4,785    

65    

-    

51,796 

18,526    

30,668    

729    

2,228    

15,553    

1,364    

-    

69,068 

  2,015,135     1,016,413    
$2,039,260   $ 1,079,444   $

165,506    
168,951   $

78,606     1,423,766     46,062    
93,804   $ 1,447,721   $ 47,871   $

3,259     4,748,747 
3,259   $4,880,310 
(28,916)

   $4,851,394  

Allowance for Loan Losses
June 30, 2020

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage  

Non-
Residential
Mortgage    

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home
Equity
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

(In Thousands)

Balance of allowance for loan losses:
Loans acquired with deteriorated
  credit quality
Loans individually
  evaluated for impairment
Loans collectively
  evaluated for impairment

Total allowance for loan losses

$

-   $

-    

-    $

-    $

41     

47     

-    $

-     

-    $

1     

-    $

-     

-    $

-     

- 

89 

20,916    
$ 20,916   $

8,722     
8,763    $

1,879     
1,926    $

236     
236    $

4,859     
4,860    $

568     
568    $

58      37,238 
58    $ 37,327  

F-40

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
    
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 6 – Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Balance of Loans Receivable
June 30, 2020

Balance of loans receivable:

Loans acquired with deteriorated
  credit quality
Loans individually
  evaluated for impairment
Loans collectively
  evaluated for impairment

Total loans

Unaccreted yield adjustments

Loans receivable, net of yield
 adjustments

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage   

Non-
Residential
Mortgage   

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home
Equity
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

(In Thousands)

$

-   $

-   $

222   $

-   $

77   $

-   $

-    

299 

2,962    

24,048    

5,567    

-    

10,689    

1,557    

-    

44,823 

  2,056,606    
$2,059,568   $

936,805    
960,853   $

132,999    
138,788   $

20,961     1,262,256     81,363    
20,961   $ 1,273,022   $ 82,920   $

3,991     4,494,981 
3,991   $4,540,103 
(41,706)

   $4,498,397  

The following table presents the activity in the ACL on loans for the year ended June 30, 2021:

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage   

Non-
Residential
Mortgage    

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home
Equity
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

Year Ended June 30, 2021

(In Thousands)

Changes in the allowance for credit
  losses for the year ended
  June 30, 2021:

At June 30, 2020 (prior to adoption
 of ASC 326):

Impact of adopting Topic 326
Charge offs
Recoveries
Initial allowance on PCD loans
(Reversal of) provision for credit
 losses

$ 20,916   $

8,763    $

1,926    $

236    $

4,860    $

568    $

58    $ 37,327 

8,408    
-    
-    
250    

2,390     
(80)   
-     
1,720     

(421)   
(1,446)   
17     
1,007     

80     
-     
-     
99     

9,106     
(13)   
4     
720     

92     
(32)   
-     
105     

(15)    19,640 
(1,612)
(41)   
30 
9     
3,901 
-     

(1,124)  

3,450     

1,003     

755     

(4,930)   

(300)   

25     

(1,121)

Total allowance for credit losses

$ 28,450   $

16,243    $

2,086    $

1,170    $

9,747    $

433    $

36    $ 58,165  

F-41

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
 
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
    
   
      
    
 
    
 
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
 
   
      
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
 
   
      
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 6 – Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

For the accounting policy on the allowance for loan losses that was in effect prior to the adoption of Topic 326, see Note 1 to our 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. The following tables present the activity in the allowance for 
loan losses for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019:

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage  

Non-
Residential
Mortgage    

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home
Equity
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

Year Ended June 30, 2020

(In Thousands)

Changes in the allowance for loan
  losses for the year ended
  June 30, 2020:

At June 30, 2019:

$ 16,959   $

9,672    $

2,467    $

136    $

3,377    $

491    $

172    $ 33,274 

Total charge offs
Total recoveries
Provision for (reversal of) loan
 losses

-    
-    

-     
10     

(50)   
2     

-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     

(139)   
33     

(189)
45 

3,957    

(919)   

(493)   

100     

1,483     

77     

(8)   

4,197 

Total allowance for loan losses

$ 20,916   $

8,763    $

1,926    $

236    $

4,860    $

568    $

58    $ 37,327  

Multi-
Family 
Mortgage  

Non-
Residential
Mortgage    

Commercial
Business

   Construction   

Residential
Mortgage    

Home
Equity
Loans    

Other

Consumer    Total

Year Ended June 30, 2019

(In Thousands)

Changes in the allowance for loan
  losses for the year ended
  June 30, 2019:

At June 30, 2018:

$ 14,946   $

9,787    $

2,552    $

258    $

2,479    $

430    $

413    $ 30,865 

Total charge offs
Total recoveries
Provision for (reversal of) loan
 losses

-    
-    

(54)   
6     

(861)   
47     

-     
-     

(83)   
-     

-     
-     

(285)   
83     

(1,283)
136 

2,013    

(67)   

729     

(122)   

981     

61     

(39)   

3,556 

Total allowance for loan losses

$ 16,959   $

9,672    $

2,467    $

136    $

3,377    $

491    $

172    $ 33,274  

F-42

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
 
   
      
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
 
   
      
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
 
   
      
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
 
   
      
     
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
     
 
       
       
       
       
       
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 6 – Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Allowance for Credit Losses on Off Balance Sheet Commitments

The following tables present the activity in the ACL on off balance sheet commitments for the year ended June 30, 2021:

Changes in the allowance for credit
  losses for the year ended
  June 30, 2021:

At June 30, 2020:

Impact of adopting Topic 326 (1)
Provision recorded in other non-interest expense

Total allowance for credit losses on off balance sheet commitments

(1)

Adoption of CECL accounting standard effective July 1, 2020.

Year Ended
June 30, 2021
(In Thousands)

$

$

- 

536 
1,172 

1,708  

Note 7 – Leases

The Company leases certain premises and equipment under operating leases. As of June 30, 2021 the Company had right-of-use assets 
totaling  $17.1  million  and  lease  liabilities  totaling  $17.8  million.  By  comparison  at  June  30,  2020,  the  Company  had  right-of-use 
assets of totaling $16.5 million and lease liabilities of totaling $17.1 million.

As of June 30, 2021, the weighted average remaining lease term for operating leases was 7.96 years and the weighted average discount 
rate used in the measurement of operating lease liabilities was 2.40%. Total operating lease costs for the years ended June 30, 2021 and 
2020 was $3.8 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

There were no sale and leaseback transactions, leveraged leases or lease transactions with related parties during the year ended June 
30 2021.  At June 30, 2021, the Company had no leases that had not yet commenced.

A maturity analysis of operating lease liabilities and reconciliation of the undiscounted cash flows to the total operating lease liability 
at June 30, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

Less than one year
After one year but within two years
After two years but within three years
After three years but within four years
After four years but within five years
Greater than five years

Total undiscounted cash flows
Less: discount on cash flows

Total lease liability

2021

2020

(In Thousands)

3,604   
2,998   
2,372   
1,917   
1,759   
7,205   
19,855 
(2,028)
17,827 

$

 $

3,212 
3,004 
2,405 
1,739 
1,509 
7,373 
19,242 
(2,115)
17,127  

$

$

F-43

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 8 – Premises and Equipment

Land
Buildings and improvements
Leasehold improvements
Furnishings and equipment
Construction in progress

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

Total premises and equipment

June 30,

2021

2020

(In Thousands)

$

$

12,192    $
47,535   
12,075   
28,349   
71   
100,222   
43,884   
56,338    $

12,376 
46,219 
10,234 
24,719 
4,174 
97,722 
40,333 
57,389  

Depreciation expense on premises and equipment for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 totaled $5.9 million, $4.6 
million and $4.3 million, respectively.

Note 9 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Balance at June 30, 2018

Amortization

Balance at June 30, 2019

Amortization

Balance at June 30, 2020

Acquisition of MSB Financial Corp.
Amortization

Balance at June 30, 2021

Goodwill

  Core Deposit Intangibles  

(In Thousands)

210,895    $

-   
210,895   
-   
210,895   
-   
-   

210,895    $

6,295 
(1,135)
5,160 
(1,165)
3,995 
690 
(980)
3,705  

$

$

Scheduled amortization of core deposit intangibles for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

Year Ending
June 30,

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter

Core Deposit Intangible 
Amortization
(In Thousands)

$

685 
563 
526 
495 
467 
969 

F-44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 10 – Deposits

Deposits are summarized as follows:

Non-interest-bearing demand
Interest-bearing demand
Savings
Certificates of deposits

Total deposits

Brokered deposits are summarized as follows:

June 30,

2021

Weighted
Average

Balance

Interest Rate    

Balance
(Dollars in Thousands)

2020

Weighted
Average

Interest Rate    

$

$

593,718   
1,902,478   
1,111,364   
1,877,746   
5,485,306   

0.00  % $
0.18   
0.13   
0.57   
0.28  % $

419,138   
1,264,151   
906,597   
1,840,396   
4,430,282   

0.00  %
0.54   
0.83   
1.79   
1.07  %

June 30,

2021

Weighted
Average

Balance

Interest Rate    

Balance
(Dollars in Thousands)

2020

Weighted
Average

Interest Rate    

Certificates of deposits

Total brokered deposits

$
$

458,616   
458,616   

0.10  % $
0.10  % $

31,379   
31,379   

2.16  %
2.16  %

A summary of certificates of deposit by maturity follows:

One year or less
After one year to two years
After two years to three years
After three years to four years
After four years to five years
After five years

Total certificates of deposit

June 30,
2021
(In Thousands)

$

$

1,510,761 
246,754 
41,230 
41,913 
30,790 
6,298 
1,877,746  

Certificates of deposit with balances of $250,000 or more at June 30, 2021 and 2020, totaled approximately $635.3 million and $297.0 
million, respectively.  The Bank’s deposits are insurable to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

F-45

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 11 – Borrowings

Fixed-rate advances from FHLB of New York mature as follows:

By remaining period to maturity:

Less than one year
One to two years
Two to three years
Three to four years
Four to five years
Greater than five years

Total advances

Unamortized fair value adjustments

Total advances, net of
  fair value adjustments

June 30, 2021

June 30, 2020

Weighted
Average

Balance

Interest Rate    

Balance
(Dollars in Thousands)

Weighted
Average

Interest Rate    

$

390,000   
145,000   
22,500   
103,500   
6,500   
-   
667,500   
(1,624)  

0.33  % $
3.04   
2.63   
2.68   
2.82   
-   
1.38  %  

865,000   
27,000   
145,000   
22,500   
103,500   
6,500   
1,169,500   
(2,071)  

$

665,876   

$

1,167,429   

0.45  %
2.85   
3.04   
2.63   
2.68   
2.82   
1.08  %

At  June 30,  2021,  FHLB  advances  were  collateralized  by  the  FHLB  capital  stock  owned  by  the  Bank  and  mortgage  loans  and 
securities  with  carrying  values  totaling  approximately  $3.27  billion  and  $170.1  million,  respectively.  At  June 30,  2020,  FHLB 
advances were collateralized by the FHLB capital stock owned by the Bank and mortgage loans and securities with carrying values 
totaling approximately $3.21 billion and $155.3 million, respectively.

Borrowings at June 30, 2021 also included other overnight borrowings totaling $20.0 million while there were no such borrowings at 
June 30, 2020. Borrowings at June 30, 2020 also included overnight borrowings in the form of depositor sweep accounts totaling $5.7 
million, while there were no such borrowings at June 30, 2021.

F-46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 12 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives 

The Company uses various financial instruments, including derivatives, to manage its exposure to interest rate risk. The Company’s 
derivative  financial  instruments  are  used  to  manage  differences  in  the  amount,  timing,  and  duration  of  the  Company’s  known  or 
expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to specific wholesale funding positions.  

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments on the Statement of Financial Condition 

The  table  below  presents  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  derivative  financial  instruments  as  well  as  their  classification  on  the 
Statement of Financial Condition as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020:

June 30, 2021

Asset Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

(In Thousands)

 Other assets

  $
  $

 Other liabilities

1,832   
1,832   

  $
  $

673 
673  

June 30, 2020

Asset Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

(In Thousands)

 Other assets

  $
  $

 Other liabilities

235   
235   

  $
  $

18,177 
18,177  

Derivatives designated as hedging
   instruments:
Interest rate contracts

Total

Derivatives designated as hedging
   instruments:
Interest rate contracts

Total

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using derivatives are primarily to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest 
rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company has entered into interest rate swaps and caps as part of its interest rate 
risk management strategy. These interest rate products are designated as cash flow hedges. As of June 30, 2021, the Company had a 
total of 12 interest rate swaps and caps with a total notional amount of $1.04 billion hedging specific wholesale funding positions.

For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the gain or loss on the derivatives is recorded in other comprehensive income, net of 
tax, and subsequently reclassified into interest expense in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. 

Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest 
payments are made on the Company’s variable rate wholesale funding positions. During the year ended June 30, 2021, the Company 
had $8.3 million of reclassifications to interest expense. During the next 12 months, the Company estimates that $5.4 million will be 
reclassified as an increase in interest expense.

F-47

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 12 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (continued)

The tables below present the pre-tax effects of the Company’s derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income as of 
June 30, 2021, June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019: 

Amount of Gain
(Loss) Recognized
in OCI on
Derivatives

Year Ended June 30, 2021
Location of Gain
(Loss) Reclassified
from Accumulated
OCI into Income
(In Thousands)

Amount of Gain
(Loss) Reclassified
from Accumulated
OCI into Income

10,825   
10,825   

Interest expense

  $
  $

(8,281)
(8,281)

Amount of Gain
(Loss) Recognized
in OCI on
Derivatives

Year Ended June 30, 2020
Location of Gain
(Loss) Reclassified
from Accumulated
OCI into Income
(In Thousands)

Amount of Gain
(Loss) Reclassified
from Accumulated
OCI into Income

(21,264)  
(21,264)  

Interest expense

  $
  $

1,870 
1,870  

Amount of Gain
(Loss) Recognized
in OCI on
Derivatives

Year Ended June 30, 2019
Location of Gain
(Loss) Reclassified
from Accumulated
OCI into Income
(In Thousands)

Amount of Gain
(Loss) Reclassified
from Accumulated
OCI into Income

(21,409)  
(21,409)  

Interest expense

  $
  $

6,753 
6,753  

$
$

$
$

$
$

Derivatives in cash flow
   hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts

Total

Derivatives in cash flow
   hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts

Total

Derivatives in cash flow
   hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts

Total

F-48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 12 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (continued)

Offsetting Derivatives

The  table  below  presents  a  gross  presentation,  the  effects  of  offsetting,  and  a  net  presentation  of  the  Company’s  derivatives  in  the 
Consolidated Statement of Condition as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively. The net amounts presented for derivative 
assets or liabilities can be reconciled to the tabular disclosure of fair value. The tabular disclosure of fair value provides the location 
that derivative assets and liabilities are presented on the Consolidated Statement of Condition. 

June 30, 2021

Gross Amount 
Recognized  

Gross 
Amounts 
Offset

Net Amounts 
Presented

Gross Amounts Not Offset
Cash 
Collateral 
Received

Financial 
Instruments  

    Net Amount  

(In Thousands)

Assets:

Interest rate contracts

Total

$
$

6,847    $
6,847    $

(5,015)   $
(5,015)   $

1,832    $
1,832    $

-    $
-    $

-    $
-    $

1,832 
1,832 

Gross Amount 
Recognized  

Gross 
Amounts 
Offset

Net Amounts 
Presented

Gross Amounts Not Offset
Cash 
Collateral 
Posted

Financial 
Instruments  

    Net Amount  

(In Thousands)

Liabilities:

Interest rate contracts

Total

$
$

5,688    $
5,688    $

(5,015)   $
(5,015)   $

673    $
673    $

-    $
-    $

(673)   $
 $
(673)

- 
-  

June 30, 2020

Gross Amount 
Recognized  

Gross 
Amounts 
Offset

Net Amounts 
Presented

Gross Amounts Not Offset
Cash 
Collateral 
Received

Financial 
Instruments  

    Net Amount  

(In Thousands)

Assets:

Interest rate contracts

Total

$
$

592    $
592    $

(357)   $
(357)   $

235    $
235    $

-    $
-    $

-    $
-    $

235 
235 

Gross Amount 
Recognized  

Gross 
Amounts 
Offset

Net Amounts 
Presented

Gross Amounts Not Offset
Cash 
Collateral 
Posted

Financial 
Instruments  

    Net Amount  

(In Thousands)

Liabilities:

Interest rate contracts

Total

$
$

18,534    $
18,534    $

(357)   $
(357)   $

18,177    $
18,177    $

-    $
-    $

(18,177)   $
 $
(18,177)

- 
-  

F-49

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
   
   
       
   
   
 
 
   
       
       
   
   
       
   
   
 
 
   
       
       
   
   
       
   
   
 
 
   
       
       
   
   
       
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
   
   
       
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
       
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
       
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
       
   
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 12 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (continued)

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features 

The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any 
of its indebtedness, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations and could be required to terminate 
its  derivative  positions  with  the  counterparty.  The  Company  also  has  agreements  with  its  derivative  counterparties  that  contain  a 
provision where if the Company fails to maintain its status as a well-capitalized institution, then the Company could be required to 
terminate  its  derivative  positions  with  the  counterparty.  As  of  June  30,  2021,  the  termination  value  of  derivatives  in  a  net  liability 
position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to those agreements was $1.1 
million.   

As  required  under  the  enforceable  master  netting  arrangement  with  its  derivatives  counterparties,  at  June  30,  2021  the  Company 
posted financial collateral of $673,000 that was not included as an offsetting amount. By comparison, at June 30, 2020, the Company 
posted financial collateral of $18.2 million that was not included as offsetting amount.

In addition to the derivative instruments noted above, the Company’s pipeline of loans held for sale at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 
2020,  included  $48.4  million  and  $127.2  million,  respectively,  of  in  process  loans  whose  terms  included  interest  rate  locks  to 
borrowers, which are considered free-standing derivative instruments whose fair values are not material to our financial condition or 
results of operations.

Note 13 – Benefit Plans

Components of Net Periodic Expense 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  aggregate  net  periodic  benefit  expense  for  the  Bank’s  Benefit  Equalization  Plan,  Postretirement 
Welfare Plan, Directors’ Consultation and Retirement Plan and Atlas Bank Retirement Income Plan:

2021

Years Ended June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

Affected Line Item in the Consolidated
Statements of Income

Service cost
Interest cost
Amortization of unrecognized loss
Expected return on assets
Net periodic benefit cost

$

$

106    $
262   
83   
(113)  
338 

 $

78    $

54    Salaries and employee benefits

326   
19   
(112)  
311 

 $

378    Miscellaneous non-interest  expense
43    Miscellaneous non-interest  expense
(112)   Miscellaneous non-interest  expense
363   

The other components of net periodic benefit cost are required to be presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income separately 
from the service cost component. The table above details the affected line items within the Consolidated Statements of Income related 
to the net periodic benefit costs for the periods noted. 

F-50

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
     
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Benefit Plans (continued)

ESOP

In  conjunction  to  the  Company’s  initial  public  stock  offering  in  February  2005,  the  Bank  established  an  ESOP  for  all  eligible 
employees. The ESOP purchased 2,409,764 shares of Company’s common stock with proceeds of a loan from the Company to the 
ESOP.  In  connection  with  the  completion  of  the  Company’s  mutual  to  stock  conversion  in  May  2015,  the  ESOP  purchased  an 
additional 3,612,500 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $10.00 per share with the proceeds of a new loan from the 
Company  to  the  ESOP.  The  Company  refinanced  the  outstanding  principal  and  interest  balance  of  $3.8  million  and  borrowed  and 
additional  $36.1  million  to  purchase  the  additional  shares.    The  Company  makes  discretionary  contributions  to  the  ESOP  equaling 
principal  and  interest  payments  owed  on  the  ESOP’s  loan  to  the  Company.  Such  payments  may  be  reduced  by  the  amount  of 
dividends paid on shares of the Company’s common stock held by the ESOP. The outstanding loan principal balance at June 30, 2021 
was $30.0 million.

ESOP  shares  pledged  as  collateral  are  initially  recorded  as  unearned  ESOP  shares  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial 
condition. ESOP compensation expense was approximately $2,069,000, $2,354,000 and $2,464,000 for the years ended June 30, 2021, 
2020 and 2019, respectively, representing the fair value of shares allocated or committed to be released during the year.

At June 30, 2021 and 2020, the ESOP shares were as follows:

Allocated shares
Total shares distributed to employees
Shares committed to be released
Unearned shares

Total ESOP shares

June 30,

2021

2020

(In Thousands)
2,021   
1,141   
100   
2,760   
6,022   

1,924 
1,038 
100 
2,960 
6,022 

Fair value of unearned ESOP shares

$

32,982    $

24,213  

Employee Stock Ownership Plan Benefit Equalization Plan ("ESOP BEP")

The Bank has a non-qualified plan to compensate its executive officers who participate in the Bank's ESOP for certain benefits lost 
under  such  plan  by  reason  of  benefit  limitations  imposed  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  (“IRC”).  The  ESOP  BEP  expense  was 
approximately  $37,000,  $24,000  and  $47,000  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2021,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  The  liability  totaled 
approximately $18,000 and $20,000 at June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Employees’ Savings and Profit Sharing Plan

The Bank sponsors the Employees' Savings and Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (the “Plan”), pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal 
Revenue  Code,  for  all  eligible  employees.  Employees  may  elect  to  contribute  up  to  75%  of  their  compensation  subject  to  the 
limitations  imposed  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  The  Bank  will  contribute  a  matching  contribution  up  to  3.5%  of  an  eligible 
employee’s  salary  deferral  contribution,  provided  the  eligible  employee  has  contributed  6%.  The  Plan  expense  amounted  to 
approximately $1,335,000, $1,147,000 and $1,047,000 for the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Multi-Employer Retirement Plan

The  Bank  participates  in  the  Pentegra  Defined  Benefit  Plan  for  Financial  Institutions  (“The  Pentegra  DB  Plan”),  a  tax-qualified 
defined-benefit pension plan.  The Pentegra DB Plan’s Employer Identification Number is 13-5645888 and the Plan Number is 001.  
The  Pentegra  DB  Plan  operates  as  a  multi-employer  plan  for  accounting  purposes  and  as  a  multiple-employer  plan  under  the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the IRC.  There are no collective bargaining agreements in place that require 
contributions to the Pentegra DB Plan.

F-51

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Benefit Plans (continued)

The Pentegra DB Plan is a single plan under Internal Revenue Code Section 413(c) and, as a result, all of the assets stand behind all of 
the  liabilities.  Accordingly,  under  the  Pentegra  DB  Plan  contributions  made  by  a  participating  employer  may  be  used  to  provide 
benefits to participants of other participating employers.

The  Pentegra  DB  Plan  is  non-contributory  and  covers  all  eligible  employees.  In  April  2007,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Bank 
approved, effective July 1, 2007, freezing all future benefit accruals under the Pentegra DB Plan.

Funded status (market value of plan assets divided by funding target) of the Pentegra DB Plan based on valuation reports as of July 1, 
2020  and  2019  was  102.31%  and  104.08%,  respectively.  Total  contributions,  made  to  the  Pentegra  DB  Plan,  which  include 
contributions from all participating employers and not just the Company, as reported on Form 5500, were $253.2 million and $138.3 
million for the plan years ended June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019, respectively. The Bank’s contributions to the Pentegra DB Plan 
were not more than 5% of the total contributions to the Pentegra DB Plan. During the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the 
total expense recorded for the Pentegra DB Plan was approximately $329,000, $340,000 and $967,000, respectively.

Atlas Bank Retirement Income Plan (“ABRIP”)

Through  the  merger  with  Atlas  Bank,  the  Company  acquired  a  non-contributory  defined  benefit  pension  plan  covering  all  eligible 
employees  of  Atlas  Bank.  Effective  January  31,  2013,  the  ABRIP  was  frozen  by  Atlas  Bank.  All  benefits  for  eligible  participants 
accrued in the ABRIP to the freeze date have been retained. The benefits are based on years of service and employee’s compensation.  
The ABRIP is funded in conformity with funding requirements of applicable government regulations.

The following tables set forth the ABRIP’s funded status and net periodic benefit cost:

June 30,

2021

2020

(In Thousands)

Change in benefit obligation:

Projected benefit obligation - beginning

Interest cost
Actuarial gain
Benefit payments

Projected benefit obligation - ending

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of assets - beginning

Actual return on assets
Benefit payments

Fair value of assets - ending

Reconciliation of funded status:
Projected benefit obligation
Fair value of assets

Funded status included in other assets

Accumulated benefit obligation

Valuation assumptions

Discount rate
Salary increase rate

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

F-52

  $

2,285 
61 
(49)  
(148)  
2,149 

  $

3,299 
69 
(148)  
3,220 

  $

  $

2,553 
77 
(228)
(117)
2,285 

3,223 
193 
(117)
3,299 

(2,149)   $
3,220 
1,071 

  $

(2,285)
3,299 
1,014 

(2,149)   $

(2,285)

3.00%   
N/A 

2.75%
N/A 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Benefit Plans (continued)

Net periodic benefit cost/(credit):

Interest cost
Expected return on assets
Amortization of net loss

Total benefit cost (credit)

Valuation assumptions

Discount rate
Long term rate of return on plan assets

2021

Years Ended June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

$

$

61 
  $
(113)    
22 
(30)   $

77 
  $
(112)    
4 
(31)   $

108 
(112)
57 
53 

2.75%   
3.50%   

3.75%   
3.50%   

4.25%
3.50%

The Bank does not expect to contribute to the ABRIP in the year ending June 30, 2022.

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

Years ending June 30:

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027-2031

Benefit 
Payments
(In Thousands)  

$

146 
144 
141 
142 
143 
657  

At  June  30,  2021  and  2020,  unrecognized  net  loss  of  $496,000  and  $523,000,  respectively,  was  included  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income.

The  assets  of  the  ABRIP  are  invested  in  a  Guaranteed  Deposit  Fund  (“GDF”)  with  Prudential  Financial,  Inc.  The  GDF  is  a  group 
annuity fund invested in public and private-issue debt securities through various sub-accounts. The underlying assets are valued based 
on  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  with  similar  terms  and  other  observable  market  data  and  have  no  redemption  restrictions.  The 
investments in the plan were monitored to ensure that they complied with the investment policies set forth in the plan document. The 
plan’s assets were reviewed periodically by management, which included an analysis of the asset allocation and the performance of 
the GDF prepared by Prudential Financial, Inc.

The overall investment objective of the ABRIP is to ensure safety of principal and seek an attractive rate of return. The GDF utilizes a 
full spectrum of fixed income asset classes to provide the opportunity to maximize portfolio returns and diversification.  

F-53

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Benefit Plans (continued)

The fair values of the ABRIP’s assets at June 30, 2021 and 2020 by asset category (see Note 18 for the definitions of levels), are as 
follows:

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

June 30, 2021

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

Prudential Guaranteed Deposit Fund

$

-    $

(In Thousands)
3,220    $

-    $

3,220 

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

June 30, 2020

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

Prudential Guaranteed Deposit Fund

$

-    $

(In Thousands)
3,299    $

-    $

3,299 

F-54

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
       
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Benefit Plans (continued)

Benefit Equalization Plan (“BEP”)

The Bank has an unfunded non-qualified plan to compensate executive officers of the Bank who participate in the Bank’s qualified 
defined benefit plan for certain benefits lost under such plans by reason of benefit limitations imposed by Sections 415 and 401 of the 
IRC. There were approximately $239,000, $237,000 and $235,000 in contributions made to and benefits paid under the BEP during 
each of the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The following tables set forth the BEP’s funded status and components of net periodic benefit cost:

Change in benefit obligation:

Projected benefit obligation - beginning

Interest cost
Actuarial (gain) loss
Benefit payments

Projected benefit obligation - ending

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of assets - beginning

Contributions
Benefit payments

Fair value of assets - ending

Reconciliation of funded status:

Accumulated benefit obligation

Projected benefit obligation
Fair value of assets

Funded status included in other liabilities

Valuation assumptions

Discount rate
Salary increase rate

Net periodic benefit cost:

Interest cost
Amortization of net actuarial loss

Total expense

Valuation assumptions

Discount rate
Salary increase rate

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

June 30,

2021

2020

(In Thousands)

  $

3,206 
85 
(53)    
(239)    
  $
2,999 

  $

- 
239 
(239)    
  $
- 

3,105 
112 
226 
(237)
3,206 

- 
237 
(237)
- 

(2,999)   $

(3,206)

(2,999)   $
- 
(2,999)   $

(3,206)
- 
(3,206)

3.00%   
N/A 

2.75%
N/A  

2021

Years Ended June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

$

$

85 
75 
160 

  $

  $

112 
56 
168 

  $

  $

125 
44 
169 

2.75%   
N/A 

3.75%   
N/A 

4.25%
N/A  

F-55

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Benefit Plans (continued)

It is estimated that contributions of approximately $238,000 will be made during the year ending June 30, 2022.

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

Years ending June 30:

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027-2031

Benefit 
Payments
(In Thousands)  

$

238 
235 
231 
228 
223 
1,030 

In April 2007, the Board of Directors of the Bank approved, effective July 1, 2007, freezing all future benefit accruals under the BEP 
related to the Bank’s defined benefit pension plan.

At  June  30,  2021  and  2020,  unrecognized  net  loss  of  $1,029,000  and  $1,157,000,  respectively,  was  included  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income.

F-56

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Benefit Plans (continued)

Postretirement Welfare Plan

The Bank has an unfunded postretirement group term life insurance plan covering all eligible employees. The benefits are based on 
age  and  years  of  service.  During  the  years  ended  June 30,  2021,  2020  and  2019,  contributions  and  benefits  paid  totaled  $11,000, 
$11,000 and $6,000, respectively.

The following tables set forth the accrued accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and the net periodic benefit cost:

June 30,

2021

2020

(In Thousands)

Change in benefit obligation:

Projected benefit obligation - beginning

Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial (gain) loss
Premiums/claims paid

Projected benefit obligation - ending

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of assets - beginning

Contributions
Premiums/claims paid
Fair value of assets - ending

Reconciliation of funded status:
Projected benefit obligation
Fair value of assets

Funded status included in other liabilities

Valuation assumptions

Discount rate
Salary increase rate

Net periodic benefit cost:

Service cost
Interest cost
Amortization of net actuarial gain

Total expense (benefit)

Valuation assumptions

Discount rate
Salary increase rate

$

$

$

$

$

  $

  $

991 
106 
27 
(4)    
(12)    
  $

1,108 

  $

- 
12 
(12)    
  $
- 

(1,108)   $
- 
(1,108)   $

710 
78 
26 
188 
(11)
991 

- 
11 
(11)
- 

(991)
- 
(991)

3.00%   
3.25%   

2.75%
3.25%

2021

Years Ended June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

$

$

  $

106 
27 
(14)    
  $
119 

  $

78 
26 
(41)    
  $
63 

54 
26 
(49)
31 

2.75%   
3.25%   

3.75%   
3.25%   

4.25%
3.25%

F-57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Benefit Plans (continued)

It is estimated that contributions of approximately $44,000 will be made during the year ending June 30, 2022.

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

Years ending June 30:

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027-2031

Benefit 
Payments
(In Thousands)  

$

44 
52 
61 
70 
84 
522 

At  June  30,  2021  and  2020,  unrecognized  net  gain  of  $230,000  and  $240,000,  respectively,  were  included  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income.

F-58

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Benefit Plans (continued)

Directors’ Consultation and Retirement Plan (“DCRP”)

The Bank has an unfunded retirement plan for non-employee directors. The benefits are payable based on term of service as a director. 
During each of the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, contributions and benefits paid totaled $69,000, $60,000 and $60,000, 
respectively.

The following table sets forth the DCRP’s funded status and components of net periodic cost:

June 30,

2021

2020

(In Thousands)

Change in benefit obligation:

Projected benefit obligation - beginning

Interest cost
Actuarial (gain) loss
Benefit payments

Projected benefit obligation - ending

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of assets - beginning

Contributions
Benefit payments

Fair value of assets - ending

Reconciliation of funded status:

Accumulated benefit obligation

Projected benefit obligation
Fair value of assets

Funded status included in other liabilities

Valuation assumptions

Discount rate
Salary increase rate

Net periodic benefit cost:

Service cost
Interest cost
Amortization of net actuarial gain

Total expense (benefit)

Valuation assumptions

Discount rate
Salary increase rate

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

3,269 
89 
(173)    
(69)    
  $

3,116 

  $

- 
69 
(69)    
  $
- 

2,975 
110 
244 
(60)
3,269 

- 
60 
(60)
- 

(3,116)   $

(3,269)

(3,116)   $
- 
(3,116)   $

(3,269)
- 
(3,269)

3.00%   
N/A 

2.75%
N/A  

2021

Years Ended June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

$

$

- 
89 
- 
89 

  $

  $

- 
110 
- 
110 

  $

  $

- 
119 
(9)
110 

2.75%   
N/A 

3.75%   
N/A 

4.25%
N/A  

F-59

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 13 – Benefit Plans (continued)

It is estimated that contributions of approximately $71,000 will be made during the year ending June 30, 2022.

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

Years ending June 30:

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027-2031

Benefit 
Payments
(In Thousands)  

$

71 
91 
111 
149 
167 
1,178 

In  December  2015,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Bank  approved  freezing  all  future  benefit  accruals  under  the  DCRP  effective 
December 31, 2015.

At  June  30,  2021  and  2020  unrecognized  net  gain  of  $203,000  and  $30,000,  respectively,  was  included  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income. For the fiscal year ending June 30, 2022, no unrecognized net gain or net loss is expected to be recognized as 
a component of net periodic benefit cost.

Note 14 – Stock Based Compensation

At the Company’s 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholder’s held on October 27, 2016, the stockholders approved the Kearny Financial 
Corp. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (“2016 Plan”) which provides for the grant of stock options and restricted stock awards. The 2016 
Plan authorized up to 3,687,628 shares as stock option grants and 1,523,696 shares as restricted stock awards.

At June 30, 2021, there were 572,628 shares remaining available for future stock option grants while there were no shares remaining 
for future restricted stock awards under the 2016 Plan.

Stock options granted under the 2016 Plan vest in equal installments over a five-year service period. Stock options were granted at an 
exercise price equal to the fair value of the Company's common stock on the grant date based on the closing market price and have an 
expiration period of 10 years.

The fair value of stock options granted as part of the 2016 Plan was estimated utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model using 
the following assumptions for the periods presented below:

Weighted average risk-free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Weighted average volatility factor of the expected
  market price of the Company's stock
Weighted average expected life of the
 options (in years)
Weighted average fair value of options granted

2021
-
-

-

-
-

Years Ended June 30,
2020
-
-

-

-
-

    $

2019
2.09%
1.77%

14.03%

4.9
2.54

F-60

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 14 – Stock Based Compensation (continued)

The weighted average expected life of the stock option represents the period of time that stock options are expected to be outstanding 
and is estimated using historical data of stock option exercises and forfeitures. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury 
yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected volatility is based on the historical market price volatility of the Company's 
stock. The expected dividend yield reflects the expected level of regular cash dividends declared and paid to shareholders, based on 
the Company's dividend payout ratio of approximately 50% of net income, in relation to the market price of the Company's capital 
stock  at  the  time  of  grant.  The  Company  recognizes  compensation  expense  for  the  fair  values  of  these  awards,  which  have  graded 
vesting, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards.  

There were 53,706 restricted stock awards granted during the year ended June 30, 2021. There were no restricted stock awards granted 
during the year ended June 30, 2020. The Company awarded 233,000 shares of restricted stock during the year ended June 30, 2019.

During  the  years  ended  June  30,  2021,  2020  and  2019,  the  Company  recorded  $5.7  million,  $5.9  million  and  $6.1  million, 
respectively, of share-based compensation expense, comprised of stock option expense of $1.8 million, $1.8 million and $2.0 million 
respectively, and restricted stock expense of $3.8 million, $4.0 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

During the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the income tax benefit attributed to non-qualified stock options expense was 
approximately  $422,000,  $432,000  and  453,000,  respectively,  and  attributed  to  restricted  stock  expense  was  approximately  $1.4 
million, $1.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

The following is a summary of the Company's stock option activity and related information for its option plans for the year ended June 
30, 2021:

Outstanding at June 30, 2020

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited

Outstanding at June 30, 2021

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Options

(In Thousands)    

3,294    $
-   
(41)  
-   
3,253    $

14.90   
-   
9.00   
-   
14.97 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

6.5 years
-
2.5 years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(In Thousands)  
11 

  $

5.5 years

  $

177 

177  

Exercisable at June 30, 2021

2,510    $

15.00 

5.4 years

  $

The Company generally issues shares from authorized but unissued shares upon the exercise of vested options.

A total of 41,412 vested options, with an aggregate intrinsic value of $158,000, were exercised during the year ended June 30, 2021. 
In fulfillment of these exercises, the Company issued 41,412 shares from authorized but unissued shares. There were no vested options 
exercised during the year ended June 30, 2020. A total of 48,314 vested options, with an aggregate intrinsic value of $235,000, were 
exercised during the year ended June 30, 2019.

The cash proceeds from stock option exercises during the year ended June 30, 2021 totaled approximately $373,000. A portion of such 
exercises represented disqualifying dispositions of incentive stock options for which the Company recognized $47,000 in income tax 
benefit.  The  cash  proceeds  from  stock  option  exercises  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  2019  totaled  approximately  $423,000.  A 
portion of such exercises represented disqualifying dispositions of incentive stock options for which the Company recognized $69,000 
in income tax benefit.

Expected future compensation expense relating to the 743,000 non-vested options outstanding as of June 30, 2021 is $1.1 million over 
a weighted average period of 2.5 years.

F-61

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 14 – Stock Based Compensation (continued)

Restricted shares awarded under the 2016 Plan generally vest in equal installments over a five-year service period. In addition to the 
requisite service period, the vesting of certain restricted shares awarded to management are also conditioned upon the achievement of 
one  or  more  objective  performance  factors  established  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors.  In 
accordance with the terms of the 2016 Plan, such factors may be based on the performance of the Company as a whole or on any one 
or more business units of the Company or its subsidiaries. Performance factors may be measured relative to a peer group, an index or 
certain financial targets established in the Company's strategic business plan and budget.

The vesting of the applicable performance-based restricted shares over the fifth year of the five-year service period was conditioned 
upon the achievement of the Company's earning-based performance targets for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. Such performance 
targets were established by the Board of Directors in the Company's strategic business plan and budget for that period. The Company 
fully achieved the applicable performance targets for fiscal 2021 and therefore expects that all eligible performance-based restricted 
shares will successfully vest over the fifth year of the five-year service period. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, the Company 
fully achieved the applicable performance targets and all eligible performance-based restricted shares successfully vested in the fourth 
year of the five-year service period.

The performance factors and underlying cost basis of the performance-based restricted shares that are scheduled to vest over the final 
year of the service period is generally expected to be determined annually concurrent with the anniversary date of the original grants.

For service based awards management recognizes compensation expense for the fair value of restricted shares on a straight-line basis 
over the requisite service period. For performance vesting awards management recognizes compensation expense for the fair value of 
restricted shares on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period; however, if the corporate performance goals to which the 
vesting of such shares are tied are not achieved, recognized compensation expense is adjusted accordingly.

The following is a summary of the status of the Company's non-vested restricted share awards as of June 30, 2021 and changes during 
the year ended June 30, 2021:

Vesting Contingent on Service 
Conditions

Vesting Contingent on Performance 
and Service Conditions

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Restricted
Shares

(In Thousands)    

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Restricted
Shares

(In Thousands)    

420    $
27   
(183)  
-   
264    $

14.86   
13.11   
15.07   
-   
14.54   

227    $
27   
(94)  
-   
160    $

14.69 
13.11 
14.95 
- 
14.27  

Non-vested at June 30, 2020

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Non-vested at June 30, 2021

During the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the total fair value of vested restricted shares were $4.2 million, $4.2 million 
and $4.1 million, respectively. Expected future compensation expense relating to the 423,676 non-vested restricted shares at June 30, 
2021 is $3.3 million over a weighted average period of 4.9 years.

F-62

 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 15 – Stockholders’ Equity 

Regulatory Capital

Federal  banking  regulators  impose  various  restrictions  or  requirements  on  the  ability  of  savings  institutions  to  make  capital 
distributions, including cash dividends. A savings institution that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, such as the 
Bank,  must  file  an  application  or  a  notice  with  federal  banking  regulators  at  least  30  days  before  making  a  capital  distribution.  A 
savings institution must file an application for prior approval of a capital distribution if:  (i) it is not eligible for expedited treatment 
under  the  applications  processing  rules  of  federal  banking  regulators;  (ii)  the  total  amount  of  all  capital  distributions,  including  the 
proposed capital distribution, for the applicable calendar year would exceed an amount equal to the savings institution’s net income 
for that year to date plus the institution’s retained net income for the preceding two years; (iii) it would not adequately be capitalized 
after  the  capital  distribution;  or  (iv)  the  distribution  would  violate  an  agreement  with  federal  banking  regulators  or  applicable 
regulations.  Federal  banking  regulators  may  disapprove  a  notice  or  deny  an  application  for  a  capital  distribution  if:  (i)  the  savings 
institution  would  be  undercapitalized  following  the  capital  distribution;  (ii)  the  proposed  capital  distribution  raises  safety  and 
soundness concerns; or (iii) the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, applications for capital distributions from the Bank to the Company were approved by 
federal  banking  regulators  in  the  amount  of  $40.0  million,  $45.0  million  and  $50.0  million  which  was  paid  by  the  Bank  to  the 
Company in October 2020, January 2021 and May 2021, respectively. Also, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, an application 
for  quarterly  capital  distributions  from  the  Bank  to  the  Company  was  approved  by  federal  banking  regulators.    The  amount  of 
dividends payable is based on 75 percent of quarterly net income of the Bank.

During the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, dividends paid by the Bank to the Company, in conjunction with quarterly capital 
distributions, as discussed above, totaled $43.9 million and $30.0 million, respectively.

The Bank and the Company are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to 
meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if 
undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines 
and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank and consolidated Company must meet specific capital guidelines 
that  involve  quantitative  measures  of  their  respective  assets,  liabilities,  and  certain  off-balance-sheet  items  as  calculated  under 
regulatory  accounting  practices.  The  Bank’s  and  consolidated  Company’s  capital  amounts  and  classification  are  also  subject  to 
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weighting, and other factors.

The minimum capital level requirements applicable to both the Bank and the consolidated Company include: (i) a common equity Tier 
1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6%; (iii) a total capital ratio of 8%; and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all 
institutions.  The  previously  amended  rules  also  established  a  “capital  conservation  buffer”  of  2.5%  above  the  new  regulatory 
minimum capital ratios, and when fully phased in, would result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital 
ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The capital conservation buffer requirement 
began phasing in at January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increased each calendar year until it was fully implemented 
in at 2.5% on January 1, 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and 
paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage 
of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions. 

At June 30, 2021, the regulatory capital ratios, of both the Company and the Bank were in excess of the levels required by federal 
banking regulators to be classified as “well-capitalized” under regulatory guidelines.

F-63

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 15 – Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

The following tables present information regarding the Bank’s regulatory capital levels at June 30, 2021 and 2020:

Actual

Amount  

  Ratio    

At June 30, 2021

For Capital

Adequacy Purposes    
Amount  
(Dollars in Thousands)

  Ratio  

To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions

  Amount  

Ratio

$ 761,883   
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  726,737   
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   726,737   
  726,737   
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)

  17.22  % $ 353,970   
  16.42  %   265,477   
  16.42  %   199,108   
  10.23  %   284,114   

  8.00  % $ 442,462   
  6.00  %   353,970   
  4.50  %   287,600   
  4.00  %   355,142   

  10.00  %
  8.00  %
  6.50  %
  5.00  %

Actual

Amount  

  Ratio    

At June 30, 2020

For Capital

Adequacy Purposes    
Amount  
(Dollars in Thousands)

  Ratio  

To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions

  Amount  

Ratio

$ 816,577   
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  779,250   
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   779,250   
  779,250   
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)

  21.38  % $ 305,562   
  20.40  %   229,172   
  20.40  %   171,879   
  11.95  %   260,893   

  8.00  % $ 381,953   
  6.00  %   305,562   
  4.50  %   248,269   
  4.00  %   326,116   

  10.00  %
  8.00  %
  6.50  %
  5.00  %

The following tables present information regarding the consolidated Company’s regulatory capital levels at June 30, 2021 and June 
30, 2020:

At June 30, 2021

Actual

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes

Amount

872,823   
837,677   
837,677   
837,677   

  Ratio

Amount
(Dollars in Thousands)
19.65  % $
18.86  %  
18.86  %  
11.76  %  

355,274   
266,456   
199,842   
284,877   

Ratio

8.00  %
6.00  %
4.50  %
4.00  %

At June 30, 2020

Actual

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes

Amount

906,058   
868,731   
868,731   
868,731   

  Ratio

Amount
(Dollars in Thousands)
23.61  % $
22.64  %  
22.64  %  
13.27  %  

306,958   
230,219   
172,664   
261,783   

Ratio

8.00  %
6.00  %
4.50  %
4.00  %

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)

$

$

F-64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 15 – Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

Stock Repurchase Plans 

In March 2019 the Company announced its fourth stock repurchase plan which authorized the repurchase of 9,218,324 shares, or 10%, 
of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  stock.  On  March  25,  2020,  that  plan  was  temporarily  suspended  due  to  the  risks  and 
uncertainties  associated  with  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  On  October  19,  2020,  the  Company  announced  the  resumption  of  that  plan 
which  had,  as  of  that  date,  761,030  shares  of  common  stock  remained  to  be  repurchased.  On  October  19,  2020,  the  Company 
announced  the  approval  of  a  fifth  repurchase  plan  totaling  4,475,523  shares,  or  5%  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  stock 
which was implemented upon the completion of the fourth stock repurchase plan. On January 22, 2021, the Company announced the 
completion  of  its  fifth  stock  repurchase  plan  and  the  authorization  of  a  sixth  stock  repurchase  plan  to  repurchase  up  to  4,210,520 
shares, or 5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. On May 26, 2021, the Company announced the completion of its sixth 
stock repurchase plan and the authorization of a seventh stock repurchase plan to repurchase up to 4,064,649 shares, or 5%, of the 
Company’s outstanding common stock.

During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2021,  the  Company  repurchased  a  total  of  10,567,073  shares  of  its  common  stock  which  were 
repurchased in conjunction with the Company’s fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh repurchase plans. Such shares were repurchased at a 
total cost of $119.0 million and at an average cost of $11.26 per share.

Including  shares  previously  repurchased,  the  shares  associated  with  the  fourth  repurchase  plan  were  repurchased  at  a  total  cost  of 
$117.9 million and at an average cost of $12.79 per share. The Company fully repurchased shares associated with the Company’s fifth 
share repurchase plan during the quarter ended March 31, 2021, such shares were repurchased at a total cost of $46.9 million and at an 
average cost of $10.48 per share. The shares repurchased related to the Company’s sixth share repurchase plan were repurchased at a 
total cost of $51.1 million and at an average cost of $12.15 per share.

During the year ended June 30, 2021, and in conjunction with the Company’s seventh repurchase program, the Company repurchased 
1,120,000 shares at a cost of $14.2 million and at an average cost of $12.65 per share which represented 27.6% of the total shares 
authorized to be repurchased.

Note 16 – Income Taxes

The components of income taxes are as follows:

Current income tax expense:

Federal
State

Deferred income tax expense:

Federal
State

Valuation allowance

Total income tax expense

2021

Years Ended June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

$

12,051    $
5,058   
17,109   

6,745    $
4,877   
11,622   

2,673   
2,016   
4,689   
(535)  

1,153   
235   
1,388   
(723)  

5,656 
3,733 
9,389 

3,842 
368 
4,210 
328 

$

21,263    $

12,287    $

13,927  

The following table presents a reconciliation between the reported income taxes for the periods presented and the income taxes which 
would  be  computed  by  applying  the  federal  income  tax  rates  applicable  to  those  periods.  The  federal  income  tax  rate  of  21%  was 
applicable for the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

F-65

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 16 – Income Taxes (continued)

Income before income taxes
Statutory federal tax rate
Federal income tax expense at statutory rate
(Reduction) increases in income taxes resulting from:

Tax exempt interest
State tax, net of federal tax effect
Incentive stock options compensation expense
Income from bank-owned life insurance
Disqualifying disposition on incentive stock
  options
Non-deductible merger-related expenses
Bargain purchase gain
Tax benefit arising from the adoption of the CARES
  Act provisions

Other items, net

Valuation allowance

Total income tax expense

Effective income tax rate

2021

84,496 

Years Ended June 30,
2020
(Dollars In Thousands)
  $

57,252 

  $

21% 

21% 

17,744 

  $

12,023 

  $

$

$

(345)  
5,464 
85 
(1,255)  

(33)  
49 
(641)  

- 
730 
21,798 

(535)  

(497)  
3,914 
78 
(1,314)  

- 
148 
- 

(1,624)  
282 
13,010 

(723)  

$

21,263 

  $

12,287 

  $

25.16% 

21.46% 

2019

56,069 

21%

11,774 

(589)
3,510 
88 
(1,329)

(24)
- 
- 

- 
169 
13,599 
328 

13,927 

24.84%

The  effective  income  tax  rate  represents  total  income  tax  expense  divided  by  income  before  income  taxes.  Retained  earnings  at 
June 30,  2021,  includes  approximately  $38.4  million  of  bad  debt  allowance,  pursuant  to  the  IRC,  for  which  income  taxes  have  not 
been provided.  If such amount is used for purposes other than to absorb bad debts, including distributions in liquidation, it will be 
subject to income tax at the then current rate.

A  tax  position  is  recognized  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not,  based  on  the  technical  merits,  that  the  tax  position  will  be  realized  or 
sustained upon examination. The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon 
examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation process, if any. A tax position that meets the more likely than 
not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent 
likelihood  of  being  realized  upon  settlement  with  a  taxing  authority  that  has  full  knowledge  of  all  relevant  information.  The 
determination  of  whether  or  not  a  tax  position  has  met  the  more  likely  than  not  recognition  threshold  considers  the  facts, 
circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment.

Realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  dependent  upon  the  generation  of  future  taxable  income  or  the  existence  of  sufficient  taxable 
income  within  the  carryover  period.  A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  some  portion  of  the 
deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considers the scheduled reversal 
of the deferred tax liabilities, the level of historical taxable income, and the projected future taxable income over the periods in which 
the temporary differences comprising the deferred tax assets will be deductible. Based on its assessment, management determined the 
following related to June 30, 2021 and 2020:

In the year ended June 30, 2020, the valuation allowance against the charitable contribution carryover was reversed as it became more 
likely than not that the charitable contribution would be realized. In addition, the Company maintained a valuation allowance during 
the year ended June 30, 2020, against a portion of the deferred tax asset arising from fair value adjustments on investment securities 
acquired in a prior acquisition.

F-66

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 16 – Income Taxes (continued)

In the year ended June 30, 2020, the Company also recorded a valuation allowance against capital losses generated in the current year. 
Management determined that it was more likely than not that the Company will not generate capital gains in the carryover period to 
offset the capital losses. During the year ended June 30, 2021, the Company reversed a valuation allowance totaling $535,000 which 
was associated with the realization of a capital loss carryforward.

It is more likely than not that all other deferred tax assets will be realized.

The tax effects of existing temporary differences that give rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

Deferred income tax assets:
Purchase accounting
Accumulated other comprehensive income

Defined benefit plans
Derivatives

Allowance for credit losses
Benefit plans
Compensation
Stock-based compensation
Uncollected interest
Depreciation
Net operating loss carryover
Capital loss carryforward
Other items

Valuation allowance

Deferred income tax liabilities:
Deferred loan fees and costs
Accumulated other comprehensive income

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale

Goodwill
Other items

June 30,

2021

2020

(In Thousands)

  $

8,417    $

11,668 

326   
94   
17,376   
2,432   
1,616   
2,937   
1,484   
1,691   
5   
313   
1,048   
37,739   
-   
37,739   

620   

2,882   
4,560   
354   
8,416   
29,323    $

416 
5,730 
11,047 
2,290 
1,287 
2,482 
1,362 
268 
6 
329 
1,049 
37,934 
(535)
37,399 

- 

6,541 
4,655 
723 
11,919 
25,480  

Net deferred income tax asset

  $

The Company has various state and local NOL carryforwards which will begin to expire in the year ending June 30, 2025.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax, as well as income tax of the state of New Jersey and various 
other states.  The Company is generally no longer subject to examination by federal, state and local taxing authorities for tax years 
prior to June 30, 2018.

F-67

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 17 – Commitments

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of 
its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit. These transactions involve elements of credit and 
interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Bank's exposure to 
credit  loss  in  the  event  of  nonperformance  by  the  other  party  to  the  financial  instrument  for  commitments  to  extend  credit  is 
represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments 
and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the 
contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since 
many  of  the  commitments  are  expected  to  expire  without  being  drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily 
represent  future  cash  requirements.  The  Bank  evaluates  each  customer’s  creditworthiness  on  a  case-by-case  basis.  The  amount  of 
collateral  obtained  if  deemed  necessary  by  the  Bank  upon  extension  of  credit  is  based  on  management’s  credit  evaluation  of  the 
borrower. At June 30, 2021 and 2020, the Bank had $512.2 million and $145.1 million in commitments to originate loans, including 
unused lines of credit. 

The  Bank  is  party  to  standby  letters  of  credit  through  which  it  guarantees  certain  specific  business  obligations  of  its  commercial 
customers.    The  balance  of  standby  letters  of  credit  at  June  30,  2021  and  2020  were  approximately  $739,000  and  $217,000, 
respectively.

In addition to the commitments noted above, at June 30, 2021, the Company’s pipeline of loans held for sale included $48.4 million of 
in-process loans whose terms included interest rate locks to borrowers that were paired with a best-efforts commitment to sell the loan 
to a buyer at a fixed price within a predetermined timeframe after the sale commitment is established. 

The Company and subsidiaries are also party to litigation which arises primarily in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of 
management, the ultimate disposition of such litigation should not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position 
of the Company.

Note 18 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most 
advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There 
are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values: 

Level 1:

Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as 
of the measurement date.

Level 2:

Inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  included  in  Level  1  that  are  observable  for  the  asset  or  liability,  either  directly  or 
indirectly.  These  might  include  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities  in  active  markets,  quoted  prices  for 
identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable 
for the asset or liability or inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated by, market data by correlation or 
other means.

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the 
assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing 
models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination 
of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

F-68

  
  
  
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 18 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

Assets Measured on a Recurring Basis:

The following methods and significant assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of the Company’s assets measured at fair 
value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020:

Investment Securities Available for Sale 

The  Company’s  available  for  sale  investment  securities  are  reported  at  fair  value  utilizing  Level  2  inputs.  For  these  securities,  the 
Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data 
that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, 
market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the securities’ terms and conditions, among other things. From time to 
time,  the  Company  validates  prices  supplied  by  the  independent  pricing  service  by  comparison  to  prices  obtained  from  third-party 
sources or derived using internal models.

Derivatives 

The Company has contracted with a third party vendor to provide periodic valuations for its interest rate derivatives to determine the 
fair  value  of  its  interest  rate  caps  and  swaps.  The  vendor  utilizes  standard  valuation  methodologies  applicable  to  interest  rate 
derivatives such as discounted cash flow analysis and extensions of the Black-Scholes model. Such valuations are based upon readily 
observable market data and are therefore considered Level 2 valuations by the Company.

Those assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:

Assets:
Debt securities available for sale:

Obligations of state and political subdivisions
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Corporate bonds

Total debt securities

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale:

Collateralized mortgage obligations
Residential pass-through securities
Commercial pass-through securities
Total mortgage-backed securities

Total securities available for sale

Interest rate contracts

Total assets

Liabilities:

Interest rate contracts
Total liabilities

Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

June 30, 2021

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

(In Thousands)

Total

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

34,603   
242,989   
189,880   
158,351   
625,823   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-    $
-   

13,739   
744,491   
292,811   
1,051,041   
1,676,864    $
1,832   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

34,603 
242,989 
189,880 
158,351 
625,823 

-   
-   
-   
-   
-    $
-   

13,739 
744,491 
292,811 
1,051,041 
1,676,864 
1,832 

-    $

1,678,696    $

-    $

1,678,696 

-    $
-    $

673    $
673    $

-    $
-    $

673 
673  

$

$

$
$

F-69

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 18 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

June 30, 2020

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

(In Thousands)

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

54,054   
172,447   
193,788   
143,639   
2,627   
566,555   

30,903   
561,954   
226,291   
819,148   
1,385,703   
235   

Total

54,054 
172,447 
193,788 
143,639 
2,627 
566,555 

30,903 
561,954 
226,291 
819,148 
1,385,703 
235 

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

$

$
$

-    $

1,385,938    $

-    $

1,385,938 

-    $
-    $

18,177    $
18,177    $

-    $
-    $

18,177 
18,177  

Assets:
Debt securities available for sale:

Obligations of state and political subdivisions
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized loan obligations
Corporate bonds
Trust preferred securities
Total debt securities

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale:

Collateralized mortgage obligations
Residential pass-through securities
Commercial pass-through securities
Total mortgage-backed securities

Total securities available for sale

Interest rate contracts

Total assets

Liabilities:

Interest rate contracts
Total liabilities

Assets Measured on a Non-Recurring Basis:

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a 
non-recurring basis at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020:

Collateral Dependent Individually Analyzed / Impaired Loans:

The fair value of collateral dependent loans that are individually analyzed or were previously deemed impaired is determined based 
upon the appraised fair value of the underlying collateral, less costs to sell. Such collateral primarily consists of real estate and, to a 
lesser  extent,  other  business  assets.  Management  may  also  adjust  appraised  values  to  reflect  estimated  changes  in  market  values  or 
apply  other  adjustments  to  appraised  values  resulting  from  its  knowledge  of  the  collateral.  Internal  valuations  may  be  utilized  to 
determine  the  fair  value  of  other  business  assets.  For  non-collateral-dependent  loans,  management  estimates  fair  value  using 
discounted  cash  flows  based  on  inputs  that  are  largely  unobservable  and  instead  reflect  management’s  own  estimates  of  the 
assumptions  as  a  market  participant  would  in  pricing  such  loans.  Collateral  dependent  individually  analyzed  /  impaired  loans  are 
considered a Level 3 valuation by the Company.

F-70

 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 18 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

Other Real Estate Owned  

Other real estate owned is recorded at estimated fair value, less estimated selling costs when acquired, thus establishing a new cost 
basis. Fair value is generally based on independent appraisals. These appraisals include adjustments to comparable assets based on the 
appraisers’ market knowledge and experience. When an asset is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over fair value, less estimated 
selling costs, is charged to the allowance for loan losses. If further declines in the estimated fair value of the asset occur, a write-down 
is recorded through expense. The valuation of foreclosed assets is subjective in nature and may be adjusted in the future because of 
changes in economic conditions. 

Those assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:

Collateral dependent loans:
Residential mortgage
Multi-family mortgage
Non-residential mortgage

Total

Other real estate owned, net:

Residential

Total

Impaired loans:

Residential mortgage
Non-residential mortgage
Commercial business

Total

Other real estate owned, net:

Residential

Total

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

June 30, 2021

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

(In Thousands)

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

- 
- 
- 
- 

  $

  $

  $
-    $

- 
- 
- 
- 

  $

  $

- 
-    $

-    $
- 
- 
- 

  $

- 
  $
-    $

3,051    $
6,932 
8,679 

18,662    $

3,051 
6,932 
8,679 
18,662 

178    $
178    $

178 
178  

June 30, 2020

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

(In Thousands)

-    $
- 
- 
- 

  $

- 
-    $

2,339    $
2,282 
129 
4,750 

  $

178   
178    $

Total

2,339 
2,282 
129 
4,750 

178 
178  

F-71

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
   
   
 
   
 
     
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 18 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

The following table presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and for 
which the Company has utilized adjusted Level 3 inputs to determine fair value:

Fair
Value
(In Thousands)    

Valuation
Techniques

June 30, 2021

Unobservable
Input

Range

Weighted
Average  

Collateral dependent loans:
Residential mortgage

$

Multi-family mortgage

Non-residential mortgage  

3,051    Market valuation of
underlying collateral
6,932    Market valuation of
underlying collateral
8,679    Market valuation of
underlying collateral

(1) Adjustments to reflect current

(2) 7% - 13%      

9.77%

conditions/selling costs

(1) Adjustments to reflect current

(2) 10% - 11%      

10.39%

conditions/selling costs

(1) Adjustments to reflect current

(2) 9% - 16%      

14.48%

conditions/selling costs

Total

$

18,662     

Other real estate owned, net:    
$

Residential

178    Market valuation of
underlying collateral

(3) Adjustments to reflect current

(2)

6.00%      

6.00%

conditions/selling costs

Total

$

178   

Fair
Value
(In Thousands)    

Valuation
Techniques

June 30, 2020

Unobservable
Input

Range

Weighted
Average  

Impaired loans:

Residential mortgage

$

Non-residential mortgage  

Commercial business

2,339    Market valuation of
underlying collateral
2,282    Market valuation of
underlying collateral
129    Market valuation of
underlying collateral

(1) Adjustments to reflect current

(2)

7% - 9%      

8.17%

conditions/selling costs

(1) Adjustments to reflect current

(2) 9% - 12%      

10.27%

conditions/selling costs

(1) Adjustments to reflect current

(2)

0% - 0%      

0.00%

conditions/selling costs

Total

$

4,750     

Other real estate owned, net:    
$

Residential

178    Market valuation of
underlying collateral

(3) Adjustments to reflect current

(2)

6.00%      

6.00%

conditions/selling costs

Total

$

178     

(1)

(2)

(3)

The  fair  value  basis  of  impaired  loans  is  generally  determined  based  on  an  independent  appraisal  of  the  fair  value  of  a  loan’s  underlying 
collateral.
The fair value basis of impaired loans and other real estate owned is adjusted to reflect management estimates of selling costs including, but 
not limited to, real estate brokerage commissions and title transfer fees.
The fair value basis of other real estate owned is generally determined based upon the lower of an independent appraisal of the property’s fair 
value or the applicable listing price or contracted sales price.

F-72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
     
 
 
 
   
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
     
 
 
 
   
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
   
       
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 18 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

At  June  30,  2021,  impaired  loans  valued  using  Level  3  inputs  comprised  loans  with  principal  balances  totaling  $25.2  million  and 
valuation allowances of $6.5 million reflecting fair values of $18.7 million. By comparison, at June 30, 2020, impaired loans valued 
using Level 3 inputs comprised loans with principal balances totaling $4.8 million and valuation allowances of $89,000 reflecting fair 
values of $4.8 million.

Once  a  loan  is  foreclosed,  the  fair  value  of  the  other  real  estate  owned  continues  to  be  evaluated  based  upon  the  fair  value  of  the 
repossessed real estate originally securing the loan. At June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, the Company held other real estate owned 
totaling $178,000, respectively, whose carrying value was written down utilizing Level 3 inputs. 

The  following  presents  the  carrying  amount,  fair  value,  and  placement  in  the  fair  value  hierarchy  of  the  Company’s  financial 
instruments as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020:

June 30, 2021
Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
(In Thousands)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Carrying
Amount

Fair
Value

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Investment securities available for sale
Investment securities held to maturity
Loans held-for-sale
Net loans receivable
FHLB Stock
Interest receivable
Interest rate contracts

Financial liabilities:

Deposits
Borrowings
Interest payable on deposits
Interest payable on borrowings
Interest rate contracts

$

67,855    $

67,855    $

67,855    $

-    $

1,676,864   
38,138   
16,492   
4,793,229   
36,615   
19,362   
1,832   

5,485,306   
685,876   
145   
1,335   
673   

1,676,864   
39,610   
16,934   
4,830,136   
-   
19,362   
1,832   

5,490,923   
701,419   
145   
1,335   
673   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
1   
-   

1,676,864   
39,610   
16,934   
-   
-   
4,238   
1,832   

3,607,560   
-   
96   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
673   

- 
- 
- 
- 
4,830,136 
- 
15,123 
- 

1,883,363 
701,419 
49 
1,335 
-  

F-73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 18 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

June 30, 2020
Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
(In Thousands)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Carrying
Amount

Fair
Value

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Investment securities available for sale
Investment securities held to maturity
Loans held-for-sale
Net loans receivable
FHLB Stock
Interest receivable
Interest rate contracts

Financial liabilities:

Deposits
Borrowings
Interest payable on deposits
Interest payable on borrowings
Interest rate contracts

$

180,967    $

180,967    $

180,967    $

-    $

1,385,703   
32,556   
20,789   
4,461,070   
58,654   
17,373   
235   

4,430,282   
1,173,165   
395   
1,723   
18,177   

1,385,703   
34,069   
21,550   
4,462,232   
-   
17,373   
235   

4,449,877   
1,215,529   
395   
1,723   
18,177   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
4   
-   

1,385,703   
34,069   
21,550   
-   
-   
4,154   
235   

2,589,886   
-   
295   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
18,177   

- 
- 
- 
- 
4,462,232 
- 
13,215 
- 

1,859,991 
1,215,529 
100 
1,723 
-  

Commitments. The fair value of commitments to fund credit lines and originate or participate in loans held in portfolio or loans held 
for  sale  is  estimated  using  fees  currently  charged  to  enter  into  similar  agreements  taking  into  account  the  remaining  terms  of  the 
agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed rate loan commitments, including those relating to loans 
held  for  sale  that  are  considered  derivative  instruments  for  financial  statement  reporting  purposes,  the  fair  value  also  considers  the 
difference between current levels of interest and the committed rates. The carrying value, represented by the net deferred fee arising 
from the unrecognized commitment, and the fair value, determined by discounting the remaining contractual fee over the term of the 
commitment  using  fees  currently  charged  to  enter  into  similar  agreements  with  similar  credit  risk,  is  not  considered  material  for 
disclosure.

Limitations. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information and information about the 
financial instruments. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the 
entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no fair value exists for a significant portion of the financial instruments, 
fair  value  estimates  are  based  on  judgments  regarding  future  expected  loss  experience,  current  economic  conditions,  risk 
characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature, involve uncertainties and 
matters  of  judgment  and,  therefore,  cannot  be  determined  with  precision.  Changes  in  assumptions  could  significantly  affect  the 
estimates.

The fair value estimates are based on existing on-and-off balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to value anticipated 
future  business  and  the  value  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  considered  financial  instruments.  Other  significant  assets  and 
liabilities  that  are  not  considered  financial  assets  and  liabilities  include  premises  and  equipment,  and  advances  from  borrowers  for 
taxes and insurance. In addition, the ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant 
effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the estimates.

Finally,  reasonable  comparability  between  financial  institutions  may  not  be  likely  due  to  the  wide  range  of  permitted  valuation 
techniques  and  numerous  estimates  which  must  be  made  given  the  absence  of  active  secondary  markets  for  many  of  the  financial 
instruments. This lack of uniform valuation methodologies introduces a greater degree of subjectivity to these estimated fair values.

F-74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 19 – Comprehensive Income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income included in stockholders’ equity are as follows:

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

$

Tax effect

Net of tax amount

Fair value adjustments on derivatives

Tax effect

Net of tax amount

Benefit plan adjustments

Tax effect

Net of tax amount

June 30,

2021

2020

(In Thousands)

10,011    $
(2,882)  
7,129   

(312)  
94   
(218)  

(1,093)  
326   
(767)  

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

$

6,144    $

Other comprehensive income (loss) and related tax effects are presented in the following table:

22,482 
(6,541)
15,941 

(19,418)
5,730 
(13,688)

(1,412)
416 
(996)

1,257  

2021

Years Ended June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

$

(11,704)   $

22,758    $

5,973 

Net unrealized holding (loss) gain on
  securities available for sale

Amortization of net unrealized holding gain (loss) on
  securities available for sale transferred to
  held to maturity (1)

Net realized (gain) loss on securities available for sale (2)

(767)  

(2,251)  

-   

596   

291 

323 

Fair value adjustments on derivatives

19,106   

(23,134)  

(28,165)

Benefit plans:

Amortization of:
Actuarial loss (3)
Net actuarial gain (loss)

Net change in benefit plan accrued expense

Other comprehensive income (loss) before taxes

Tax effect

Total comprehensive income (loss)

$

83   
236   
319   

19   
(348)  
(329)  

6,954   
(2,067)  
4,887    $

(2,360)  
778   
(1,582)   $

43 
(313)
(270)

(21,848)
6,152 
(15,696)

(1)
(2)

(3)

Represents amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and included in interest income on taxable securities.
Represents amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and included in gain on sale of securities on the consolidated 
statements of income.
Represents  amounts  reclassified  out  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  and  included  in  the  computation  of  net  periodic  pension 
expense.  See Note 13 – Benefit Plans for additional information.

F-75

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 20 – Revenue Recognition

All of the Company’s revenue from contracts with customers in the scope of ASC 606 is recognized within noninterest income.  The 
following table presents the Company’s sources of noninterest income for the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Sources of 
revenue outside the scope of ASC 606 are noted as such.

2021

Years Ended June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

Non-interest income:

Deposit-related fees and charges
Loan-related fees and charges (1)
Gain (loss) on sale and call of securities (1)
Gain on sale of loans (1)
Loss on sale and write down of other real estate owned
Income from bank owned life insurance (1)
Electronic banking fees and charges (interchange income)
Bargain purchase gain (1)
Miscellaneous (1)

$

1,412    $
4,210   
767   
5,574   
-   
6,267   
1,717 
3,053 
1,751 

Total non-interest income

$

24,751    $

(1)

Not within the scope of ASC 606.

A description of the Company’s revenue streams accounted for under ASC 606 is as follows: 

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

1,626    $
5,020   
2,250   
3,186   
(28)  
6,225   
1,246   
-   
194   
19,719    $

1,536 
3,909 
(323)
580 
(11)
6,339 
1,050 
- 
475 
13,555  

The  Company  earns  fees  from  deposit  customers  for  transaction-based,  account  maintenance,  and  overdraft  services.  Transaction-
based fees, which include services such as ATM use fees, stop payment charges, statement rendering, and ACH fees, are recognized at 
the time the transaction is executed at the point in the time the Company fulfills the customer’s request. Account maintenance fees, 
which  relate  primarily  to  monthly  maintenance,  are  earned  over  the  course  of  a  month,  representing  the  period  over  which  the 
Company  satisfies  the  performance  obligation.  Overdraft  fees  are  recognized  at  the  point  in  time  that  the  overdraft  occurs.  Service 
charges on deposits are withdrawn from the customer’s account balance.

Gains/Losses on Sales of OREO

The  Company  records  a  gain  or  loss  from  the  sale  of  OREO  when  control  of  the  property  transfers  to  the  buyer,  which  generally 
occurs at the time of an executed deed. Gain/Losses on the sales of OREO falls within the scope of ASC 606, if the Company finances 
the transaction. Under ASC 606, if the Company finances the sale of OREO to the buyer, the Company is required to assess whether 
the  buyer  is  committed  to  perform  their  obligations  under  the  contract  and  whether  the  collectability  of  the  transaction  price  is 
probable. Once these criteria are met, the OREO asset is derecognized and the gain or loss on sale is recorded upon the transfer of 
control of the property to the buyer. In determining the gain or loss on the sale, the Company adjusts the transaction price and related 
gain  (loss)  on  sale  if  a  significant  financing  component  is  present.  Generally,  the  Company  does  not  finance  the  sale  of  OREO 
properties. 

Interchange Income

The  Company  earns  interchange  fees  from  debit  and  credit  card  holder  transactions  conducted  through  various  payment  networks. 
Interchange fees from cardholder transactions are recognized daily, concurrently with the transaction processing services provided by 
an outsourced technology solution.

F-76

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 21 – Parent Only Financial Information

Kearny Financial Corp. operates its wholly owned subsidiary Kearny Bank and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary CJB Investment 
Corp.  The  consolidated  earnings  of  the  subsidiaries  are  recognized  by  the  Company  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting. 
Accordingly, the consolidated earnings of the subsidiaries are recorded as increases in the Company’s investment in the subsidiaries. 
The  following  are  the  condensed  financial  statements  for  Kearny  Financial  Corp.  (Parent  Company  only)  as  of  June  30,  2021  and 
2020, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2021.

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition

Assets

Cash and amounts due from depository institutions
Investment securities available for sale
Loans receivable
Investment in subsidiary
Other assets
Total Assets

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Other liabilities
Stockholders' equity

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

June 30,

2021

2020

(In Thousands)

$

66,191    $
15,000   
29,959   
932,004   
624   

$

1,043,778    $

42,632 
15,000 
31,661 
994,696 
1,109 
1,085,098 

834   
1,042,944   
1,043,778    $

921 
1,084,177 
1,085,098  

$

Condensed Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income 

Dividends from subsidiary
Interest income
Equity in undistributed (loss) earnings of subsidiaries

Total income

Directors' compensation
Other expenses
Total expense

Income before income taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

Comprehensive income

2021

Years Ended June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

$

178,918    $
1,993   
(114,969)  
65,942   

30,039    $
2,108   
14,984   
47,131   

255,117 
2,162 
(212,868)
44,411 

308   
2,660   
2,968   
62,974   
(259)  
63,233    $
68,120    $

332   
1,853   
2,185   
44,946   
(19)  
44,965    $
43,383    $

340 
1,922 
2,262 
42,149 
7 
42,142 
26,446  

$
$

F-77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 21 – Parent Only Financial Information (continued)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

Net income
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
Decrease (increase) in other assets
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

Repayment of loan to ESOP
Sale of investment securities available for sale
Outlays for business acquisitions
Other, net

Net Cash (Used) Provided by Investing Activities

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

Exercise of stock options
Cash dividends paid
Repurchase and cancellation of common stock of Kearny Financial Corp.
Cancellation of shares repurchased on vesting to pay taxes

Net Cash Used In Financing Activities
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning
Cash and Cash Equivalents - Ending

2021

Years Ended June 30,
2020
(In Thousands)

2019

$

63,233    $

44,965    $

42,142 

114,969     
484     
160     
178,846     

(14,984)    
(583)    
(50)    
29,348     

212,868 
1,116 
(9)
256,117 

1,702     
-     
(9,008)    
118     
(7,188)    

1,645     
-     
-     
-     
1,645     

1,596 
- 
- 
- 
1,596 

373     
(28,648)    
(119,021)    
(803)    
(148,099)    
23,559     
42,632     
66,191    $

-     
(24,121)    
(69,782)    
(1,083)    
(94,986)    
(63,993)    
106,625     
42,632    $

423 
(34,747)
(141,708)
(989)
(177,021)
80,692 
25,933 
106,625  

$

F-78

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
 
   
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 22 – Net Income per Common Share (EPS)

Basic  EPS  is  based  on  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  actually  outstanding,  including  both  vested  and  unvested 
restricted stock awards, adjusted for Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) shares not yet committed to be released. Diluted EPS 
reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock, such as outstanding stock options, 
were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the 
Company. Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding to include the 
effect  of  contracts  or  securities  exercisable  or  which  could  be  converted  into  common  stock,  if  dilutive,  using  the  treasury  stock 
method. Shares issued and reacquired during any period are weighted for the portion of the period they were outstanding. 

The following schedule shows the Company’s earnings per share calculations for the periods presented:

Net income

Weighted average number of common shares
 outstanding - basic
Effect of dilutive securities
Weighted average number of common shares
 outstanding- diluted

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

2021

For the Year Ended June 30,
2020
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

2019

63,233    $

44,965    $

42,142 

82,387   
4   

82,391   

82,409   
21   

82,430   

0.77    $
0.77    $

0.55    $
0.55    $

91,054 
46 

91,100 

0.46 
0.46  

$

$
$

Stock options for 3,246,138, 3,115,000 and 3,269,000 shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per 
share at June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, because they were considered anti-dilutive.

F-79

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 23 – Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

The following is a condensed summary of quarterly results of operations for the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020:

Interest income
Interest expense

Net interest income

Provision for (reversal of) credit losses

Net interest income after provision for (reversal of)
  credit losses

Non-interest income
Non-interest expense

Income before income taxes

Income taxes
Net Income

Net income per common share:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average number of common shares
  outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

First
Quarter
September 30  

Year Ended June 30, 2021
Third
Second
Quarter
Quarter
  December 31    
March 31
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Fourth
Quarter
June 30

$

$

$
$

60,884    $
16,722   
44,162   
4,059   

40,103   
7,733   
33,573   
14,263   
2,884   
11,379    $

58,393    $
13,840   
44,553   
(1,365)  

45,918   
7,154   

30,510 
22,562 

5,614   
16,948    $

58,313    $
10,682   
47,631   
1,126   

46,505   
5,466   
29,816   
22,155   
5,732   
16,423    $

56,770 
8,607 
48,163 
(4,941)

53,104 
4,398 
31,986 
25,516 
7,033 
18,483 

0.13    $
0.13    $

0.20 
0.20 

 $
 $

0.20    $
0.20    $

0.24 
0.24 

86,008   
86,009   

85,120 
85,123 

80,673   
80,690   

77,658 
77,680 

Dividends declared per common share

$

0.08    $

0.08    $

0.09    $

0.10  

F-80

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 23 – Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (continued)

Interest income
Interest expense

Net interest income

(Reversal of) provision for loan losses

Net interest income after (reversal of) provision for
  loan losses

Non-interest income
Non-interest expense

Income before income taxes

Income taxes
Net Income

Net income per common share:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average number of common shares
  outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

First
Quarter
September 30  

Year Ended June 30, 2020
Third
Second
Quarter
Quarter
  December 31    
March 31
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Fourth
Quarter
June 30

$

$

$
$

59,899    $
23,212   
36,687   
(782)  

37,469   
3,962   
26,244   
15,187   
3,817   
11,370    $

57,182    $
22,575   
34,607   
(1,465)  

36,072   
4,554   

26,427 
14,199 

3,547   
10,652    $

58,776    $
21,166   
37,610   
6,270   

31,340   
6,201   
28,062   
9,479   
225   
9,254    $

57,351 
16,901 
40,450 
174 

40,276 
5,002 
26,891 
18,387 
4,698 
13,689 

0.13    $
0.13    $

0.13 
0.13 

 $
 $

0.11    $
0.11    $

0.17 
0.17 

84,756   
84,793   

82,831 
82,876 

81,339   
81,358   

80,678 
80,680 

Dividends declared per common share

$

0.06    $

0.07    $

0.08    $

0.08  

F-81

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this 

Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES

Dated: August 27, 2021

KEARNY FINANCIAL CORP.

By:

/s/ Craig L. Montanaro
Craig L. Montanaro
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons 

on August 27, 2021 on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated.

/s/ Craig L. Montanaro
Craig L. Montanaro
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Keith Suchodolski
Keith Suchodolski
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Theodore J. Aanensen
Theodore J. Aanensen
Director

/s/ John N. Hopkins
John N. Hopkins
Director

/s/ John J. Mazur, Jr.
John J. Mazur, Jr.
Director

/s/ John F. McGovern
John F. McGovern 
Director

/s/ Christopher Petermann
Christopher Petermann 
Director

/s/ John F. Regan
John F. Regan
Director

/s/ Raymond E. Chandonnet
Raymond E. Chandonnet
Director

/s/ Catherine A. Lawton
Catherine A. Lawton 
Director

/s/ Joseph P. Mazza
Joseph P. Mazza 
Director

/s/ Leopold W. Montanaro
Leopold W. Montanaro 
Director

/s/ Charles J. Pivirotto
Charles J. Pivirotto 
Director